ee ner Pate tee et RENT NL Fee art Sans to cacao 4 of ae rs < ; Pe kena Erie hate ae teal bre ; ran a Fvot ‘ iwi tt SSS Se \ / ———— aR ahs s "a ‘ave RK Cy vi Be ee 7 TS c= —— = ~2K fRSTIBRARY OF 6 THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL Exchange ———— = Sasa SSS i? f 3 Js ‘ ‘ 4 ‘ e s : <4 < « : ‘ e = ‘ : « t 2 ‘ ‘ A » I Zea. gas Soot. ve lygz ——————> ~ a e w DS NSN ENE AS POR SH Wr ae et 1S Naseer Be teak VP, ey Say Se =i « ar SF = Ss Peel LeETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Vou. XLIV CONTENTS FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA, by W. Dwight Pierce 5a, A Crystallized Millipede from Volcanic Rock in a Well = = 6. Two New Fossils from the Upper Miocene of the Puente Hills 7. A Fossil Whiptail Scorpion from Cabrillo Beach = - - 8. A Case of Pleistocene Myiasis from the La Brea Pits = = on 0 eH CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM— CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY: 29. Robber Flies. J. Wilcox and C. H. Martin = = - = 10 THE HABITAT OF CALIFORNIA CONE-NOSED BUGS: Sherwin F, Wood - ~ - = = = = - SER NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF NEMORIA DELICATARIA DYAR (Lepidoptera): John A, Comstock = = = = - 20 NOTES ON PACIFIC COAST MARINE ALGAE, E. Yale Dawson THE ACTEOCINA OF SALTON SINK, COLORADO DESERT, — CALIFORNIA, G, Willett - - - = - = = = mE S28 Issued June 1, 1945 NEW YORK BOT ANICAL GARDEN x Na83s Vol. 44-5 lQus~HG Southern California - Academy of Sciences OFFICERS and DIRECTORS Dr. W. Dwicut Priercr- we ee we | at sale CA President - First Vice-President De.-H J. ANDREWSMes) se a Se Dr. WinLiAM L. Ltoyp - - + = - - - Second Vice-President Dr. Joun A. CoMSTOCE. OF an a cm Bc, Secretary and Treasurer Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WILLIAM L., Lioyp Dr. A. WiER BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr. Joon A. Comstook Dr. W. DwicuHt Pimror Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASKINS Dr. Ropert L. RUTHERFORD Dr. Howarp R. HILt Dr. CHESTER STOCK Mr. R. S. WocLum ADVISORY BOARD Mr. Frep E. BurLEw Dr. R. H. Swirt Mr. A. YoRK HScALANTE Dr. SHERWIN F. Woop BOTANICAL SECTION Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Chairman SECTION OF HHALTH AND SANITATION Dr. H. J. ANDREWS, Chairman SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES Dr. A. Wize BELL, Chairman SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES Dr. Harry J. DEVEL JR., Chairman SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES Dr. CHESTER STOCK, Chairman SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES Dr. PRESTON K. Carr, Chairman SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Mr. RUSSELL S. WoGLuM, Chairman SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE Deg. WILLIAM L. LioyD, Chairman ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION Dr. R. H. Swirt, Chairman FINANCE COMMITTEE Mr. FRep E. BurgLew, Chairman Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASKINS Dr. Joun A. Comstock PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Ropert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. Howarp R. Hitt HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE Miss BargBaRa Loomis, Chairman COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. JoHNn A. Comstock, Chairman Dr. CHESTER STOCK Dr. WittiaAM L. LLoyp OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif. Southern California Academy of Sciences VATE Tela O)455 Bulletin, VoLUME 44 - - - = = = 5 2 FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA W. DwicHT PIERCE jc ol Ab LIZED MILEIPEDE, FROM VOLCANIC ROCKIN A WHEL (Cont:) (PLATE 1) Continuing the article in vol: 43, part 1, p. 18, it was decided to publish Mr. Peter Marry’s excellent photograph of the crystal- lized millipede found at the depth of 900 ft. in a well at Oxnard, California and to dedicate it to its finder, General Carl F. A. Last. It will therefore bear the name Parajulus lasti n. sp., and is re- corded in the Los Angeles Museum under Accession No. A 3104, and in the Paleontology collection as S 9002. Although critical characters are not visible this species dif- fers as follows from other American species in its size and seg- mentation: ae Distribution | amen et | Leneth | wieen lasti n. sp. Fossil in Calif. 65 or 66 38 2.0 ectenes Boilman North Carolina 67 46 54 1.6-1.8 ~ pennsylvanicus x * b. (Brandt) Eastern U.S.A. He) o G5) 20 38 1.5-2 canadensis (Newport) Canada, N.E.U.S. 56 - 57 18 25 Silas rugosus Bollman Pennsylvania 51 - 54 | 385 - 40 | 2.2-3.0 obtectus Bollman Indiana, Florida 50! = 55 18 30 1.8-2.2 varius Bollman California 0) is 5) 18 24 1.5-1.8 impressus Say Eastern U.S.A. 45 - 55 18 32 1.8-2.0 zonatus Bollman Washington HZ 159 25 40 2.0-2.5 diversifrons ! Wood Minnesota 42 - 51 | 238 2.0 ellipticus yh = Bollman Minnesota 47 28 - 30 | 2.3-2.5 By the above measurements Jasti is closest to the present day eastern Parajulus pennsylvanicus, but is given a name because of its locality and age. BOTANIC, GARDEN BuLtetix, So. Cane. ACADEMY OF SCTENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 PLATE 1 Parajulus lasti Pierce, crystallized millipede from depth of 900 ft. in well at Oxnard, Cal., in basaltic lava, with crystallized quartz. bo BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 VON WehOSSIES FROM THe UPPER MIOCENE Ol IUsUS, JAUIEIN INS JsvULICS The two new specimens were found by Dr. Lore Rose David in Upper Puente shale of the Mohnian Horizon, Upper Miocene, at depth of 2105-2127 ft. in the Puente Hills, southeast of Puente, Los Angeles Co., California. They were given by her to Miss Jane Everest, who presented them to the Los Angeles County Museum of History, Science and Art. Specifically, the location is 2649° N.- 2’ E. from the S. W. corner of Section 21 - 2 S -10 W, La Habra quadrangle, elevation 620, in Axis Co. well Rowland No. 1. This is a light gray shale, and the first specimen is beauti- fully etched in Pinte lines, while the second specimen is such a faint impression that it is quite marvellous that it should have been detected. The first wing is of the mayfly type, but more primitive than the modern mayflies, because of the complete absence of cross veins. It shows relationship to the Megasecoptera, but to keep the record clear a new ordinal name is proposed. Order APHELOPHLEBIA, new order An order of fossil insects in which there are no cross veins in the wings. The radius extends the entire length of the wing and has three apparent branches; medius has two long stems and a short intermediate branch; cubitus is entire; paracubitus is apparently branched. Family APHELOPHLEBODIDAE, new family With the characters of the order. Genus APHELOPHLEBODES, new genus Name based on G¢ehds, simply, and dieBwdys, veined. The costal-subcostal region is not visible. Radius is slightly concave in the supposed subcostal region, thence almost straight to its apex in the wing margin. Near its apical fourth a short vein, interpreted as Radius 2 + 3 branches off and reaches the margin at the apex of the wing. At about the middle of Radius a longer vein, interpreted as Radius 4 branches off, and reaches the margin of the wing. Below this and just before its apical fourth a short little vein, interpreted as Radius 5) branches off and reaches margin of wing. The next vein is longer and looks as if it were also a branch of Radius from its basal fourth, but is interpreted as Medius 1. The next long vein arises at the base of the wing BULLETIN, So. Catv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vor 4, Part , L945 and is interpreted as Medius 3 + 4. Apically between these two is a fainter vein reaching the wing margin, and interpreted as Medius 2. Cubitus arises at base and extends to wing margin, parallel to Medius 3 + 4. Paracubitus is basally strong, but about midway to the wing margin seems to be branched, perhaps into a long branch and two shorter branches, which are indicated by typical whitening of the other veins. APHELOPHLEBODES STOCKI, new species. (Plate 2) Type of the genus; named in honor of Dr. Chester Stock, Professor of | aleontology of California Institute of Technology, Senior Curator of Earth Sciences at the Los Angeles County Mu- seum of History, Science and Art, anda Director of the Southern California Academy of Sciences. Type in Los Angeles Museum, under Accession No. A4709, Paleontology specimen S 9006. PLATE 2 Aphelophlebodes stocki Pierce; impression of wing of fossil mayfly from oil well core, near Puente, Cal., at depth of 2105-2127 ft., in Upper Puente shale, Mohnian Horizon, Upper Miocene. BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 Length of impression 7 mm., greatest width 2.6 mm. The fossil consists of impressions of the veins, which are milky white, smooth texture, on a small square piece of shale. The species description is that of the genus. The excellent photograph is by Mr. Peter Marry, Photographer of the Museum. Order LEPIDOPTERA LINNAEUS Family HeprALtmar Stephens Genus PROTOHEPIALUS, new genus This genus is typically hepialid, because of the three basal cells formed by Radial Sector, Medius 2, Medius 3, and Cubitus 2 with the R-M, M-M, and M-Cu crossveins. These crossveins are very indistinctly shown by the photograph by Mr. Marry, but can be seen by other lighting. The genus differs from other Hepialidae by having Radius 1 and Subcosta united at base; by the faintness of Medius 1; the presence of an indication of Me- dius 4; the division of Cubitus 1 into two or possibly three veins. PROTOHEPIALUS COMSTOCKI, new species. (Plates 3, 4) Type of genus; named in honor of Dr. John Adams Com- stock, Head Curator of Science of the Los Angeles Museum of History, Science and Art, and Secretary-Treasurer, Editor of the Southern California Academy of Sciences. The holotype is a faint impression of a portion of a wing of a primitive hepialid moth, occupying a space about 5x5 mm. The sketch (Plate 4) interpreting the photograph gives the Author’s ideas of the vena- tion, which is typically hepialid. Briefly the elements of venation discernible are: Subcosta and Radius united for some distance; Radial sector divided be- yond the cross veins into Radius 2 and 3; Radius 4 and 5 branch- ing from the first cell; Medius 1 indistinct between Radius 5 and Medius 2; Medius 2 and 3 almost parallel, forming with M-M cross vein the second cell; Medius 4 faint; Cubitus 1 divided into two, possibly three branches : Cubitus 2 forming with the M- Cu cross vein and Medius 3, the third cell. BuLLetin, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 PLATE. 3 Protohepialus comstocki Pierce; impression of wing of moth from oil weil core, near Puente, Calif., at depth of 2105-2127 ft., Upper Puente shale, Mohnian Upper Miocene R2 R3 Cur PLATH 4 An interpretation of the venation of Protohepialus comstocki Pierce 6 BULLETIN. So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 Zee nO SS WHIPTAIL SCORPION FROM CABRILLO BEACH In November, 1944, Mr. E. E. Hadley found a piece of shale lying on the Cabrillo Beach shore at San Pedro, California, which contained the crushed remains of a whiptail scorpion. The writer has seen only one other fossil in this group, from Mexican onyx, and knows of no fossil species having been described. The specimen is too badly crushed to give any adequate description of the appendages, but deserves to be placed on record. Order Peprparr Latreille Family THELIPHONIDAE Lucas Genus THELYPHONUs Latreille, sens. lat. THELYPHONUS HADLEYI, new species. (Plate 5). This species is dedicated to its finder, Mr. E. E. Hadley, a member of the Southern California Academy of Sciences and a PLATE 5 Thelyphonus hadleyi Pierce; fossil whiptail scorpion from Middle Miocene Monterey shale found on shore at San Pedro, Calif. BuLLeTIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 collaborator of the Los Angeles County Museum, working in Invertebrate Paleontology. It is recorded under Accession Num- ber A6, and in Paleontology records as S 9008. The shale is probably of local origin, for a bank of diatoma- ceous shale above where it was found contains many rocks of this type imbedded at various levels. It is Middle Miocene, Monterey shale. Total length 22 mm., cephalothorax 7x3 mm., abdomen 9x4 mm. Only a part of the tail is present, and the heavy chelicerae are so crushed that their character is indeterminate. The photo- graph by Mr. Marry gives better detail than a description can. 8 A CASE OF PLEISTOCENE MYIASIS VE ROMA aE EA BREA PITS (Plate 6) In examining bone fragments of the giant fossil bird, Te- ratormis merriami, found in the La Brea Pits, Hancock Park, Los Angeles, Dr. Hildegarde Howard found a piece of the prox- imal end of a humerus which contained 8 puparia of a blow fly. The exact site of this find was pit 3, at depth of 21% feet. The period of the material in these pits is Pleistocene. A reconstruction of the story is probably thus: One of these giant birds alighted on an animal caught in the tar, and began to feed upon it. In the process, it also became caught in the tar and fell prey to a predatory animal, such as the sabretooth tiger. This animal crushed the bones, exposing them to the blowing by flies. Undoubtedly the tiger was caught also. Blowfly attack occurs within the first two or three days after death, and one can assume about 15 days for the fly larvae to develop, pupate and mature. Some of them had matured, others were caught when the bone finally became submerged in the tar. This constitutes the first dipterous evidence from the tar pits. Order Diptera Linnaeus Family Merropripar Curran Genus PrRoTOCHRYSOMYIA, new genus PROTOCHRYSOMYIA HOWARDAE, New Species Named in honor of Dr. Hildegarde Howard, Curator of Avian Paleontology of the Los Angeles County Museum and a member of the Southern California Academy of Sciences. Re- corded by the Museum as S 9009 in bone fragment B2309. Fly puparia, reddish brown in color, 8x3 mm., convex 8 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 throughout except that there is a slight flattening at the cephalic end, and a distinct depression of the spiracular area. The spiracles are of the same type as those of the Calliphorinae, Phormuia regi- na, and Cochliomyia macellaria but more widely separated, plac- ing the species in that group. Entire surface transversely pitted. The anterior end shows four slight tubercles, but 1s otherwise not distinctive. The emergence opening is by a longitudinal slit, and a transverse slit to form a T with the other. The anal tubercular area is definitely depressed with a deep transverse depression below the spiracles; the area is surrounded by a rounded rim on which are 6 dorsal, 2 lateral and 4 ventral little tubercles. With- in this are the two spiracular plates with three straight slits each, directed at a point beyond the line between the ventral edges of the plates; without buttons, the lower margin open. These plates are separated by a distance of 12 as compared with a width of 15 for the plates. There are two strong anal tubercles, bluntly pointed and directed slightly outward. In our modern flies the sarcophagine flies are separated from the calliphorine flies by having the spiracles in a pit, but with the slits directed outward instead of inward as occurs in this species. So little good work has been done in describing the puparia of modern flies that the writer feels justified in recording this species with a new name. PLATE 6 Puparia of Protochrysomyia howardae Pierce in a bone fragment of the giant bird, Teratornis merriami, from La Brea Pits, Los Angeles, Pleistocene tar deposit 9 Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 BULLETIN, So. Cativ. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY 29. ROBBER FLIES (DIPTERA, ASILIDAE) By J. WILCOX, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Administration, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and C. H. MARTIN, California Agricultural Experiment Station Only five species of robber flies have been taken on the Channel Islands, and only one of these can be associated with previously described species from the mainland. The types of the new species are in the Los Angeles County Museum. 1. Stenopogon neojubatus, n. sp. (figs. 2a and 2b) Mare: Length 16 mm. Head black; face and lower occiput grayish pollinose, front golden-brown pollinose; upper occiput golden pollinose. Mystax and hairs and bristles of front and upper occiput black; beard and hairs of palpi and proboscis white; lateral bristles on upper occiput yellowish. Antennae black; first joint slightly longer than second, the third 1 1/3 times the length of the first two joints together; style %4 the length of the third joint; first two joints yellowish haired. Thorax and scutellum black and densely golden-brown pol- linose. Bristles and hairs largely black; some of the lateral bristles yellow; hairs on humeri and on sides of mesonotum white. Scutellum with about 10 strong, black marginal bristles. Neck with yellowish hairs and bristles; propleura yellowish haired; mesopleura white haired. Abdomen black, densely yellowish-gray pollinose ; segments 2-6 with shining spots on each side anteriorly. Hairs yellowish white, the bristly hairs on the sides and narrow posterior margin of the first segment black or brownish. Genitalia reddish, white haired, Coxae black, golden-brown pollinose, with long brownish bristles and white hairs which are especially dense on the fore coxae. Legs reddish; femora dorsally and anteriorly and tibiae dorsally, except basal 144, brownish black; tarsi similar to tibiae, the outer joints mostly reddish. Femora white haired, the bristles light to dark brownish; hairs of tibiae and tarsi golden, the bristles largely light brown. Claws black, reddish basally, pulvilli light brown. 10 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 Halteres and alulae yellowish, the latter with a fringe of long white hairs. Wings brown, slightly denser along the veins; anal and axillary cells and axillary lobe milky white. Anterior cross vein at about 3g the length of the discal cell; first and fourth posterior cells slightly narrowed; the anterior branch of the third vein with a short stump of a vein basally. FEMALE: Length 18 mm. Similar to male except about hali of mystax light brownish instead of black, hairs of front brown, bristles of occiput yellowish. Bristles on sides of mesonotum and scutellar bristles yellowish. Abdominal hairs wholly yellowish; abdomen grayish pollinose except for small lateral shining spots on segments 3-6; ovipositor reddish. Coxae and legs with yellow- ish bristles. Wings lighter brown, more contrast between the veins and cells; axillary cell and lobe whitish but not so prominent as in the male. Holotype: Male, Santa Rosa Island, Calif., VIII-5, 739. Allotype: Female, same data, VII-8 ’39. Paratypes: 3 males and 3 females, same data, from VII-8 to Vill-9 739) and 2 males and 1 female, Santa Barbara Island, Calif., VII-8 739. This species belongs in the group with black mystax associ- ated with jwbatus Coquillett and differs from all the closely re- lated species by having the femora reddish posteriorly and ven- trally. The stump of a vein on the anterior branch of the third vein near its origin is present in both wings of all but one speci- men; this stump is not present in any other Stenopogon known to the writers. 2. Cophura hennei, n. sp. (figs. 3a and 3b). Mare: Length 9 mm. Head black; face, front, and occiput densely whitish pollinose. Mystax dense, white, nearly reaching to antennae and with a row of yellowish bristles on oral margin. Hairs white; occipital bristles yellowish; ocellar tubercle with a pair of long brownish bristles. Antennae black; first two joints about as broad as long, the third gradually narrowing apically and 1% times the length of the first two joints together; style % the length of the third joint; first two joints white haired and each with a strong yellowish bristle below. ; Mesonotum black, densely grayish pollinose; central stripe and lateral spots brown and anterior third of central stripe dark brown and bisected by a light brownish line. Humeral hairs white, alii BULLETIN, So. Catar. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 remainder yellowish ; bristles yellowish patente 2 presutural, 1 postalar, 1 supra-alar, and 2 anterior and 2 posterior dorsocen- tral. .Scutellum densely ae gray pollinose, with a central longitudinal shining black spot; sparse hairs yellowish; 3 long brownish marginal bristles. Abdomen shining black; sides of all segments, apical oblique band on segments 2-6, and anterior margins of segments 1-4; grayish pollinose. On segments 2-4 the posterior pollinose bands extend obliquely forward and meet the anterior band narrowly at the middle so that the black portion consists of a narrow tri- angular posterior spot and a triangular spot on each side. The anterior pollinose bands do not connect with the lateral pollinose margins on segments 3-4. Hairs white, longer on sides of seg- ments 1-3; first segment with 3-4 lateral yellowish bristles. Gen- italia small, reddish, dorsally grayish pollinose; hairs yellowish. Coxae black, densely yellowish- -gray pollinose, white haired. Trochanters and narrow base of femora shining reddish, yellow- ish haired. Femora black, densely yellowish-gray pollinose ex- cept basal posterior half Of hind ones, which is shining black. Tibiae reddish except the apical fourth and the fore and middle ones, which are anteriorly brownish. Tarsi black; pulvilli light brown; claws black but narrowly reddish at base. Hairs white; bristles yellowish. Halteres and alulae yellowish. Wings with a brownish tinge, slightly intensified at the cross veins and ‘furcations. All posterior alls widely open; anal cell narrowly closed at margin. Anterior ross vein at 4/5 the length of discal cell; third vein branched slie! itly beyond discal cross vein. FEMALE: Length 8 mm. Differs from male as follows: Hairs of face shorter and sparser (about as long as first 2 anten- nal joints, in male twice as long). Scutellum wholly pollinose and with only a pair of marginal bristles. Abdomen almost wholly yellowish-gray pollinose, the broad posterior margin of first seg- ment, the narrow posterior margins of segments 2-7, segment 8 entirely , and small lateral spots on segments 2-4, shining black. Wings nearly hyaline and but slightly brownish on cross veins and furcations. Holotype: Male, San Nicolas Island, Calif., XI-27 40 (C. Henne). Allotype: Female, same data, XII-8 ’40. Paratypes: 1 male and 25 females, same data as types. Probably most closely related to trunca Coquillett and high- landica Cole, but in these species the mystax is composed en- tirely of sparse bristles, the anterior branch of the third vein bears a stump of a vein, and the anal cell is open. Named in honor of the collector, Christopher Henne. 12 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 3. Erax anacapai, n. sp. (figs. 4a, 4b, and 4c) Mare: Length 21 mm. Head black, yellowish-gray polli- nose. Mystax composed of long, slender, black bristles with white hairs intermixed. Palpi and proboscis black; palpi with black and white hairs; proboscis white haired. Beard white; occipital bristles largely black with some white hairs intermixed; front black haired with a few white hairs anteriorly; ocellar tubercle black haired with a cluster of 4-6 erect black hairs on each side. Antenna black; first and third joints subequal in length and twice the length of the second; style twice the length of the third joint; first two joints white haired. Mesonotum golden-brown pollinose and black haired with some white hairs on the lateral and posterior margins. Bristles black, 2 presutural, 2 supraalar, 2 postalar, and about 3 finer posterior dorsocentral. Scutellum golden pollinose, with about 16 black marginal bristles and with a dense clump of white hairs on each side apically. Pleura grayish golden pollinose and white haired, with a few black hairs on mesopleura; hypopleural and neck bristles yellowish white. Abdomen black; segments 1-3 and 8 golden-gray pollinose; segments 4-7 silvery pollinose; segments 2-7 with ‘a silvery sheen at certain angles. Segments 2-7 with white parted hairs, especially long on segments 2-3 and decreasing in length from segments 4-7; first segment white haired on the sides but black haired at the middle; lateral bristles yellowish. Venter grayish pollinose and white haired. Genitalia black; lower forceps brownish ; hairs white except a few dorsally and ventrally and at the apex ventrally, which are black; genitalia as long as segments 4-8 together. Coxae black; golden-pollinose, and with rather dense white hairs and yellowish bristles. Trochanters reddish. Femora black, the tips reddish; hairs white; bristles black; only a few minute bristles at apex of fore femora. Tibiae and tarsi reddish brown; hairs white; bristles black; fore tibiae posteriorly with a fringe of long white hairs and anteriorly with golden pile. Claws black, narrowly reddish at base; pulvilli brown. : Halteres and alulae yellowish brown; the latter with a dense fringe of white hairs. Wings hyaline; veins brown; anterior cross vein at 13/24 length of discal cell; three submarginal cells. 13 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 FemMALE: Length 24 mm. (including ovipositor, which is 7mm. long). Similar to male except that the abdomen is grayish- golden pollinose; hairs short, sparse, on segments 2-4 largely white but some black hairs mostly on dorsum; segments 5-7 black-haired with scattered white hairs laterally; first segment as in male except lateral bristles, which are largely black; ovipositor as long as segments 4-7 together. Fore tibiae posteriorly with only sparse white hairs, Holotype. Male, Anacapa Island, Calif., VIII-18 °40 (C. Henne ), Allotype: Female, same data, VIII-23 ’40. Paratypes: 1 male and 1 female, same data as allotype; 1 male, Santa Barbara Island, Calif., VII-9 ’39; and 1 male and 1 female, Santa Rosa Island, Calif., VII-8 739. This species belongs in Hine’s anomalus group (Ann, Ent. Soc. Amer, XII: 119-120, 1919) and is most closely related to anomalus Belliardi. It differs from anomalus in the color of the mystax, the hairs of the scutellum, and the color of the legs. In anomalus males the long white hairs of abdomen begin on the apical third of the second segment and continue to the sixth seg- ment, and in the females the ovipositor is only as long as segments 5-7 together. 4. Erax clementei, n. sp. (figs. 5a, 5b, and 5c) Mares: Length 18 mm. Head black; face and front yellow- ish-gray pollinose; occiput gray pollinose. Mystax black with finer white hairs intermixed; palpi largely black haired ; proboscis white haired; beard white, front largely black haired; ocellar tu- bercle black haired with long erect tufts on each side; occipital bristles largely black. Antennae black; apex of first and second joints brownish; first joint twice as long as second, third joint slightly longer than first; style twice as long as third joint; first two joints with short white hairs, the first with some longer black hairs and on one side a black bristle below. Mesonotum black, yellowish-gray pollinose; central stripe and lateral spots brownish. Hairs black, but all margins, includ- ing humeri, with some white hairs. Bristles black, 2 presutural, 2 supra-alar, 2 postalar, and about 3 anterior and 3-4 posterior finer dorsocentrals. Scutellum grayish pollinose; 12 black mar- ginal bristles; dense clumps of white hairs on each side of disk apically. Pleura yellowish-gray pollinose; hairs white except a few on mesopleura and sternopleura, which are black; hypo- pleural and neck bristles yellowish. 14 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 Abdomen black; segments 1-2 and 8 yellowish-gray polli- nose; segments 3-7 silvery pollinose; segments 2-7 with white hair parted at middle, longest on segments 2-3, slightly shorter on segments 4-6, and very short on segment 7; segments 1 and 8 white haired, the first with a few black hairs posteriorly and slender lateral bristles largely yellowish. Venter yellowish-gray pollinose and sparsely white haired; eighth sternite very small. Genitalia black, largely white haired; a few black hairs dorsally, and the ventral fringe and ventral apical clump largely brownish; genitalia nearly as long as segments 4-8 together. Coxae yellowish-gray pollinose with dense white hairs and slender yellowish bristles. Femora black, the apex reddish; large- ly white haired but with scattered black hairs above and a row of fine black hairs below; bristles black; only a few on fore and middle femora. Tibiae and tarsi reddish, the tibiae blackish an- teriorly ; hairs largely white but with scattered black hairs and a posterior fringe on fore tibiae; bristles black; claws black, nar- rowly reddish at base; pulvilli light brown. Halteres and alulae brown, the latter with a dense white fringe. Wings hyaline; veins brown; anterior cross vein at 6/11 length of discal cell; third vein forked at about 3/5 distance be- tween anterior and discal cross veins, Fremarte: Length 19 mm, (including ovipositor, which is 5 mm. long). Hairs on first 2 antennal joints white. Three of the 11 scutellar bristles yellowish. Abdomen grayish-yellow pollinose and sparsely haired; the hairs largely white but some black hairs on dorsum which increase in extent on the apical segments. Ovi- positor as long as segments 4-7 together. Fore and middle femora almost wholly white haired; fore tibiae with scattered black hairs posteriorly, Holotype: Male, San Clemente Island, Calif., [V-4 739. Allotype: Female, same data. Paratypes: Three females, same data. This species belongs in Hine’s stamineus group (Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XII: 139-153, 1919) and is most closely related to canus Hine, coquillettii Hine, and pilosus Hine, differing in the color of the mystax and in the clumps of hairs on the scutellum. From californicus Schaeffer and inflatus Hine, which normally have the mystax black, the scutellar clumps will readily sep- arate it. 15 BuLietin, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 eal Asilus comosus Hine (fig. 1). Asilus comosus Hine, Ohio Jr. Sci. XVIIT: 319-320, 1918. This species was described from 3 female specimens collected in Monterey County, Calif., VII—5, 96 (W. M.Wheeler),and has not been reported since. In the California Academy of Sciences, however, there is a good series of specimens taken at Carmel and San Francisco from April to June. The species is closely related to californicus Hine, and the males have the upper forceps of the genitalia cleft apically. Two male specimens were taken as follows: Santa Cruz Is- land, Calif., III-26 ’41, oak, 1941-4704; and V-23 °41, Comaros- taphylis diversifolius, 1941-4569 (C. Henne). EXPLANATION OF FIGURES PLATE 7 Fig. 1. Asilus comosus Hine, lateral view of male genitalia, Fig. 2a. Stenopogon neojubatus, new species, lateral view of male genitalia. Fig. 2b. Same, ventral view of male genitalia. Fig. 3a. Cophura hennei, new species, dorsal view of female abdomen. Fig. 3b. Same, dorsal view of male abdomen. Fig. 4a. Hrar anacapai, new species, lateral view of male genitalia. Fig. 4b. Same, dorsal view of male genitalia. Fig. 4c. Same, lateral view of female ovipositor. Fig. 5a. Hrax clementei, new species, lateral view of male genitalia. Fig. 5b. Same, dorsal view of genitalia. Fig. 5c. Same, lateral view of female ovipositor. 16 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 PLATE 7 17 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 THE HABITAT OF CALIFORNIA CONE-NOSED BUGS, Triatoma protracta (UHLER), NATURALLY INFECT- ED WITH Trypanosoma cruzi CHAGAS By Suerwin F. Woop Lieutenant H(S), U.S.N.R. In December, 1943, five miles southwest of Fallbrook, San Diego Co., Calif., the writer had the opportunity to note the struc- ture of a wood rat house and the distribution therein of cone- nosed bugs, Triatoma protracta Uhler, the vectors of Chagas’ disease. Twenty-nine bugs were collected from this house, in- cluding 27 (3 ¢,4 9,9 large; 5 medium, and 6 small nymphs) in- fected with Trypanosoma cruzi. The two negative bugs were small nymphs, This wood rat house (Plate 8) was typical of the brush pile type found in this region. It consisted principally of twigs and PLATE 8 sticks systematically piled upon several large rocks. This cover of sticks protected the inner areas, housing two bowl-like grass nests. The house was built near the base of a large, sprawling Laurel Sumac, Rhus laurina Nutt., which effectively concealed most of the structure. This shrub was approximately 8 feet high and 20 feet across, with many large recumbent stems radiating out from its base. It was on a hillside near the bottom of a small 18 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 dry side canyon which lead into a larger canyon with a permanent stream, On examining the rat house for Triatoma, approximately three bushels of small sticks and twigs were removed from one side, revealing the cross-sectional view depicted. Grass nests were found in two locations, X and Y. Apparently, most of the bugs were hiding near the more recently built nest, X, on top of the large middle rock. Some of the small nymphs were found in the fine grass of nest X. The larger nymphs and adults were shaken down from the dry twigs and sticks in the immediate vicinity of nest X. A few bugs were collected from the vicinity of the older nest, Y. At Z there was a saucer-shaped area lined with shredded grass. BIBLIOGRAPHY Wood, S. F., 1944. An additional California locality for Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in the western cone-nosed bug. Triatoma protracta (Uhler). Jour. Parasitol. 30 (3): 199. 19 Butietin, So. Carte. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF NEMORIA DELICATARIA DYAR (Lepidoptera) By Joun ADAMS COMSTOCK In the January-April issue of the Bulletin for 1940, Vol. 39, pp. 78-80, the author, in association with Christopher Henne, described and figured the egg, larva and pupa of a species of green Geometrid moth which we identified as Nemoria pistaciaria Packard. It has since been determined that the species was Nemonia punctulana B. & McD. Mr. Carl W. Kirkwood of Summerland, California, sent me a number of young larvae which he secured in December, 1944, feeding on Toyon (Photinia arbutifolia Lindl.) These closely re- sembled the larvae of N. punctularia, but the foodplant suggested the possibility of its being seme other closely related species. Two examples were reared to maturity and photographic records made of the mature larva and pupa. The imagos emerged x Feb. 15 and Feb. 23, 1945, and proved XN to be Nemoria delicataria Dyar. The following incomplete notes were made: MaTureE LARVA. Length, 19 mm. Body; ground color, light tan, with areas of russet brown on the prominent protrusions. The entire larva is covered with minute cream colored spicules which give it’ an encrusted appearance. The first segment bears four nodules on its anterior portion placed dorsally and in line. Two of these, which are closest to the mid-dorsal line are russet brown. The posterior portion of this segment bears two more warty tubercles close to the mid-dorsal line. The second segment carries a large irregular warty promi- nence, dorso-laterally placed. An equiv- alent tubercle on the third segment is Larva of Nemoria delicat- very much reduced in size. The tubercle aria, enlarged X approx.3%. ee 5 5 Photo icourtesy L.A) Co, Of the fourth serment icslansemand sin Museum. clines anteriorly and laterally. PLATE 9 26 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 On the fifth, sixth and seventh segments the dorso-lateral tubercles are flange-like, and very prominent. On the eighth segment the flange is much reduced and less spiculated along the edges. There is a single small warty tubercle on the mid-dorsal line. The ninth segment is free of tubercles and flanges. The tenth segment has a pair of tall conical tubercles, one each side of the mid-dorsal line. They rise superiorly and do not incline anteriorly. The spiracles, except for the first, second and last, are mi- nute, and almost impossible to distinguish. They are light tan, with brown circlets. Legs, concolorous with body except for a slight pinkish tinge. The single pair of prolegs, and anal prolegs are edged with dull pink. Crochets, light brown. The abdominal surface of the larva is slightly lighter in color than the dorsum. Head, concolorous with body, and covered by the same char- acter of incrustation. Mouth parts, slightly lighter. Ocelli, light brown. The larva has the habit of quivering or jerking its body when disturbed or when moving about, Pupation occurs on the foodplant. A delicate fragile cocoon is formed, on the outer surface of which small fragments of the leaf are incorporated. Pura. Length, 13 mm. The shape is very similar to that of punctularia, and the color a very light brown, mottled with rather indistinct irreg- ular brown dots. The surface is finely gran- ular, and there are no setae arising from it. The cremaster bears eight short re- curved hooklets of a glistening bright red- PLATE 10 brown. mate ee ecg Cue Shortly before emergence the wing faniety Ba ~ cases assume a greenish black shade. Photo courtesy L. A. Co. MESS Gin: The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 9, and the pupa on Plate 10, : 21 BuLLetin, So. Cativ. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 NOTES ON PACIFIC COAST MARINE ALGAE, II By E. YALE DAwson Setchell and Gardner, 1920, p. 175, remarked on a flattened Codium from La Jolla distributed in Phycotheca Boreali-Amert- cana under the name Codium Lindenbergu. At that time they referred the specimens to Codium tomentosum with the follow- ing statement: “We are not satisfied in referring the plant of Southern California to C. tomentosum and feel that it is probably an undescribed species. More experience with the living plant is needed, however, satisfactorily to determine its exact status.” In December of 1944 a great many specimens of this flat- tened Codiwm were found cast ashore at La Jolla. --Additional material was also found on the shore of Todos Santos Bay near Punta Banda, Baja California, and it is now possible to identify the species with some assurance. The specimens are undoubtedly of Codium simulans, described from San Marcos Island in the Gulf of California (Setchell & Gardner, 1924, p. 706) and since found to be a common species in that region (Dawson, 1944, p. 206). The illustration of the type of C. simulans is an almost exact match for dried specimens from La Jolla and Punta Banda. The characters of the utricles, moreover, do not disagree with those of Gulf of California material. Our knowledge of the Codia of the Gulf of California is really very limited (Dawson, 1944) for specimens from that re- gion have not been preserved except in the dry state, and we do not know how flat or how nearly cylindrical some of the specimens were in nature. Codium simulans and C. cuneatum are surely flattened species, but the relative flatness of such plants as were named C. amplivesiculatum and C. longiramosum can only be guessed from the dried samples. Comparison of dried specimens of C. simulans from La Jolla with the illustrations of the latter two entities suggests that they are truly flattened. It is of further interest that some La Jolla specimens of C. simulans have an aspect intermediate between C. amplivesiculatum and C. longira- mosum. The author has already voiced suspicion (opus. cit.) that these “species” may be growth forms of the common and variable C. simulans, but their exceedingly large utricles present a definite problem which must be studied with the aid of much more material before further enlightenment will be forthcoming. 22 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 CopIuM PALMERI Sp. nov. Figs. 1-4 Thallus e disco parvo spongioso ad 40 cm. altus, parte inferna stipitata cylindrica, 3-5 mm. diam., 2-3 cm. longa, plus minusve ramosa subinde in lobos latos, 2-3-chotome partitos, apice ro- tundatos abeunte; lobis 2-3 mm. crassis ad 5 cm. vel ultra latis; utriculis pro more 400-500 p» longis, 65-160 p latis, ratione varia dimorphicis, gracilioribus 65-90 latis quam utriculis 140-160 u latis multo magis obviis, saepius (statu juvenili praesertim) sub apice rotundata constrictis, adultis pilis 4-6 deciduis aut ipsorum basibus verticillatim sub constrictione positis ornatis ; membrana pro more apice incrassata ad 25 »; gametangiis in parte utriculi inferna, fusiformibus, 220 » longis, 60-70 » diam. membrana gracill. > Thallus arising from a small, spongy disc, up to 40 cm, high, the lower, stipitate portion cylindrical, 3-5 mm. diam., 2-3 cm. long, more or less branched and abruptly flattened into broad, di-trichotomously branched lobes rounded at the apices; lobes 2-3 mm, thick and up to 5 cm, or more wide; utricles mostly 450-500 » long, and generally 65-160 » broad, exhibiting more or less prominent dimorphism, the more slender utricles, 65-90 p broad, much more abundant than those 140-160 » broad, often, especially in young utricles, with a constriction just below the rounded apex, at maturity with a whorl of 4-6 deciduous hairs or their peg-like bases just below the constriction; membrane usually thickened at the apicse, up to 25 » thick, gametangia borne below the middle of the utricles, fusiform, 220 » long, 60-75 » diam., with thin membrane. Type: Collected by Edward Palmer at Guadalupe Island, Baja California in 1875—number 207177 in the Herbarium of the University of California (Fig. 2). The two plants of this collection were examined as late as 1919 by F. S. Collins in the D. C. Eaton herbarium of Yale Uni- versity. At that time Collins sent the smaller specimen to Pro- fessor Setchell at the University of California and made a trac- ing of the larger plant. It is from this tracing that figure 1 was drawn. At the time of this writing, those in charge of the Eaton Herbarium have been unsuccessful in relocating the large speci- men which otherwise would have been designated as type. In 1920, Setchell and Gardner first referred these specimens to Codium latum, but in describing them pointed out certain differences from the Japanese plants. In 1930, they again cited these plants under C. latum but with greater misgivings. Their chief reason for referring them to that species was “the exist- ence of a distinct whorl or verticil of hairs a little below the broad 23 BuLiLetin, So. Canie. ACADEMY OF SCTENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 apex of each utricle.” That this character is a poor one upon which to base such a reference may be judged from a study of other Codia in which the presence or absence of these hairs is variable. Moreover, typical specimens of C. latum from Japan have a very different habit. The very broad, essentially ovate blade which in most cases is simple, certainly does not resemble closely the twice or thrice dichotomous, ligulate blade of Codiwm Palmeri. Setchell had undoubtedly reached a decision concerning the distinctness of this species from Codium latwm, for in manuscript notes he adopted the name Codiuwm Palmeri in all references to the Guadalupe Island plants. It has seemed best to retain this manuscript name and to place it on permanent record as that of a very unusual and interesting plant of our Pacific Coast. Blossevillea Brandegeei Setchell & Gardner, has hitherto been reported only from the type locality, Guadalupe Island, Baja California- where it has been collected repeatedly. This species has been found for the first time at La Jolla, California. A large plant, 45 cm, high, bearing abundant compound recep- tacles and lacking only the holdfast and lowermost part was cast ashore near the “Beach Club”, La Jolla, October 22, 1944. Cystoseira neglecta Setchell & Gardner, heretofore known only from Santa Catalina Island, was found in beach drift at La Jolla, March 30, 1945. Epiphytic on the specimen were many young plants of Coilodesme californica. Grateloupia prolongata J. Agardh, known on this coast from the upper Gulf of California and from central Mexico, was found in tide pools near the “Beach Club’, La Jolla, March 11, 1945, Pikea pinnata Setchell, thought, heretofore, to reach its southern limit of distribution in San Luis Obispo County, has been found in drift weed at Coronado, California, November 2, 1944. Tylotus Cunninghamu (J. Agardh) Kylin, is known in the literature only from the type locality, Santa Barbara, California. Specimens cast ashore at La Jolla, July 17, 1944 extend the dis- tribution considerably. Callymenia angustata Setchell & Gardner. A sterile plant that seems in every way to agree vegetatively with this species has been found in drift weed at Mission Beach, California. The specimen is somewhat larger (17 cm.) than the type and pre- viously known material from Bahia Santa Maria, Baja California and Bahia Tepoca, Sonora. _ _Plocamiocolax pulvinata Setchell, has been found parasitiz- ing Nienburgia Andersoniana at La Jolla, California, in Novem- 24 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 ber, extending the known range southward from Pebble Beach, Monterey County. Gracilariophila Gardneri Setchell, has not previously been reported south of Santa Monica, California. It has been found parasitizing Gracilaria Andersonu at La Jolla in December. Stromatocarpus Gardneri Setchell, previously known only from Santa Monica, California, has been found parasitizing Pterosiphomia Baileyi at La Jolla in December. Gonimophyllum Skottsbergu Setchell, previously known to parasitize Botryoglossum, Cryptopleura and Hymenena from Friday Harbor, Washington to Monterey, California has been found on Cryptopleura violacea dredged from a depth of 20 meters off Point Loma, San Diego, California, June 3, 1943. Both polysporic and cystocarpic examples were detected. Ceramium codiophila Setchell & Gardner, is reported for the first time since its discovery in material from Guadalupe Is- land, Baja California. It was found growing abundantly on Codum fragile cast ashore at La Jolla, California, in Novem- ber, 1944, | Amplisiphonia pacifica Hollenberg, known heretofore from San Mateo County to Orange County, California has been de- tected in dredge samples taken in February from a depth of 25 meters in Bahia de Todos Santos, Baja California. The specimens are tetrasporic and were attached to the holdfast of a young Fisenia plant. 25 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 PLATE 11 Fig. -1. Codiuwm Palmeri. Sketch from a tracing made in 1919 by F. S. Collins of the large plant of the type collection at that time in the D. C. Eaton Herbarium of Yale University. X %. 26 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 NS Z PLATE 12 Sketch of the type specimen, Herb. U. C. Fig. 2. Codium Palmeri. 207177. X YB. Examples of both the robust and slender Fig. 3-4. Codium Palmeri. types of utricles. X 100. - Butietin, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 THE ACTEOCINA OF SALTON SINK, COLORADO DESERT, CALIFORNIA By G. WILLETT Los Angeles County Museum The fact that the Colorado Desert was formerly connected with what is now the Gulf of California is generally accepted by geologists. In the book “The Salton Sea,” by D. T. MacDougal and collaborators (Carnegie Inst., Wash., 1914), W. P. Blake states (p. 3) that the Salton Sink and contiguous territory was covered by the ocean in Middle Tertiary. According to E. S. Free (op. cit.: 26), the sea was absent from the lower part of the sink in late Tertiary, and also just previous to the post-Tertiary uplift, but there was a long intermediate period of which nothing is known, During this latter period there may have been a marine occupation, followed by the building up of the Colorado River delta and consequent shutting out of the sea. The Tertiary sea has left numerous Miocene fossil marine deposits in the Carrizo Creek region and other localities, but the common molluscan fossils (or subfossils) found in the immediate vicinity of the present Salton Sea are evidently of Quartenary age, and are almost entirely typical of fresh water. R. E. €. Stearns (Proc, U.S: Nat Musee 2AGiZso) eaoOle 287), in discussing this latter fauna, mentions having taken near Indio specimens of Tagelus and a single example of Ocinebra (Tritonalia) poulsoni Nuttall. Nothing is said regarding the con- dition or apparent age of these marine shells, but it would appear probable that they were not living at the same time and in the same locality as such fresh-water genera as Anodonta, Helisoma and Paludestrina, the common members of the fauna in the near vicinity of Salton Sea. It is entirely possible that the Tagelus and Tritonalia may have washed down from an earlier deposit at higher levels. However, one supposedly marine genus has been found with the fresh-water genera by several collectors on different occas- ions, under conditions and in a state of preservation which appear to me to indicate that it might have been contemporaneous with the fresh-water fauna. This is the genus Acteocina (Tornatina of some authors, Retusa of others). 28 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 1, 1945 At least ten or twelve years ago the late Fred M. Reed, of Riverside, California, brought to me a small vial of specimens of Acteocina, stating that he had collected them on the shores of Salton Sea. As the locality was so unusual, I assumed (unjusti- fiably, it now appears) that Mr. Reed had made a mistake in his collecting data. Within the past year several collectors, in- cluding Miss Edna T. Cook and Dr. Wendell O. Gregg, have brought in specimens from Salton Sea similar to those of Mr. Reed, so there can now be no doubt as to the locality. The fact that this supposedly marine genus is to be found in company with several fresh-water genera, apparently in the same state of preservation, poses an ecological problem that appears difficult to solve. If these genera were really contemporaneous— as I believe they were—the most reasonable explanation might be that Acteocina had lived through the change from salt to fresh (or brackish) water, a change that may have been very slow and perhaps interrupted one or more times by temporary invasion of the sea. If the marine mollusk had been transferred directly, by birds or other agencies, from the ocean to the ancient fresh-water lake (Blake Sea, of some authors; Lake Cahuilla, of others), it would seem unlikely that it could survive the sudden change in habitat. As the little shell under discussion appears to differ some- what from known members of the genus, it seems advisable to give ita name. Therefore, it may be known as: Acteocina anomala sp. nov.—Shell of about 4 whorls, very small, cylindrical, white, smooth except for growth lines; spire varying from considerably elevated to only slightly so, with sum- mits of whorls either tabulated or rounded; aperture five-sixths to seven-eighths the length of shell, narrow posteriorly, rounded anteriorly, with thin coating of enamel on inside border; outer lip thin, usually slightly constricted near widening of aperture; inner lip calloused, with slight fold at its insertion. Type, No. 1082 Los Angeles County Museum; paratype, No. 1083 same collection. Both collected by Dr. Wendell O. Gregg, together with 50 additional specimens, near shore of Salton Sea, Imperial County, California. Paratypes also in col- lections of Dr. Gregg and Miss Edna Cook. The type, the largest specimen seen in the series examined, measures: length 3.8, di- ameter 1.8 millimeters. The paratype is more slender, with higher spire, and measures 3.5x1.4 mm. This little shell is probably more like Acteocina inculta Gould than any other of its Recent relatives. It differs from that species in being smaller and more slender, with narrower aperture and thinner inner lip. Also, the sides of the body whorl are much more nearly parallel, rounding off abruptly anteriorly rather than gradually. The spire is usually shorter than that of inculta, but this feature is variable. BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$2.00 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. Joun A. Comstock Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September- October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1944, including volumes XXIV to XLIII, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol 1, 1938.) Vol: 2;-Part) 1, 19395" Vole 2, Partizato4ae 30 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES For Saie at the Appended Prices BULLETIN: To To Non- Members Members Complete set, Vols. 1 to 39, bound ............... $115.00 (Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00 WOK INOs 5 Os Beg arenes cog clos aomicia inion $ .25 50 ele AM nen VB O.() Sue eraccec, ye. an ails, acareiensus iopiave: sere oruila eee eee 25 50 eG @ I, IDOY CBnOwRsiE CW) Socoecccccocc 2.00 4.00 adel (mem meme (DCS ts 2 Ss ccc aston ule “eile aha ese et olen ayar oy ei'e oie ae ats 25 50 em (Pameaocmmiall eer. () S.- Sc rales, yar abe lacohecs (eceuole er eueleuerevene cece 1.00 2.00 acme emeernrrarne Peer () Oct Sercer, Te aura teics, wig walle tecceteneh Hw sat aneuiswe Bee 1.00 2.00 ames Meant eee] (0, Soc ccs arc Sols ouet er ee ans ei mcoue wave teanel@ionevs 2.00 4.00 seme ) Meant ote LS 3A) ices seatictraiisncvtanse oxduisic ie eoaveuepeGseUecexere eae £75 1.50 iret |l() ompmaceamemrn! ees OANA LY 5 ci tear ev evra s Guaie eae © oie ete wires ersten 1.00 2.00 seaeoltl () ares seme 2 Ses Maes oa yas wie tebe savecaceeeies alemece ate eh 2.00 4.00 ecm | emcee ee QD ae oens. Foi riccalore, cic eis e otehes eussetar we eases 1.00 2.00 CO UBS 98 AS SIGS eres ome ioc eta ace ee nace 1.00 2.00 ager a uae me 2 Pres EOL 30 oo esac ang ave Sie . (CGACI): eacaciece eisceceis Gale sues ee 25 50 ae) meme 2 .3,. OA (a C@aClh)t fess crocus wets cyanea erate .25 50 eae () nen? 3 OATS (GACH): oss. acta asus rosie 25 +50 7 AULT Aare yma YAN ((ete Kola) ete eerie caterers Bee .25 50 eae Pema ar > AOA BS (GACH) | Soceeasata eeancuonn cehermeler .25 50 ee omc? 3 NOAA (eaQeil. zn aaecoseen aes or 25 50 (Continued on next page) 31 PUBLICATIONS (continued) MEMOIRS: To To Non- Members Members VOle 19 S8—Daper COVE wet etc vier, «eure ule ivcte siatene $2.00 $4.00 inte ache bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00 gra < printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00 ee te ye. printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00 WolieZy INOm iw, w9s9—paper COVER! som. wees e clerererene 1.25 2.50 Se eet) awa ee bound in black fabricoid .... 2.25 3.50 ea ot printed on one side of page . Lo 3.50 re tet Ae 12, LO F4—DANEL. \COMETS © a aileveisrevevereyel tremens Hho 1.50 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES BV aR aA aS alae, AL Ishi oooceacccoaueocuudce bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomolozical, icolored plate =o. se eneeeeeeee 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Molluses (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David- son and George Ii: Moxley, 452) pp:, 1923... seers 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami- lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New, Mexico 193ih) Sho Ra hosbers eee eee ele Eee 3 LD) Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non- INOMDCTS) x cdl csen rd eb leks Sie Sieve lene 60rd a) ol Oe Re ert 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50 ADDRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Care Dr. Joun A. Comstock) Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. eo bo REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) 4pp. 8pp. 1I2pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies .... $3.75 $575 $850 $1025 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 [10,0 ae nares Bee 0; 1075.25. 1.00". “17.25- 20.25... 7 21:50 Perey 9.25 13:00 15.25. 18:25". 21.00.. 24.50- 26.00 See ees 2.0000 11.00 15.25... 17.15 2450-24715 *- 28.75 30.50 ieee oD = 12915 © 11-50). 20.25: 24.75. 28.50 - 33.00. 35.00 B08 Pe Pe WSO) 195: 5-225) 7 28.00. 32:25 ¢: 37.25. 3950 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1¥ec each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. vs Wistinctice PRINTING Books @ Catalogs @ Broadsides stationery and Office Forms @ McBRIDE PRINTING CO. PRONE PRospect 2045 . 4\5, EAS? VELEVENT HST. “Since 1879” bos. Angetess5 Cal it. AIS 8 PALS EN LR GARDEN MenmtLETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Vout. XLIV -May- Aueust, 1945 Part 2 CONTENTS Page NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES FROM CALIFORNIA Charles P. Alexander - - - < = a = A NEW GENUS, NEW SPECIES OF DERMANYSSID MITE (ACARINA) FROM TEXAS: G. F. Augustson = - S = TWO NEW VARIANTS IN CALIFORNIA COLIAS EURYTHEME (Lepidoptera): Robert W. L. Potts = - = - = CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM—CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY No. 30. Remarks on Some Resident Birds of the Santa Barbara Islands: G. Willett = - - - = = = 3s No. 31. An Aeides lugubris lugubris from Catalina Island William A. Hilton - - - < ~ = E = MARINE ALGAE ASSOCIATED WITH UPWELLING ALONG THE NORTHWESTERN COAST OF BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO E. Yale Dawson - - = = = = c 2 es Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS and DIRECTORS Dr. H. J. ANDREWS. - - - » ed el Ce President Dr. A. WEIR BELL - - - Ba eee First Vice-President Dr. Witt1AM L. Ltoyp - - - - += Second Vice-President Dr. Joun A. COMSTOCK. - Secretary and Treasurer Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WriLt1AM L, Lioyp Dr. A, WEIR BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwicut Pierce Dr. Rosert D. EMERY Dr. Rospert L. RUTHERFORD Dr. JoHN HERMAN Dr. CHESTER STOCK Mr. R. 8S. WoecLum ADVISORY BOARD Dr. Howagp R. Hitt - Mr. FreD E. BuRLEW Dr. R. H. Swiet Mr. A. YorK ESCALANTE Dr. SHERWIN F. Woop Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HAsKINS BOTANICAL SECTION Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Chairman SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION Dr. H. J. ANDREWS, Chairman SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES Dr, A. WEIR BELL, Chairman SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES Dr. Harry J. DEVEL JR., Chairman SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES Dr. CHESTER STOCK, Chairman SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES Dr. Preston K. Caryn, Chairman SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Mr. RUSSELL 8. WoGLUM, Chairman SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE Dre. WiLL1AmM L. Lioyp, Chairman ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION Der. R. H. Swirt, Chairman FINANCE COMMITTEH Me. Freep E. BurLEw, Chairman Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASKINS Dr. Joon A. Comstock _ PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Ropert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. HowAgp R. Hi HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE Miss BARBARA Loomis, Chairman COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. JoHN A. Comstock, Chairman Dr. CHESTER STOCK Dr. WILLIAM L. Lioyp COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION Dr. JoHN A. CoMsTockK, Chairman Mr. THEODORE PAYNE OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif. Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 44 - - - - - - - - Part 2, 1945 NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES FROM CALIFORNIA (WU VIL UD. IDIUEANSIRIY)) IL By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER In the present series of papers, I hope to consider certain of the rare and undescribed species of crane-flies that have been taken in California. During recent years there has been a vast in- crease in our knowledge of these flies in western North America and it is hoped that such studies may be continued during the future years and finally result in a comprehensive treatment of the group. A recent summary of the Tipuloidea of Northeastern North America* includes approximately 500 species of these flies. Due to its great size, and to the virtually unparalleled range both in altitude and latitude among our states, as well as a vast diversity in ecological conditions, it seems probable that Cali- fornia will be found to possess more species of these flies than occur in the above-mentioned section of North America. It will be many years before we have an adequate picture of the Tipulid fauna of California and to achieve such an end, it will require the co-operation and friendly interest of many entomologists and col- lectors. | would be most grateful for any specimens of these flies, particularly from the higher mountains and those pertaining to the spring fauna of the southern third of the state. The types of the new species here described are preserved in my collection. 1. Treura (LUNATIPULA) DIACANTHOPHORA Sp. 2. Allied to unicincta; size large (wing, male, 19 mm.) ; general coloration of thorax light gray, the praescutum with four brown stripes, the narrow intermediate pair light reddish brown, the laterals slightly wider and darker brown; wings conspicuously patterned, the basal third chiefly yellow, the outer portions more grayish brown, patterned with darker brown and whitish sub- hyaline ; outer radial field and a broad band before cord medium brown; a broad obliterative band before cord; male hypopygium with the tergal lobes slender, separated by a narrow U-shaped notch; inner dististyle with the dorsal and posterior crests long- extended, pale, the margin microscopically serrulate ; gonapophy- sis with median arm expanded at apex and produced into two *Alexander, Charles P. The Diptera or true flies of Connecticut. Tanyderidae, Ptychopteridae, Trichoceridae, Anisopodidae, Tipulidae, Conn. State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 64: 183-486, index 501-509; figs. 18-55 (with 389 individual illustra- tions) ; 1942 (published in 19438). BOTAN GARL Butierin, So. Carte. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2 , 1945 divergent spines; eighth sternite with lateral lobes extended into a single fasciculate bristle; central area of sternite with the an- terior group of setae dilated on their outer ends. Mare: Length about 18 mm.; wing 19 mm.; antenna about 4.6 mm, Frontal prolongation of head reddish brown, dusted with gray, especially above; nasus short and stout; palpi black, more or less pruinose. Antennae with scape brownish yellow, pedicel clearer yellow; first flagellar segment obscure brownish yellow, darker at near midlength; outer flagellar segments brownish black, the apices of the more proximal ones a trifle paler; flagel- lar segments weakly incised; longest verticils exceeding the a ments in length. Head in front and on anterior vertex gray, posterior vertex more brownish gray, with the faintest ane of a median capillary darker vitta. Pronotum brownish gray. Mesonotum light gray, the prae- scutum with four brown stripes, the narrow intermediate pair light reddish brown, the laterals broader and darker brown; median gray stripe wider than the subtending intermediate brown lines, narrowed behind; scutal lobes each with two reddish brown areas. Pleura variegated with reddish brown and gray, the paler areas including most of the ventral sternopleurite and the nar- rower ventral anepisternum; dorsopleural region more buffy yellow. Halteres with stem obscure brownish yellow, brighter basally, the knob dark brown, Legs with the coxae light brown, sparsely pruinose; trochanters brownish yellow; femora and tibiae obscure yellow, the tips brownish black, more narrowly so on the latter; tarsi light brown, passing into black outwardly: claw (male) with a long tooth. Wings conspicuously patterned, the basal third chiefly ‘yellow, the remainder with the ground grayish brown, patterned with darker brown and whitish sub- hyaline ; the darker areas include the stigma, a small spot at end of Scz, and the arculus; outer radial field and a broad band before cord somewhat paler brown; a broad obliterative band before cord, reaching bases of cells 1/7, and WW, and thence more diffused to the posterior border; centers of outer medial cells slightly brightened ; bases of cells R to 2nd A narrowly pale; narrow pale streaks along vein /st A and at outer end of cell 7st A near pos- terior portion; veins brown, more brownish yellow in the bright- ened fields. Venation: Rs a little more than twice m-cu,; m longer than petiole of cell MW. Abdominal tergites chiefly gray, with a weakly indicated median brown stripe, the fourth segment darker brown; outer tergites more interspersed with yellow; lateral tergal borders broadly obscure yellow, the caudal margins more narrowly so; sternites reddish, the caudal borders narrowly yellow ; hypopys- 34 ———— ee —— BULLETIN, 'So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 ium brownish yellow to light brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 1) having the ninth tergite, 9t, with the lobes unusually slender, ly- ing subparallel, the median notch correspondingly narrow, deep U-shaped; dorsal surface of tergite with a deep median furrow extending the entire length. Nea sternite, 9s, with the append- age appearing as a large elongate cushion. Basistyle, b, entire; lower ventral angle produced into a short sclerotized blade. Outer dististyle at apex expanded into a broad spatula that is provided with numerous black setae, some of the outer ones very long. Inner dististyle, id, with the beak darkened, relatively narrow; lower beak expanded at apex into a rounded black knob; dorsal crest becoming high and much produced behind, the outer margin microscopically serrulate and very pale; outer basal lobe large and broad, the apex obtuse; sensory area placed near base of lobe; vestiture of lobe yellow, long and abundant, some of the apical and posterior ones very long. Gonapophyses, g, with the paired lateral rods acute; a shorter median structure has a stout, gently arcuated stem that is expanded at apex and produced into two strong divergent spines, their tips acute. Eighth sternite, Ss, with the lateral lobes relatively slender, at tip extended into a single powerful reddish bristle, the elements comprising it so completely united that the fasciculate nature is virtually lost; on mesal face of lobe with two smaller flattened bristles; along mesal margin near base with a row of long bent setae that merge into a more numerous group at the midline; central area with the outer median lobe suboval, provided with two groups of setae that are remarkably expanded at their tips into flattened frond- like blades ; posterior median lobe expanded outwardly, its apical border weakly emarginate; surface clothed and bordered by abundant long fimbriate setae. Holotype, g, Strawberry, Tuolumne County, August 6, OSI a Glee G. Aitken). The most similar described species are Tipula (Lunatipula) bigeminata Alexander and T. (L.) unicincta Doane, which agree rather closely in size and color. The present fly has the praescutal stripes differently colored and with the structure of the male hypopygium distinct. The differences in the hypopygial characters from unicincta are very marked and include almost every struc- ture of the organ. The unpaired gonapophysis is somewhat as in the otherwise distinct T. (L.) spatha Doane. Z. VIPULA (LUNATIPULA) MODOC sp. Nn. Size medium (wing, male, about 16 mm.) ; general coloration of thorax gray, the praescutum with four entire reddish brown stripes; nasus present; antennae with basal three segments yel- low, the remainder very weakly bicolored; flagellar segments 35 BuL.erin, So. Carre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 strongly incised ; wings infuscated, with a restricted darker brown and more extensive whitish subhyaline pattern, the latter includ- ing a band before cord that reaches the posterior border of wing along vein 1/,; abdomen yellow, the tergal stripes poorly defined, the median one virtually lacking; male hypopygium with the cau- dal margin of tergite produced into two submedian spines that are weakly divergent; outer dististyle strongly narrowed on distal third; inner dististyle with the beak very slender, lower beak lacking, dorsal crest very small, erect; outer basal lobe a large blade that is extended at tip into a long curved spine; eighth sternite narrowed outwardly, its caudal margin fringed with abundant long reddish setae. Mare: Length about 16 mm. ; ; wing 16.5 mm.; antenna about 5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head obscure yellow, slightly more darkened medially on sides; nasus long and slender; “palpi with basal two segments obscure brownish yellow, outer segments black, incisures paler. Antennae moderately long; basal three segments yellow, remainder of flagellum weakly “bicolored, the basal sw ellings more blackened than the remainder ; flagellar seg- ments very strongly incised, the outer swelling being virtually as prominent as the basal one; longest verticils exceeding the egments. Head light buffy gray in front, darker gray behind, file vertex with a conspicuous ‘brown median vitta, this widest on the anterior vertex ; vertical tubercle lacking or inconspicuous. Pronotum brownish gray, darker brown and more bulbous at the midline. Mesonotal praescutum gray, with four entire red- dish brown stripes, the intermediate pair only slightly narrowed behind; scutal lobes with similar reddish brown areas; scutellum more infuscated ; mediotergite gray, with a vague central darken- ing. Pleura and pleurotergite more uniformly brownish gray; dorsopleural membrane buffy yellow. Halteres with stem yellow, knob dark brown, its apex paling to obscure yellow. Legs with coxae pale, sparsely Bee trochanters yellow; femora ob- scure yellow, the tips narrowly dark brown, the amount subequal on all legs; tibiae similar, the tips more narrowly darkened; tarsi passing into black; claws (male) toothed. Wings with the ground somewhat strongly infuscated, restrictedly patterned with darker brown and with extensive whitish subhyaline areas; pre- arcular and costal regions scarcely differentiated in color from the remainder; the darkest spots include the stigma and a con- fluent area over anterior cord, with small darkenings over origin of Rs and tip of Sc; some of the cells with somewhat differenti- ated centers in the infuscated ground; the whitish areas include major marks before cord and bey ond stigma, the former reaching the posterior wing border as a seam along vein M,; other white BULLETIN, 'So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 areas before origin of Rs, basal half of cell R, tip of vein 1st A, a faint marginal area in cell Jst A near vein 2nd A, and major pale markings in bases of Anal cells; veins brown, more yellowed in the prearcular and costal fields. Venation: Rs about two and one-half times m-cu; R; +2 entire; m subequal to petiole of cell M,. Abdomen with tergites yellow, the first more brownish gray ; median dark tergal stripe not or scarcely indicated, the sublateral pair present but much broken, chiefly represented by long brown- ish areas on basal portions of segments; lateral tergal borders gray; sternites more uniformly yellow; hypopygium relatively large. Male hypopygium (Fig. 2) having the ninth tergite, 9t, entirely separate from the sternite ; caudal margin with a deep V-shaped median notch, subtended by acutely pointed blackened submedian lobes and much broader and flatter blackened lateral lobes or flanges; submedian spines directed slightly laterad and thus appearing weakly divergent; dorsal surface of tergite with a membranous median furrow; on ventral face, on either side of midline, with a further blackened lobe or plate. Ninth sternite with the appendage small, conspicuously bilobed, the upper lobe with very long setae, the lower one with much shorter subap- pressed bristles. Basistyle, b, relatively narrow, entire, the inner and outer margins sinuous but not produced into lobes or spines. Outer dististyle, od, broad on more than the proximal half, the apex suddenly narrowed. Inner dististyle, 7d, with the beak un- usually long and slender, blackened, the lower beak not developed ; dorsal crest a small, elongate-triangular yellow blade that ends in an acute point; outer basal lobe very large, nearly as extensive as the main body of style, its proximal portion widely expanded, the apex produced into a long curved spine; outer margin of lobe, including the concave edge of the spine, conspicuously fringed with setae; sensory area comprised of rather numerous facets, placed on main body of style at base. Eighth sternite, Ss, sheath- ing, the caudal border gently concave, fringed with abundant long reddish setae, the outermost of the series longest, their tips in- curved toward the midline. Holotype, g , Cedarville, Modoc County, May 29, 1939 (7. PeGariecen x Mont A. Cazier):. The specific name, modoc, is that of an important group of Indians of Lutuamian stock, inhabiting Oregon and northeastern California. The only allied species so far discovered is Tipula (Lunatipula) perfidiosa sp. n., which differs particularly in the details of structure of the male hypopygium, as described. The peculiar outer basal lobe of the inner dististyle is somewhat as in T. (L.) retusa Doane, but the general appearance and other structures of the hypopygium are entirely different in the two flies, 37 BuLLetin, So. Caniv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 3. Trputa (LUNATIPULA) PERFIDIOSA Sp. Allied to modoc,; mesonotal praescutum brownish gray with four relatively narrow reddish brown stripes that are very nar- rowly bordered by slightly darker brown; wings conspicuously patterned with dark brown, pale brownish gray, and whitish sub- hyaline, the last including a complete band at cord and seams bordering most of the veins; abdomen obscure yellow, conspicu- ously trivittate with dark brown; male hypopygium with the lobes on ventral aspect of ninth tergite extended into acute points ; basistyle on lower outer margin with a small spinous point; inner dististyle with the apex of the dorsal crest truncate; outer basal lobe a broadly flattened blade that extends into a slender spine; eighth sternite with the apical brush small, the setae con- tinued basad as a narrow row adjoining the midline. Mare: Length about 15 mm.; wing 16 mm.; antenna about 5 mm, : FEMALE: Length about 18 mm.; wing 16.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head brownish yellow, sparsely prui- nose above at base; nasus small but distinct ; palpi dark brown, the terminal segment blackened ; incisures restrictedly pale. An- tennae with the scape and pedicel yellow; first flagellar segment brown; remainder of flagellum brownish black to black, the stems of the more proximal segments being a little paler than the basal swellings; segments strongly incised. Head above dark gray, clearer gray in front and on the narrow posterior orbits, a narrow dark brown median vitta. Pronotum brownish gray, patterned with darker brown, Mesonotal praescutum with the ground brownish gray, with four relatively narrow but conspicuous reddish brown stripes that are very narrowly bordered by slightly darker brown; posterior scler- ites of notum with the sround color gray, the scutal lobes pat- terned with reddish brown: scutellum and mediotergite with a central brown vitta. Pleura brownish yellow, sparsely pruinose and very vaguely patterned with darker. Halteres with stem yel- low, knob dark ‘brown, its apex vaguely more brightened. Legs with the coxae pale brownish yellow, more darkened basally, especially the fore pair; trochanters yellow; femora brownish yellow, the tips brownish black, preceded by a subequal, some- what clearer yellow ring; tibiae and proximal two tarsal seg- ments brownish yellow, the tips narrowly darkened; remainder of tarsi brownish black; claws (male) toothed and conspicuously hairy. Wings conspicuously patterned with dark brown, pale brownish gray and whitish subhyaline; the darkest color in- cludes the stigma, tip of Sc, origin of Rs, and a spot in cell R at near one-third the length; the slightly paler brown areas include 38 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 much of remainder of wings, being broken by broad and con- Spicuous white seams to the veins and in the obliterative band at cord, the latter completely traversing the wing along vein M,; wing margin in outer radial field narrowly whitened, cells R, R, and J more extensively whitened; veins dark brown, clear yel- low in the brightened costal and prearcular fields. Venation: Rs somewhat less than three times m-cu; Ry + 2 entire; m subequal to or longer than the petiole of cell /,. Abdomen obscure yellow, both the tergites and sternites con- spicuously trivittate with dark brown; lateral tergal borders yel- low, the caudal margins narrowly silvery; male hypopygium chiefly yellow, the eighth segment more yellowish brown. Ovipositor (Fig. 3, 0) with the cerci relatively stout, straight, the tips obliquely truncated and microscopically but evidently toothed; both dorsal and lateral surfaces of cerci with strong carinae; lower margin fringed with sparse long yellow setae; hypovalvae shorter, broadly compressed-flattened. Male hypo- pygium (Fig. 3) having the posterior border of ninth tergite, 9, with two divergent blackened lobes or spines that are separated by a deep V-shaped notch; ventral face near base of split with a sharp black spine that is directed laterad; on lateral portion of ventral face with a second, much longer and more slender spine. Ninth sternite, 9s, with the appendage very unequally bilobed, the large dorsal portion with a brush of long yellow setae, the re- duced subcylindrical lower lobe with small inconspicuous bristles. Basistyle, b, entire; outer border sinuous, opposite base of outer basal lobe of inner style produced into a small sharp spinous point. Outer dististyle flattened, the distal fourth narrowed, the entire style, but especially the outer margin and apex, with long coarse black setae. Inner dististyle, id, with the body heavily blackened, including the slender beak; lower beak lacking, as in the subgroup; dorsal margin and crest yellow, the latter erect, its apex truncate to broadly obtuse; near base of blade, immediately distad of the sensory area, with a conspicuous smooth-margined blackened flange; outer basal lobe a broadly flattened blade that extends into a long slender spine; inner portion of blade sclero- tized and entirely glabrous; ventral portion. including the lower margin, with long coarse setae. Eighth sternite, Ss, with the apical brush much smaller than in modoc, the series of setae continued basad as a narrow row of coarse punctures that are provided with large bristles; on the lateral side of this row with a large whitish subhyaline area. Holotype, g, Old Fort Tejon, Kern County, May 15, 1939 (T. H. G. Aitken). Allotopotype, 9°. The nearest ally is Tipula (Lunatipula) modoc sp. n., with which species it has been compared in the previous description. 39 ButbLetin, So. Carte. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 The most conspicuous hypopygial differences are to be found in the, tergite, inner dististyle, and eighth sternite. The somewhat peculiar structure of the cerci (Fig. 3, 0) indicates a more distant relationship with 7. (L.) favomarginata Doane, 4. Trputa (LUNATIPULA) MONO sp. n Allied to barbata; size small (wing, male, under 11 mm.) ; general coloration of mesonotum brownish gray, with four nar- row, very distinct, dark brown stripes; femora obscure yellow, the tips narrowly darkened : wings with a strong and unusually uniform brown suffusion, restrictedly patterned with darker and with conspicuous obliterative areas; Ks not exceeding twice m- cu, abdomen yellow, the tergites trivittate with dark brown, the sternites with a similar very conspicuous median darkening; male hypopygium with the caudal margin of tergite bearing two very obtuse lobes that are separated from one another by a deep me- dian split; outer dististyle long and narrow, pale; inner dististyle with the disk provided with unusually long and conspicuous tubercles that bear strong setae; outer basal Tobe terminating in a narrow point or flange, with a second similar extension near the tip; appendage of ninth sternite bilobul ate, its setae unusually short and strong; eighth sternite with the lateral lobes densely fringed with long yellow setae in various groups, including a very powerful roughened major bristle on either side. Mare: Length about 10 mm.; wing 10.5 mm.; antenna about 3.1 mm. Frontal prolongation of head dark brown above, more brown- ish yellow on ventral third; nasus long and slender. Antennae with scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum brownish black; flagellar segments unusually simple, scarcely incised, the basal enlarge- ment thus feebly developed; longest verticils a little shorter than the segments; scape elongate, equal to flagellar segments one and two combined. Head brownish gray, with a conspicuous narrow dark brown median stripe extending from the small vertical tubercle to the occiput. Pronotum brownish gray, with a single narrow dark brown median spot. Mesonotum brownish gray, the praescutum clearer gray on sides, with four narrow but unusually distinct and clear cut dark brown stripes, the intermediate pair a little wider than the median ground vitta, narrowly united at their extreme pos- terior ends; besides the four primary stripes, the praescutum has paler brown clouds in the humeral and sublateral fields ; posterior sclerites of notum gray, each scutal lobe with two separate dark brown areas; scutellum and mediotergite with a central dark brown vitta, on the latter narrowed to a point behind. Pleura and pleurotergite gray, restrictedly patterned with dark brown, most 40 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 evidently so on the dorsal anepisternum, center of sternopleurite and on the pteropleurite ; dorsopleural membrane clear light yel- low. Halteres dark brown, the base of stem narrowly yellow, base of knob vaguely whitened. Legs with the coxae brownish gray, the fore pair somewhat darker; trochanters brownish yel- low, the fore pair again slightly darkened on the outer face; femora obscure yellow, the tips narrowly darkened, the amount subequal on all legs; tibiae and basitarsi obscure yellow, the tips more narrowly more infuscated; outer tarsal segments passing into brownish black; claws (male) toothed. Wings with a strong and unusually uniform brownish suffusion, the stigma darker brown; obliterative areas restricted but conspicuous against this darkened ground, occurring as a small post-stigmal brightening and an extensive band at cord, the latter reaching the base of cell M;; less evident pale streaks along certain of the veins, especially the distal half of M, all of vein 1st A and in the bases of both cells Ist A and 2nd A; cell Sc more uniformly yellow; veins dark brown, more yellowed in the brightened fields. Vena- tion: Fs relatively short, not exceeding twice the length of the relatively short m-cu, Ry + 2 entire; petiole of cell M/, and m sub- equal in length. Abdomen yellow, the tergites conspicuously trivittate with dark brown, the sternites with an even broader median brown stripe that is narrowed but scarcely interrupted on the basal rings of the segments; hypopygium chiefly obscure yellow or brownish yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 4) having the caudal border of ninth tergite, 9t, produced into two stout lobes that are separated from one another by a very deep median notch or split; each lobe at apex more or less thickened and with the outer apical angle produced slightly laterad. Ninth sternite with the appendage bilobed, the margins fringed with unusually short strong spinous dark-colored setae. Basistyle entire, its posterior border unarmed. Outer dististyle, od, an elongate, very slender pale lobe that is provided with relatively short setae, the longest only about one- fourth as long as the lobe. Inner dististyle, id, complex, the main body with unusually conspicuous tubercles that bear short strong setae; lower beak blackened at tip, the beak more flattened; dorsal crest unusually extensive and conspicuous, pale, its surface with delicate microscopic parallel striolae; outer basal lobe ter- minating in a narrow point or flange, with a second similar ex- tension on the margin before apex. Eighth sternite, Ss, trans- verse, the lateral angles obtusely rounded, internally bearing smaller lobes that are fringed with long conspicuous setae, those of a smaller, more mesal lobe shorter and directed more toward the midline; near the lateral portion of the setiferous area on either side a single very powertul bristle that is covered with microscopic papillae, as in barbata and allies, these bristles strong- ly decussate. 41 BubLetin, So. Carnie. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Holotype, @ , Bodie, Mono County, August 7, 1939 (T. H. G. Aitken & Mont A. Cazier). The specific name, mono, is that of a Californian Indian stock of Shoshonean origin, the Eastern Monos inhabiting the general vicinity of Mono Lake. Although it differs in all details of structure of the male hypopygium, it seems apparent that the present fly is most nearly related to species such as Tipula (Luna- tipula) barbata Doane and certain allies in the Rocky Mountain area. Details of structure of the inner dististyle and eighth ster- nite further this belief. 5. Trputa (LUNATIPULA) BISETOSA Doane. Davis Creek, Modoc County, altitude 5000 feet, July 6, 1922 (A. W. Lindsey). 6. Tiputa (LUNATIPULA) LucIDA Doane. Mount Shasta, Shasta-County, east side, altitude 6000 feet, July 17, 1939 (Merton C. Lane). 7. TreuLA (LUNATIPULA) MEGALABIATA Alexander. Miami, Mariposa County, June 7, 1940 (T. H. G. Aitken). 8. TipuLca (LUNATIPULA) DORSIMACULA SHASTA Alexander. Kingsbury Grade, Mono County, May 27, 1939 (Mont A. Cazier). Although the general appearance of this subspecies is very different from that of typical dorsimacula Walker, the struc- ture of the male hypopygium is so similar that it seems best to assign it as above. 9. ELLIPTERA ASTIGMATICA Alexander. Sequoia National Park, Tulare County, June 6-8, 1942 (Otto Degener ). 10. ELLIPpTERA CLAUSA Osten Sacken. Osten Sacken found numerous specimens in the wet moss in the spray of Vernal Fall, Yosemite, June 11, 1876. Although the fly is now known to have a wide range in California, ] have no record of its occurrence outside the state. Konocti Bay, Clear Lake, Lake County, May 10, 1926 (M. C. VanDuzee). Berkeley, Contra Costa County, May 20-23, 1915 (M. C. VanDuzee). 42 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 11945 Wildcat Canon, Contra Costa County, April 30, 1939 (C. D. Michener). Sunol Alameda County, April 26, 1939 (1. Hi. G. Aitken). Santa @nuz, Santa Cruz County, May 17, 1919 (EB. PP. Van Duzee). Finch Creek, Hastings Reserve, Santa Lucia Mountains, Monterey County, April 29-May 21, 1943 (Jean Linsdale). Wawona, Mariposa County, altitude 5000 feet, June 6, 1939 (Anthony Downes). Sequoia National Park, Tulare County, June 6-8, 1942 (Otto Degener). Associated with the last species. Herkey Creek, San Jacinto Mountains, Riverside County, altitude 5000 feet, June 10, 1940 (C. D. Michener). Alpine, San Diego County, April 9, 1915 (M. C. VanDuzee). Buin. ‘So. Can. Ac. Scr. 44: 2, 1946 Alexander, Calif, Tipulidae PLATE 13 Tipula (Lunatipula) diacanthophora sp. n.; details of male hypopygium. (Symbols: g, gonapophysis; id, inner dististyle; s, sternite; t, tergite). PLATE 14 Tipula (Lunatipula) modoc sp. n.; details of male hypopygium. (Symbols: 6, basistyle; id, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle; Ss, sternite; t, tergite). 44 Butt. So. Cau. Ac. Scr. 44: 2, 1945 Alexander. Calif, Tipulidae Vee PLATE 15 Tipula (Lunatipula) perfidiosa sp. n.; details of male hypopygium. (Symbols: id, inner dististyle; 0, ovipositor; s, sternite; t, tergite). | We Z P PLATE 16 Tipula (Lunatipula) mono sp.n.; details of male hypopygium. (Symbols: id, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle; s, sternite; t, tergite). 45 BuLLetinx, So. Carte. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 A NEW GENUS, NEW SPECIES OF DERMANYSSID MITE (ACARINA) FROM TEXAS! By G. F. Aucustson’ A series of Mexican free-tailed bats (Tadarida mexicana) were recently received by the writer for examination. Among the ectoparasites recovered were a number of mites which an analysis proved new to science. It was found necessary to erect a new genus in the family Dermanyssidae to hold these interesting ectoparasites, FAMILY DERMANYSSIDAE CHIROPTONYSSUS, new genus Both chelae present, shearlike. Dorsal plate of both sexes entire, covering whole of dorsum in male, anterior one-third only, tapering posteriorly in female. Sternal plate small, with two pairs of setae. Genito-ventral plate small, not reaching anal plate, with two pairs of setae. Peritreme situated laterally, extending backward along rim of fourth coxal pit. Anal plate eggshape in female. Legs moderate, second pair stouter than others in both sexes. Coxa of leg II with a single spine on upper anterior angle in both sexes. Femora of leg III in males with a large, prominent spine. Genotype: CHIROPTONYSSUS TEXENSIS Augustson CHIROPTONYSSUS TEXENSIS N. sp. Holotype female Chelae shearlike, the movable blade rather broad (fig. 4) ; epistome straight, longer than the outwardly curved hypostome; palpi, and rest of mouth parts as.in other members of Dermanys- sidae ; first pair of legs long and thin, femora of second pair as broad as long, caruncles pulvilliform, claws present on all tarsi, coxa of second leg (fig. 3) with a spine above; sternal plate (fig. 2) small, arched, with two pairs of setae; genito-ventral plate (fig. 2) with two pairs of setae, genital aperture situated well forward between coxae III, extending slightly under sternal plate; anal plate (fig. 2) eggshape, longer than broad, with three setae, posterior margin with a weakly chitinized edge; venter with numerous, scattered, equal, thin setae; peritreme long and thin, extending from coxae | to, and nearly surrounding, coxae IV ; dorsal plate (fig. 1) broad anteriorly, covering anterior third 1Contribution from the Eighth Service Command Laboratory, Fort Sam Houston, exas. 2Captain, Sanitary Corps, AUS, Entomologist. 46 BuLLetTIn, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 of dorsum, tapered posteriorly, not reaching posterior margin of dorsum, numerous thin, scattered setae. Allotype male Male essentially the same as female, with the usual modifica- tion of the chelae, and the fused ventral plates as in other mem- bers of Dermanyssidae ; femora of leg III (fig. 5) with a promi- nent spine, acuminate, at an angle to the segment; dorsal plate entire, covering most of dorsum. Holotype: a female, collected from Tadarida mexicana, Fort Sam Houston, Texas, 21 August 1944. Deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Allotype: a male, collected and deposited as above. Paratypes: nine females, one male, collected as above, retained in the Eighth Service Command Laboratory. Type Host: Tadarida mexicana. Type Locality: Fort Sam Houston, Bexar County, Texas. Remarks: this new mite is located close to Liponyssus Ko- lenati and Neoliponyssus Ewing, from which it can be separated, among other things, by the presence of only two pairs of setae on the genito-ventral plate of the female, and the large dorsal plate in both sexes. The majority of the specimens collected in this series were obtained from the wing membranes of the host, along with ticks, identified by the writer as Ornithodoros stageri Cooley and Kohls. As the host roosted in close proximity to military personnel, it would be of interest to know if they attack humans. It is known that the tick found with them does. 47 BULL. So. Can. Ac. Scr. 44: 2, 1945 Augustson. New Dermanyssid Mite PLATE 17 Figure 1. Chiroptonyssus texensis Aug., dorsal plate, holotype, female. IS) Figure Chiroptonyssus texensis Aug., ventral plates, holotype female. Figure 3. Cliroptonyssus texensis Aug., coxa II, holotype fe- male. Figure 4. Cliroptonyssus texensis Aug., chela, a paratype fe- male. on Figure Chiroptonyssus texensis Aug., femur III, allotype male. 48 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 TWO NEW VARIANTS IN CALIFORNIA COLIAS EURYTHEME (Lepidoptera, Pieridae ) Rosert W. L. Ports University of California Two apparently new variants of the highly variable C. eurytheme complex are deserving of description. Names have not been applied inas- much as the author feels that it is not desirable to propose names which would inevitably be placed as synonyms since their grade would so defi- nitely be below that of the subspecies, the lowest category recognized by the International Rules of Nomenclature. An early spring variation as illustrated (see Plate 18), has the outer margin of the forewing reduced into triangular inter- venal spots. Color is as in the so-called ariadne or vernal form, with the orange areas limited. Collected 1.5 miles northwest of Grayson, California on February 18, 1944 by Pedro Galindo and Ray F. Smith. Two other specimens taken on the same date are similar, one with slightly more, one with less border reduction. A specimen very nearly identical to the type was taken in the vi- cinity of Los Banos, California on March 30, 1944 by Pedro Galindo and W. C. Reeves. Eleven further specimens taken on the first date were generally typical of ariadne, while twenty addi- tional specimens taken on the latter date were more typically eurytheme, the variant being the only vernal form taken on that day. Collecting on three other dates between these two yielded only typical ariadne and early typical eurytheme. Another variant, possibly a true aberration, was taken by the author on July 7, 1944, 3.75 miles southeast of Tracy, California. This specimen is not illustrated as the habitus agrees with typical eurytheme except for the remarkable fact that the black macula- tions are replaced as follows: the fuscous scales of the basal area of the wings approximately normal in color, scales of the cell spot of the forewing dark grey-brown, scales of the outer margin light grey with a slight brownish cast. A small number of grey- brown scales are intermixed in the border. Beneath, the fuscous scales nearly normal, the cell spot and four spots near the outer border of the forewing are grey-brown. The general effect is of a normal eurytheme with a faint silver margin instead of the normal black margin. The abnormal coloring of the specimen was noticeable in flight, although both the behavior and flight appeared to be nor- mal. The wings of the specimen were in the condition of softness indicating the second or third day after emergence, and the pres- ence of the occasional yellow scales in the margin would tend to substantiate a belief that the specimen had emerged the day pre- 49 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 vious to its capture, as these scales are almost invariably rubbed off during the first or second day of flight. \ brief microscopic examination of three selected at random from several hundred other males collected on the same day in the same area disclosed the fact that one had a few silver scales among the normal black. It is possible that a certain percentage of males have a few of these abnormally colored scales scattered through the black margins. Perhaps the silver is actually an “un- colored” condition, a stage through which the normal black scale passes, however, other explanations are also possible. The aberration and the illustrated specimen are deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. PLATE 18 Variant of Colias eurytheme. BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY No. 30—REMARKS ON SOME RESIDENT BIRDS OF THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS By G. WILLETT Selasphorus sasin sedentarius. In the most recent distribu- tional list of the birds of California (Grinnell and Miller, Pac. Coast Avif, No. 27, 1944: 221-224), the status of the resident hummingbirds of the northern Channel Islands was somewhat indefinite. The birds of Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa islands were only tentatively referred to sedentarius, the race of San Clemente and Santa Catalina; and two specimens from Anacapa were in- cluded with the mainland form, S. sasin sasin, but stated to be intermediate between that race and sedentarius. Recently-secured specimens in the Los Angeles County Mu- seum, although not as numerous from some islands as might be desired, throw considerable additional light upon this problem of distribution. Also used in this study were numerous specimens obtained from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, through Dr. Alden H. Miller, and from the D. R. Dickey Collection, through Mr, A. J. van Rossem, to both of which gentlemen my gratitude is expressed, Since the principal characters cited (Grinnell, Condor 31, 1929: 226-227) as differentiating the two races of Allen Hummingbird are dimensional, most of this discussion will be founded on the following table of average measurements, in millimeters: Wing Culmen Wing Culmen San Clemente. Ie, SID 187— 19, 43.2 20.6 Santa Catalina... ISG » BS 18.6—19¢, 43.0 20.4 Santa Rosa. Se, W004 9 187 3a 224 4 10s PRITACAD A... 22 22sec. OG SH 179— 79, 42.1 Toe Miarabande 7... UG) Bo! SSS 16.1—19¢9, 42.6 16.9 From the above measurements, it would appear that the longer wing ascribed to sedentarius by Grinnell is so feebly ind1- cated as to be of little diagnostic value. The six island birds avail- able to Grinnell were apparently somewhat above the average size and the mainland birds used were slightly below it. Length of culmen, on the other hand, seems an excellent racial character. Grinnell’s statement that he found no over-lapping in size of mainland and island birds does not quite hold true in our larger series, but examples of such over-lapping are very few. 51 BuLLetin, So. CALIr. Aca ADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2 2, 1945 The culmen measurements appear to identify the Santa Rosa Island bird definitely as sedentarius, and the Anacapa bird as considerably closer to that form than ‘to the one of the mainland. Unfortunately, | have only one bird from Santa Cruz Island, a female which measures: wing, 43.3; culmen, 18.0. One Beiuland female has a culmen as long as in this specimen, and one female from Catalina and another from Anacapa have one as short. Therefore, the identity of the race occurring on Santa Cruz can- not be definitely established at this time, but, when more speci- mens are available, it will probably prove referable to sedentarius. The only color character ascribed by Grinnell to sedentarius that appears to be substantiated in the series at hand is the larger amount of green on the middle retrices of the female. While this is far from uniform, it holds true much more often than not. It is found in the one female from San Clemente, in all but three from Catalina, in all from Santa Rosa, but in only two out of seven from Anacapa. Two out of nineteen mainland birds also have it. Summarizing, it would seem advisable to increase the known range of sedentarius to include Santa Rosa and Anacapa islands. Santa Cruz birds will probably also prove referable to the same race when more material becomes available. Melospiza melodia subspp. Until recently, a large percent- age of the island song sparrows in collections consisted of spring- or summer-taken birds, almost worthless in evaluating color char- acters. During the past few years the Los Angeles County Mu- seum has secured on several of the islands a fair number of birds in fresh fall or early winter plumage, and these augmented by similar material in the D, R. Dickey Collection, probably provide the most satisfactory study series so far assembled. It is believed, therefore, that some of the results of a study of these birds may prove of interest. One island race whose distinctness and range have not been questioned since its description is W/. m. graminea, of Santa Bar- bara Island. That the short wing of this race is a good character is indicated in the following average wing measurements, in mil- limeters, of birds from different islands. Sei) Bede 8 Og, 7s SO, ss5 San @lementeuss Wea, (Cases 7 OSLO) Sanita NOSase se eee OHS 7 OF, (Cllez, San Miguel_____ Oe; 63:0; 9 Oy GOs In the series of males at hand, one from San Clemente, one from Santa Rosa, and none from San Miguel are as small as the Santa Barbara maximum. The females do not show as much On bo BULLETIN, So. CaALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 difference in wing, as two from San Clemente, three from Santa Rosa, and six from San Miguel are within the maximum meas- urements of Santa Barbara specimens. The name clementae is authoritatively used for the song sparrow of San Clemente, but the inclusion of the birds of Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa islands in this form has been questioned, mainly on geographical grounds. As color characters are used in differentiating between some of the island races, it is important to recognize the fact that there is greater variation in color between different plumages of birds from the same island than there is between birds in comparable plumage from any two islands. Also, as the song sparrows, like most other species of the island land birds, breed early, the wear on their plumage is correspondingly early in the spring. There- fore, fall birds are quite different from those taken in February or later. Most of the 64 skins at hand from San Clemente, Santa Rosa and San Miguel islands readily divide into two groups, one more gray, the other more brown. Unfortunately, however, both groups are represented from all the islands. From San Clemente there are six brown birds, six gray ones, and eleven more or less in- termediate ; from Santa Rosa, one brown, twenty-one gray; and from San Miguel, five brown, thirteen gray. To my eye, the brown specimens from the three islands are the same in color, as are the gray ones from San Clemente and Santa Rosa. The thirteen gray ones from San Miguel (twelve from Dickey Coll.) average very Slightly lighter. The extreme of this lightness is found in a series of nine specimens taken by A. J. van Rossem December 28, 1930. I am in doubt as to the meaning of the two color phases. The difference between them does not appear to be seasonal, as both have been collected on the same day. That one or the other phase might represent immature plumage has also been considered, but both have been collected from September through December, after which time plumage wear commences. Also in the Santa Rosa Island birds, all collected within a few days (November and early December), a ratio of 21 adults to one immature, or vice versa, would hardly be expected. In addition to the slightly lighter color of the gray phase of the San Miguel Island bird, the following measurements of the hind claw substantiate Grinnell’s claim (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 41, 1928: 37-38) of shortness of that member in the race mu- cronyx. (Birds with worn claws not considered). San Miguel... TEs G03 7 O 5 7s Samtidelkosa. | US Bog OT SF 8 Bunierin, So. Carre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, , 1945 After discarding specimens with badly worn tails, the fol- lowing average tail measurements were secured: San) Micuelc....2. 84, 60'8; 49, 585 Sanita eOSane se. UNS 7 Feast, LO) et hoy 516) 77 San Clemente...... 11 ¢, 64.3; 59, 60.5 Without a larger series of specimens, it would be inadvisable to claim positive results from this study, but indications are that the song sparrow from Santa Rosa is nearest to clementae in color, and length of hind claw; nearest to micronyx in length of tail; and intermediate between the two in wing length. The cul- men measures about the same in birds from all four islands, It would appear wise to continue the use of the name cle- mentae for the song sparrow of Santa Rosa Island, even though the geographical distribution is a strange one. The same treat- ment may well apply to the bird of Santa Cruz, at least until bet- ter comparative material is secured. Song sparrows are rare on the latter island, and the only specimens known (in California Academy of Sciences) are admittedly in too worn plumage to be of much use in evaluating racial characters. No. 31I—AN ANEIDES LUGUBRIS LUGUBRIS FROM CATALINA ISLAND, CALIFORNIA 3y Wiliam A. HiLtTon Department of Zoology, Pomona College This specimen collected by C. Henne March 5, 1941, at Middle Ranch, was with a lot of B.a. catalinae. It is from the collections of the Los Angeles County Museum, No. 13600. It was loaned me for study by Drs. J. A. Comstock and H. R. Hill of the Museum. It seems to be a new locality record for this species, in fact as far as I know it is the first account of Aneides from Catalina Island. Without doubt it is A. |. lugubris of the mainland with too few differences to justify it being called a subspecies. GENERAL DESCRIPTION: 1. Size. Total length 99 mm, of which the tail is 47 mm. 2. Body flattened slightly from above downward, robust, a flat- tened cylindrical form, Limbs well developed, front slightly smaller than the hind. Appressed limbs overlap all but one or two costal grooves. Four digits on front foot, five on the hind, well developed. Front toes from shortest to longest 1-2-4-3. Hind foot, 1- (2-5) -4-3. Or f OW 54 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 6. Tail more slender than the body, well marked lateral grooves becoming fainter towards the end, about 28 in number. 7. Tail flattened latterly, higher than broad. 8. Costal grooves between the limbs 14. 9. Head moderately depressed broader than the body. 0. Eyes prominent, separated from the tip of the snout by about their length. 11. Distinct, light colored wide naso-labial lines. 12. Upper jaw overhangs the lower. 13. Line of the lip slants upward and back well behind the orbit. 14. Gular fold very marked. 15. Neck quite distinct. 16. Dorsal surface a uniform dark grey extending two thirds of the way down the sides of the body and a little farther down on the tail. 17. Tongue large fleshy, filling the mouth in front, margins thin, surface spongy, free at sides and behind. 18. Premaxillary teeth about six, smaller than the five maxillary on each side, the latter well spaced. Mandibular teeth larger, well spaced. 19. Vomerine teeth in two slender distinct patches running slant- ingly from the internal nares to near the middle line, a single row of 7 on each side, 20. Parasphenoid teeth in one patch well back in the mouth with about 80 well spaced teeth. MEASUREMENTS: Snout to anus 52 mm, Anus to end of tail 47 mm. Width of head 11.5 mm. Snout to orbit 4 mm. Snout to gular fold 17 mm. Snout to fore limb 21 mm. Gular fold to anus 39 mm. Axilla to groin 30 mm, Fore limb 17 mm. Longest front toe 3.5 mm. Hind limb 20 mm. Longest hind toe 4 mm. Breadth of hand 6 mm. Breadth of foot 9 mm. GENERAL REMARKS: This specimen is uniformly dark above and much lighter below, there is no indication of spots or flecks of lighter on the back as is the case with young of this and other species. It was however smaller than the adults found on the mainland. Storer gives the length as up to 162 mm. Dunn gives 152 mm. as the length of the largest he examined. Slavin gives from 152 mm. down to 97 for adults. Bishop gives 162 mm. as the greatest 55 Bunterin, So. Canter. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 length with 87 as the smallest with an average length of the adult as 118. [IMPORTANT REFERENCES: Bishop, S. C. Handbook of Salamanders. Comstock Pub. Co. 1943. Cope, E. D. The Batrachia of North America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bul. 34. 1889. Dunn, E. R. The Salamanders of the Family Plethodontidae. Smith College, Aniv. Pub. 1926. Slevin, J. R. The Amphibia of Western North America. Occas- {Onldlmeapersm Calin ANGr tS Cea Vile eno cey Storer, T. I. A Synopsis of the Amphibia of California. Univ. Galt] Pub: Zool Vo XX VI. Berkeley, (Calitgmigzos PLATE 19 Aneides lugubris lugubris from California, Catalina Island. From above and below about natural size. Ol er) BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 MARINE ALGAE ASSOCIATED WITH UPWELLING ALONG THE NORTHWESTERN COAST OF BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO By E. Yate Dawson The littoral marine flora of the coast of northern Baja Cali- fornia has heretofore received scant attention. Whereas the algae of the outlying island of Guadalupe are fairly well known through the work of Setchell and Gardner (1930) only a few species have been reported from the shores of the mainland, these col- lected by Gardner before 1927. The lack of information cannot be attributed to a paucity of species due to unfavorable habitats, for the coast of Baja California north of latitude 30° abounds in fine, alga-rich reefs more extensive than any of those on the California coast from San Diego to Point Conception. Although in Gardner’s time, 20 years ago, the inadequacy of roads made col- lecting difficult in northern Baja California, recent highway im- provements have been such that sites as distant as Rio San Telmo can be visited in the course of a single day. During the spring of 1945 the author had opportunity to make several collections in the region of Punta Descanso not far below the International boundary, and one collection near the mouth of the Rio San Telmo more than 100 miles farther south. The study of this material has brought forth such interesting re- sults that a brief introductory report on these two areas, hereto- fore unexplored for algae, seems desirable. McEwen, 1916, in summarizing and interpreting hydro- graphic observations from the north coast of Baja California, has shown the presence of several areas of upwelling in the im- mediate coastal region between San Diego and Cerros Island. These areas of colder water are small and lie adjacent to the coast at, or slightly south of each of several projecting headlands. McEwen shows them present in August and September, 1908 near Punta Descanso, Punta San Jose, Cabo Colnett, and Punta San Antonio. Surface temperature observations taken at that time showed horizontal thermal gradients of 2-3° C. from the centers of upwelling to points about 10 miles seaward. The pres- ent collections were made in two of these areas of upwelling and contain, as will be shown, floral elements such as are more typical of areas of colder water several hundred miles to the north on the California coast. The great majority of the species obtained represent southward extensions of distribution, only a few being as yet unreported from California. Several undescribed species appeared in the collection and will be reported on in another paper. 57 Bt LLeTIN, So. Catiar. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 The collections from the Cabo Colnett area were made March 11 between the mouths of the Rio San Telmo and Rio San Rafael. In this locality the ebbing tide exposes a small reef composed partly of large cobblestones, and partly of outcropping rock with a few small pools. Reflecting the coastal upwelling of cold water the entire collection, but for a very few species heretofore known only from more southern areas, is composed of species typical of more northern waters of southern and central California. The following are particularly noteworthy: Haplogloia Andersonu, Weeksia reticulata, Grateloupia californica, Gigartina ‘volans, Platythamnion pectinatum, and Pterochondnia Woodu. Though it was not possible to make collections on the reefs at Cabo Colnett proper, to judge from the conditions found at Punta Descanso as described below, a much larger number of cold water elements should be expected there. The collections made in the Punta Descanso area are of par- ticular interest in their representation of a flora widely divergent from that of similar areas in nearby San Diego County, Califor- nia. Reefs on either side of Punta Descanso to a distance of two miles were visited April 8 and 22 during lows of spring tides. The reef at Punta Descanso proper slopes rather abruptly into the sublittoral. Only a few semi-protected areas are present and except at extreme low tide, pools are rare. On this out-jut- ting point, the colder upwelling water is brought into direct con- tact with the littoral zone, and its effect is strongly reflected in the prevalence of species typical of more northern California waters. The luxuriance of growth, moreover, is unusual com- pared to that of most southern California stations. Several species known in southern California typically as sublittoral plants are here conspicuous in the tidal zone: Laminaria Farlowu, Des- marestia herbacea, Gigartina californica, G. Harveyana, Zan- ardinula Andersoniana, Asparagopsis hamifera. Some species known heretofore only from the region north of Santa Barbara include Gigartina papillata, Bossea frondifera and Ceramium pa- cificum, On the south of Punta Descanso is an area of exceedingly extensive, almost flat reefs, extending fully 200 yards seaward from the plaite and covered at high ‘ale only by 3-5 feet of water. On this reef the shallow, inshore water is somewhat more effec- tively warmed by insolation during the diurnal portion of the tidal cycle than is the water bathing the more abruptly sloping reef at Punta Descanso proper. Seemingly in response to-this warming which counteracts in part the effect of the cold, up- welled water, a few species typical of warmer waters appear, in- cluding Sargassum Agardhianum and Grateloupia prolongata. Although the flat character and exposure of these reefs are essen- tially the same as of reefs at Point Loma and north La Jolla in 58 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 San Diego County, California, the absence of many species typical of the warmer waters of the latter region is fully as conspicuous as the presence of the several cold water elements. Principal among these absent species are Dictyota Binghamiae, Zonaria Farlowu, Dictyopteris zonarioides, Gigartina serrata and Hypnea californica. Eisenia arborea, so abundant in the littoral in San Diego County is present only in a few deep, well protected pools. An additional point of correlative interest is the recent dis- covery by Carl L. Hubbs that the fishes inhabiting the area of upwelling at Punta Descanso are also characteristic of more northern waters of the California coast. In a list of the fishes collected in this region, he will specify the northern elements in the fauna. The species whose names are listed and annotated below have been deposited in the Herbarium of the University of Cali- fornia. They may be identified by the author’s collection numbers that accompany them and to which references are made opposite the species names in the list. Station I—near the mouth of Rio San Telmo, 2 miles south of Cabo Colnett (N. Lat. 30° 57’) March 12, 1945 Ulva taeniata (Setchell) Setchell & Gardner. 50-45. The specimens are typical in habit but show little evidence of the marginal dentations said to be common on southern California plants. Enteromorpha tubulosa Kutzing. 58-45. Chaetomorpha antennina (Bory) Kutzing. 56-45. The exceptionally long filaments, 25cm., grew in small groups of 4-10. Chaetomorpha clavata (C. Agardh) Kutzing. 33-45. A few solitary filaments 5-7cm. long were detected among specimens scraped from rocks. The short, strongly inflated cells up to 500 » in diameter, with conspicuous intercellular constric- tions serve easily to identify this species, hitherto not reported from this coast. See Punta Descanso material below. 59 Butietin, So. Carrer. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Cladophora microcladioides Collins. 57-45. Haplogloia Andersonu (Farlow) Levring. 15-45. Ilea fascia (Muller) Fries. 31-45. Macrocystis pyrifera (Linnaeus) C. Agardh. observed. Cast ashore. Egregia laevigata Setchell. 53-45. Cast ashore. A few small plants in lower littoral tideways. Laminaria Farlowi Setchell. 55-45. Cast ashore. Cystoseira neglecta Gardner(?). 52-45. Cast ashore. Porphyra perforata J]. Agardh. 45-45. Acrochaetium Amphiroae (Drew) Papenfuss. 35-45. Monosporic plants in the genicula of Bossea Orbigniana. Cumagloia Andersonu (Farlow) Setchell & Gardner, 32-45. Gelidium pulchrum Gardner. 7-45. Gelidium cartilagineum (Linnaeus) Greville. 51-45. Leptocladia Binghamiae J. Agardh. 37-45. Although a southward extension of range on the Baja Cali- fornia coast, Taylor has reported this species from the Galapagos Archipelago. Weeksia reticulata Setchell. 38-45. A single cystocarpic specimen 7 cm, high was found in beach drift. Its venation and internal structure are in close agreement with the original description of the species from Monterey. The distribution of this uncommon plant is extended far south of its previously known limit. Bossea Orbigniana (Decaisne) Manza. 17-45. Corallina gracilis var. densa Collins. 40-45. Callophyllis pinnata J. Agardh. 44-45. (Fig. 8-9). Grateloupia californica Kylin. 28-45. Grateloupia filicina (Wulfen) C. Agardh, f. 30-45. This variable species has been reported from our coast by Taylor, 1945, from Bahia Petatlan, Guerrero. The present car- posporic plants (Fig. 10-11) are similar to some of the forms of 60 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 this species known from Japan and China (Okamura, 1937; Howe, 1924). The author was at first so struck by their dis- similarity in form to other American grateloupiae that like Howe, was tempted to consider them of an undescribed species. Further study of the cystocarpic plants, however, seems to indicate rela- tionship to the exceedingly variable and widespread G. filicina from which it would at present be unwise to distinguish them. See Punta Descanso material. Zanardinula Andersoniana (Eaton) Papenfuss. 36-45. Agardiuella Coulteri (Harvey & Bailey) Setchell. 61-45. (Fig. 2). Agardhiella mexicana Dawson, 24-45. This species was described from sterile material collected in the sublittoral in the northern Gulf of California (Dawson, 1944) and is here reported for the first time on the Pacific side of the peninsula. Taylor, 1945, did not accept Agardhiella mexi- cana as distinct from A. tenera which occurs on the outskirts of the Gulf of California and southward along the Mexican coast. The plants of the present collection (Fig. 3-7) however, which seem to be the same as the original Gulf of California material, are easily distinguished from A. tenera by their cystocarps. In A. tenera the cystocarps are small, 1 mm. or less in diameter, and only slightly projecting (Taylor, 1937, p. 59, Fig. 9). Those of A. mexicana are 1.25-1.75 mm. in diameter and protrude very conspicuously from the slender branches. Characteristic of all the present specimens, as also of the original ones from the Gulf of California, are the abundant, short, acutely pointed ultimate branches. Ecologically, the two species seem very distinct. A. tenera is known to be quite strictly a warm water species while A. mexicana has been found only in waters of less than 15° C. That Agardhiella mexicana is distinct from A. Coulteri is demonstrated by the occurrence of plants of typical A. Coulteri in the Rio San Telmo collection (Fig. 2). The cystocarps of A. Coulteri are usually well embedded in the robust branches and project little. The lax, sparsely branched habit is also distinctive. Gardneriella tubifera Kylin. 61-45. Parasitic on Agardhiella Coultert. Choreocolax Polysiphoniae Reinsch. 16-45. Cystocarpic plants parasitic on Polysiphoma Collinsu. Plocoamium pacificum Kylin. 10-45. Gymnogongrus leptophyllus J. Agardh. 8-45. Gracilaria Sjoestedtu Kylin. 22-45. Gracilaria Andersonu (Grunow) Kylin. 34-45. 61 Buiierin, So. Carnie. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Gracilariophila oryzoides Setchell & Wilson. 23-45, Parasitic on Gracilaria Sjoestedti, Gigartina leptorhynchos J. Agardh., 5-45. Gigartina californica J, Agardh. 6-45, Gigartina canaliculata Harvey. 47-45. Gigartina volans (C. Agardh) J. Agardh. 49-45. Rhodymema palmettiformis Dawson. 39-45, Gastroclonium Coulteri (Harvey) Kylin. 48-45, 59-45. The specimens under 59-45 are dwarfed, short-stiped plants resembling Japanese material identified as Gastroclonium ovatum. Platythamnion pectinatum Kylin. 4-45. The specimens seem more like the species as it occurs in California than like Taylor’s variety laxwm described from Clar- ion Island, Colima. They agree with material from Monterey, but are more densely branched, the short branches being longer and more nearly approaching the length of the long branches. The main axis is branched at every second cell. Ceramium zacae Setchell & Gardner. 12-45. A single small plant that agrees fairly well with the original description was found epiphytic on Pterochondria. Ceramium zacae heretofore was reported only from Bahia San Bartolome, Baja California, Ceramium Eatonianum (Farlow) DeToni. 13-45. Ceramium Evermannu Setchell & Gardner. 29-45. Specimens in close agreement with the description of the type from Guadalupe Island occurred epiphytically in consid- erable abundance on several algae. Both antheridial and cys- tocarpic plants are present. In antheridial plants the apices are forcipate as described for tetrasporic individuals, but in cysto- carpic plants the tips are little curved and rarely forcipate. The antheridia, 8-10 » long, confined to the younger, smaller branches, are compactly clustered over the whole surface of the nodal corti- cations. Cystocarps are terminal and are usually surrounded by 5-7 finger-like branches such that the maturing structure re- sembles a plum being held in the palm of the hand with the fingers arched inward. Centroceras clavulatum (C. Agardh) Montagne. 18-45. Phycodrys Setchellu Skottsberg (?). 1-45. A single specimen cast ashore may be of this species but is much more abundantly branched and of smaller proportions than plants from southern California and from Cerros Island, Baja California. 62 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Anisocladella pacifica Kylin. 2-45. Acrosorium uncinatum (J. Agardh) Kylin. 21-45. Cryptopleura violacea (J. Agardh) Kylin. 9-45, Polysiphonia Collinsu Hollenberg. 3-45. Pterochondria Woodu (Harvey) Hollenberg. 26-45. Epiphytic in abundance on an old blade of Macrocystis. Pterosiphonia dendroidea (Montagne) Falkenberg. 14-45. Chondria californica (Collins) Kylin. 11-45. Chondria nidifica Harvey. 27-45. Laurencia splendens Hollenberg. 19-45. (Laurencia Maxineae Dawson). The present collection includes specimens of a slender, finely branched, flattened Lauwrencia which is in closest agreement in size and habit with L. splendens. Cystocarpic and tetrasporic specimens up to 6 cm, high were epiphytic on several algae, par- ticularly Chondria midifica. Large plants, over 12 cm. high (some over 20 cm, high taken at Punta Descanso—see Fig. 5-7) were taken from tide pool rocks. Laurencia Maxineae was described from La Jolla, California (Dawson, 1944a) from fully mature sexual and asexual specimens all of which were under 6 cm. in height. At La Jolla, L. Mavineae is always small and delicate. Saxicolous individuals have never been found. Smith, 1944, states that L. splendens grows on rocks, | whereas the type was described, Smith & Hollenberg, 1943, as epiphytic on corallines. The present collections, including the ' Punta Descanso material, suggest that these plants are all identi- cal, that their distribution is extensive on this coast, that they are variable in size at maturity and equally capable of growth on rocks or on other algae. In consideration of this new material which so enlarges our view of these slender, flattened laurenciae, the author is willing to reduce his recently proposed name, L. Maxineae, to synonymy, pending the more complete mapping of the distribution of these plants and the further study of their variability. Laurencia diegoensis Dawson. 20-45. Janczewskia Gardneri Setchell. 19a-45. Parasitic on Laurencia splendens. \Janczewskia lappacea Setchell. 27a-45. Parasitic on Chondria nidifica. 63 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Station Il—Reefs at Punta Descanso (N. Lat. 32° 16’). and two miles to the north and south April 8, 22, 1945 Ulva Lactuca Linnaeus. 165-45. Ulva taeniata (Setchell) Setchell & Gardner. 94-45, Chaetomorpha clavata (C. Agardh) Kutzing. 85-45. In great abundance in middle littoral tide pools north of Punta Descanso. In most cases the plants formed dense, rope- like colonies up to 40 cm. long. The plants are 300-400 p in di- ameter in upper parts and are identical with the specimens from Rio San Telmo. (Fig. 12). Cladophora trichotoma (C. Agardh) Kutzing. 154-45. Cladophora graminea Collins. 80-45; 124-45. Cladophora microcladioides Collins. 121-45. Codium fragile (Suringar) Hariot. 126-45. Ectocarpus variabilis (Saunders) G. M. Smith. 65-45. Ectocarpus confervoides var. pygmaeus (Areschoug) Kjellman 119-45. Ectocarpus granulosus (J. E. Smith) C. Agardh. 112-45. Exceedingly abundant on rocks and algae on the flat reef south of Punta Descanso. Haplogloia Andersoniu (Farlow) Levring. 178-45. Desmarestia herbacea (Turner) Lamouroux. 105-45; 177-45. Juvenile specimens up to 25 cm. long were frequent in shaded places among lower littoral rocks. Large, mature plants cast ashore. Scytosiphon Lomentaria f. typicus Setchell & Gardner. 169-45. Abundant on flat reefs south of Punta Descanso. Laminaria Farlowu Setchell. 97-45. Abundant in rocky tide channels at Punta Descanso. Large plants up to 2 meters high and with stipes 25 cm. long were cast up from the sublittoral, but the littoral specimens were all under 1.3 meters and had stipes 5-10 cm. long. Macrocystis pyrifera (Linnaeus) C. Agardh. observed. Egregia laevigata Setchell. 119-45. 64 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF ‘SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Pterygophora californica Ruprecht. 156-45. A single juvenile specimen from the lower littoral. Pelvetia fastigiata (J. Agardh) DeToni. 144-45. Dominant rock cover in upper littoral zone. Hesperophycus Harveyanus (Decaisne) Setchell & Gardner. 160-45. Cystoseira osmundacea (Menzies) C. Agardh. observed. Halidrys dioica Gardner. 176-45. Sargassum Agardhianum Farlow. 155-45. Occasional on flat reefs south of Punta Descanso. Erythrocladia subintegra Rosenvinge. 87-45. On Cladophora graminea. Up to 250 p» in diameter. Porphyra naiadum Anderson. 111-45; 159-45. Abundantly epiphytic on Phyllospadix . Porphyra perforata J. Agardh. 91-45. Exceedingly abundant and dominant on many upper littoral rocks. An equal abundance of this species was observed April 23 at Point Loma, but in other parts of San Diego County it is gen- erally uncommon and rarely conspicuous. Acrochaetium plumosum (Drew) G. M. Smith. 64-45. Growing on an old Rhodoglossum fragment. Asparagopsis hamifera (Hariot) Okamura. 104-45; 172-45. Gelidium Coulteri Harvey. 120-45. Gelhidium pulchrum Gardner. 131-45. Gehdium cartilagineum (Linnaeus) Greville. 114-45. Pterocladia pyramidale (Gardner) Dawson. 130-45. Leptocladia Binghamiae J. Agardh. 129-45. Bossea Orbigniana (Decaisne) Manza. 102-45. Bossea frondifera Manza. 108-45. Corallina gracilis var. densa Collins. 113-45. Corallina chilensis Decaisne, f. Lithothnix Aspergillum J. E. Gray. 78-45. Callophyllis violacea J. Agardh. 182-45; 99-45. 65 BuLLetin, So. Carre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Callophyllis megalocarpa Setchell & Swezy. 181-45. Callophyllis pinnata J. Agardh. 109-45. Grateloupia filicina (Wulfen) C. Agardh, f. 174-45. [Identical with the Rio San Telmo material. Grateloupia prolongata J. Agardh. 93-45; 161-45. Abundant in little pools on the flat reefs. (Fig. 1). Grateloupia californica Kylin. 92-45. Zanardinula linearis (Kylin) Papenfuss. 145-45. Zanardinula Andersomiana (Eaton) Papenfuss. 106-45. Lobocolax deformans Howe. 146-45; 106a-45. Parasitic on Zanardinula Andersoniana and Z. linearis. Schizymenia pacifica Kylin. 166-45. Gigartina canaliculata Harvey. 123-45, Gigartina papillata (C. Agardh) J. Agardh. 117-45; 162-45. The specimens available (Fig. 14) are in close agreement with the figure of the type and the description by Setchell and Gardner, 1933. Gigartina Harveyana (Kutzing) Setchell & Gardner. 118-45. Gigartina spinosa (Kutzing) Harvey. 134-45; 168-45. Gigartina californica J. Agardh. 135-45; 167-45. Gigartina leptorhynchos J. Agardh. 95-45. Gigartina cristata (Setchell) Setchell & Gardner. 150-45. Abundant in the middle littoral. Blades extremely variable in breadth, from 3-4 mm. to more than 2 cm. (Fig. 13). Rhodoglossum affine (Harvey) Kylin. 101-45. Agardiiella Coultert (Harvey & Bailey) Setchell. 67-45. Gardneriella tubifera Kylin. 88-45. Parasitic on Agardiuella Coultert. Plocamium pacificum Kylin. 90-45. Gracilaria Andersonu (Grunow) Kylin. 71-45. North of Punta Descanso the plants are exceedingly large and luxuriant, often more than 20 cm. high. Elsewhere they are smaller in size and more like plants found in the La Jolla region. 66 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 Gracilaria Sjoestedtu Kylin. 96-45. Gracilaria linearis Kylin. 89-45. Gracilariophila oryzoides Setchell & Wilson. 72-45. Parasitic on Gracilaria Sjoestedtt, Rhodymenia palmettiformis Dawson. 116-45. Scarce and atypical. Gastroclonium Coulteri (Harvey) Kylin. 103-45; 86-45. Spermothamnion Snyderae Farlow. 122-45; 76-45. Ceramium pacificum (Collins) Kylin. 171-45. Common on the flat reefs south of Punta Descanso. Ceramium Eatonianum (Farlow) DeTonti. 77-45. Ceramium codicola J. Agardh. 122-45. Centroceras clavulatum (C. Agardh) Montagne. 128-45; 133-45. Pogonophora californica J. Agardh. 82-45. Microcladia Coulteri Harvey. 102-45. Nienburgia Andersoniana (J. Agardh) Kylin. 73-45; 170-45; 125-45. Cryptopleura crispa Kylin (?). 84-45; 98-45. Cryptopleura violacea (J. Agardh) Kylin. 158-45. Acrosorium uncinatum (J. Agardh) Kylin. 81-45. Anisocladella pacifica Kylin. 74-45, Polysiphomia Collins Hollenberg. 132-45. Pterosiphonia dendroidea (Montagne) Falkenberg. 83-45. Pterosiphoma Baileyi (Harvey) Falkenberg. 79-45. Laurencia splendens Hollenberg. 68-45; 175-45; 100-45. (Fig. 5-7). Laurencia diegoensis Dawson. 115-45. Laurencia pacifica Kylin. 164-45 (juvenile). Chondria californica (Collins) Kylin. 75-45. Janczewskia Gardneri Setchell. 115a-45. Parasitic on Laurencia diegoensis and L. splendens. 67 BuLtetin, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 2, 1945 LITERATURE CITED Dawson, E. Y. 1944. The marine algae of the Gulf of California. Allan Hancock Pac. Ewped., 3: 189-454. 47 pls. 1944a. Some new laurenciae from southern California. Madrono,7(8): 233-240. 3 pls. Howe, M. A. 1924. Chinese Marine Algae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 51: 133--144. 2 pls. McEwen, G. F. 1916. Summary and interpretation of the hydro- graphic observations made by the Scripps Institution for Bio- logical Research of the University of California, 1908-1915. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 15(3) : 255-356. 38 pls. Okamura, K. 1936. Nippon Kaiso Shi (Descriptions of Japanese Algae) Pp. 1-9 + 1-6 + 1-964 + 1-11. 427 figs. Tokyo. Setchell, W. A. and N. L. Gardner. 1930. Marine algae of the Revil- lagigedo Islands Expedition in 1925. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. iv, 19: 109-215. 12 pls. 1933. A preliminary survey.of Gigartina, with special reference to its Pacific North American species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., 17: 255-340. 20 pls. Smith, G. M. 1944. Marine algae of the Monterey Peninsula, California. Pp. i-ix + 1-622. 98 pls. Stanford Univ. Smith, G. M. and G. J. Hollenberg. 1943. On some Rhodophyceae from the Monterey Peninsula, California. Amer. Journ. Bot., 29: 645-653. 13 figs. Taylor, W. R. 1937. Marine algae of the northeastern coast of North America. Pp. i-ix + 1-427. 60 pls. Ann Arbor. 1945. Pacific marine algae of the Allan Hancock Expedition to the Galapagos Islands. Allan Hancock Pac. Eauped. 12: 1-528. 100 pls. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 20, 21, 22 Fig. 1. Grateloupia prolongata (Dawson 93-45) X 1/3 TNs 2. Agardhiella Coulteri (Dawson 61-45) X 1% Fig. 3-4. Agardhiella mexicana (Dawson 24-45) X 1% Fig. 5-6. Laurencia splendens (Dawson 68-45) X 2/5 Fig. 7. Laurencia splendens (Dawson 175-45) X 2/5 Fig. 8-9. Callophyllis pinnata (Dawson 44-45) X 1/3 Fig. 10-11. Grateloupia filicina (Dawson 30-45) X 2/3 Fig. 12. Chaetomorpha clavata (Dawson 85-45) X 1/3 Hieeaos Gigartina cristata (Dawson 150-45) X 1/3 Fig. 14. Gigartina papillata (Dawson 117-45) X 1/3 68 Buty. So. Oar. Ac. Scr. 44: 2, 1945 Marine Algae. Dawson é 7 2 3 PLATE 20 Dawson Algae. Marine Scr. 44: 2, 1945 Ac, =0. GAL. BULL. SSeS tee bem: “3 = SS a ef bas “S . i. . to oS . a ae) — 7, si On ve rz Pym ow y, PLATE 21 70 ‘ Buu. So. Cau. Ac. Scr. 44: 2, 1945 Marine Algae. Dawson PLATE 22 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$2.00 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. Joun A. Comstock Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1905, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September- October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1944, including volumes XXIV to XLIII, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Voi. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2; 1944: =| bo PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES For Saie at the Appended Prices BULLETIN: To To Non- Members Members Complete set, Vols. 1 to 39, bound ............... $115.00 (Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00 WO Bs INOs We TO ease rahe iceb io Gc creme iceren ny cee een aan $ .25 50 aE emetic ctereed ILD ,() yg Sy teeeyeateusare hie. aa tanedahe cere Seh shes a> gus eeeene 25 50 ean (Spree MRT ()i(isict trey a Worsiis cocoa eves was fe alatigne ole wtoueetts 25 50 A (ee tneceaD YEO () Sires Wie. We Wene tannidu Seta wcg sae edu se-eGsleyecsvele 1.00 2.00 scene © eee aD () ince he RS ls yum caceuetavecc mish tmedeue plait 1.00 2.00 acme Semel pSV) oaths ciarn divas sy ane sligne catanslioraue vale orerane 6 2.00 4.00 Seon) etrmrameate eet Ola) = fees, igistra eriarevavaet oi alc a iteraner a een oi averataite a5 1.50 smut) Mt cedeeaa Prats BOHM ALN Ss rmeciion ea rat raveuerie uewsicneiicaSoe acs euerses areatr ene 1.00 2.00 ig IK ) amb ceerma 2 wu OPIN oe ee a oes 8 Sues aac chee aig tense eeelelg 2.00 4.00 rae ltl ramen RELIED, eae Sees B'S reve; elieiai.osonebe oteleveerceteis 1.00 2.00 aaah) Pomerems comm eS) IE SSS A Sie Si rartary oilau civarocieis Ri sion dicot oute cueh eh eons 1.00 2.00 armel emma Oat) NO Ac eat icjiens cos sie eceries eisai busesve te arene a aleu secs 75 1.50 pele Or arate reslaver apa ces: sy aa hile: guare- ara Sia] Brot oucnene euene 1.00 2.00 ame l (erpetareemere EMO Sort oetisya a s-/cic, Gaiers levbos 4.88 ator ate lala ene 2.00 4.00 cee ll premmmmre 2 ap OU Sins eV. 2c voleie tela el enouecersielec’ sie; slausioteie 1.50 3.00 aia tS emma Dea nce ree ok at ats eveey cratavon elie io udleiaaer sreeebs 2.00 4.00 aL) em ccamme OIE) 2 (Se ce cre atte, tts, ero a stioi Sei Jessie aie gieuera. senate 50 1.00 eit mentite st) (Dee 5) 5 ay ohana eaua avers: Gis; a) wce. duel evelayagia arecele 50 1.00 iar) Samrctemme pO) ATG Srey: nie Gree guatatansrg eneveteveiensiave 2.00 4.00 pete () Pamuanememr 2 ROOMS ec 352 oat orcs cisarie cal ai aunties co soueoloske taker eueiale 2.00 4.00 eee () PRR Sat) lars crs Lesa a stra es sowie; ve roles aviesel apiece Meus Soon wees 2.00 4.00 nae hl mecmicrtm NNO) OD 228 yee SN a: crs denieo ol orapenctel wm elatel eos ienevatecs 2.00 4.00 ae PMR EDI) 212. ekiel's Siar ais cities Vaishals eco ge eisiee Mee soee 1.00 2.00 ade) Pmeamen MNO) 2D) a5 lo ig 2s ira ave Spd cya, wus mice ae ate Rom Gusrouate 1.50 3.00 RM) a 2 EBL) AS rar cured c.sysaisaviav tava, avsvcatie: gusyajlelove eteueial aeel ars 2.00 4.00 ee Oe ered On dO 24 a((CACI) aiccveiaiesierls 25 50 pee A een ed ODD. (CACM), Stic s 6 Gs,ersve@ wie enews 25 50 Se remem OES cil DA), (GACH)! Srscevayane 4 ie ao + eusiewelslaceteus 25 50 eee OC Mecano OD, (CACHING aeyets i cio. eerershensieietensis 25 50 ae pamela Seon 2/8 COACH) <4). sje oreuare cis eusversnoce.e 25 50 Se Sram eae err oil OO. (VS ACH)- Suace everest evs areleeia eusves 25 50 ee ecm te oD Onv\ CEAICTA)) ys sicia cere diel eo olavetenelseuece 25 50 een eee ee cd MO Sion (GACH) Vitec t a.ceerele eve evate 25 50 perenne nl eS IOs (CACTI. 2 cerca doco iotereelen els PAs) 50 ats emer! 1939) (EACH) oss kiemue-c oe oi ersne es seaeas 25 50 4 3a, ALS Bp Saale (GEG, Yaoocod mono ogoco5 25 50 a+ Melt ea. O85) (GACH). avs n twee cre elec eccnises 25 50 nO mente 2S OSG) (CaCl) (say. de eres ee Ses ieee ails 825 50 BG, OT BeBe (CRYO) (So Beeson eb ae dodo 225 50 oem 13. 1998, (CAC)! Ss asscais-evesce acne lee els ees 25 50 a Oem ee ead 0 1939) (GACH) usc sce cw cere clea 25 50 EO) ee nee ont 940) \CCACIN) aos Alasic wicraeislrsleveleics 25 50 amet () panei lee e023) NOAM (GACH) \. ltrs coy exec ore aeleds «ees 25 50 ee lee ONES LOAD (EACH) ta sysisocvelsccss nie «ieietenecers PB) 50 al. “OTL preretea es (GeVol inte oiaescee Smo coi as B25) 50 ad eS mh AA (GACH. Lis 1a ay seecs candle aacverssenels 25 50 (Continued on next page) PUBLICATIONS (continued) MEMOIRS: To To Non- Members Members VOl. 1, L9S8—paner COVED) 2 o.oo. cc csi0 ois o vicleteiy) chenune $2.00 $4.00 i) bes “ bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00 frie ite nf printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00 So me “ printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00 VOl2, No, 2; 1989—paper covers. 2... a «1 ssewtereners 1.25 2.50 See! acre ee ib bound in black fabricoid .... 2.25 3.50 Sele ah aides!) gat ef printed on one side of page . apf) 3.50 2, 1944—-paper cover ...........+s0.6 Me, 1.50 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations l.orquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES BYRNE ANOVAS BSS 1k SM ehdll Coc ocoocdacocoGKoncc ce bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly, Entomological=i ‘colored plate.) -eeee eer 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Molluscs (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David- son and! George I: Moxley, 452 pp:, 19232. 2) eee 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami- lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one Side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, NewaMiexicon sl 931i eh Re sMOSDErZ. ae eee eee 45) Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non- MECEMDECLS) «sts. F okie clevsiece Sense cisiewe oe re Bib er Ieee 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis ADDRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Care Dr. Joun A. Comstock) Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 74 50 SPRIN TS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return lley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the 4ditor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Cox AL East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) _ 4pp. 8pp. 12pp. I6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 3 cole pcos - $3.75 $5.75 $ 850 $1025 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 iis Poet TO lO or I2ae D000 1725.2 20:25. 3:21:50 : a aes BP5-- 925 13.00 15.25 18:25... 21.00.2450 26.00 00 Gain BOO 00 15.252 AIS 2 21:50: 24515 — 28.75... - 30.50 eae Se 24a ATO. 2025 » 24.15: 28.50% 33.00. 33.00 a vi casi Pee t450) 99> 225° 23:00. 32.255. 37.25 > 39.50 Bp Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1¥2c each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. vi Distinetive PHONE: Te ee 415) -EAST ELEVENT Hs Si. Eos Angelesskoe Ca lit: BULLETIN OF THE Southern California : Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA SEPTEMBER-DECEMBER, 1945 Part 3 CONTENTS Page j NEW AND UNREPORTED MARINE ALGAE FROM SOUTHERN ~ CALIFORNIA AND NORTHWESTERN MEXICO: H. Yale Dawson ‘76 = - = - = = = 92 id TINGIDAE (Hemiptera): Carl J. Drake - - - - = 9% Distribution of the Genus Batrachoseps, Especially on the _ Coastal Islands of Southern California: William A. Hilton INERALOGY OF CALICHE FROM SAN DIEGO COUNTY, CALI- “FORNIA: K.O. Emery - - - - = - = = = 180 Issued January 20, 1946 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS and DIRECTORS Dre. H. J. ANDREWS - - - SPR A iti te . President Dr. A. WEIR BELL - - - Veicce ” Bieat Vice-President | ~ - = Second Vice-President — Dr. WILLIAM L, Lioyp - - Dr. JoHNn A, CoMSTOCE. - Secretary and Treasurer Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WILLIAM L, Lioyp Dr. A, WEIR BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr, JoHN A. CoMsTOCK Dr. W. Dwigut PIER0E Dr. Ropert D. Emery Dr. Rosert L, RUTHERFORD Dr. JoHN HERMAN Dr. CHESTER STOCK Mr. R. 8S. Woetum ADVISORY BOARD Dr. Howarp R. Hitt Mr. Frep BE. BURLEW Dr. R. H. Swirt Mr. A. YorE ESOALANTE Dr. SHERWIN F. ‘Woop Mr. SAMUEL Moopy Haskins BOTANICAL SECTION Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Chairman SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION Dr. H. J. ANDREWS, Chairman SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES Dr, A. Wrirn BELL, Chairman SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES Dr. Hargy J. DEVEL JR., Chairman SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES Dr. CHESTER STOCK, Chairman SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCHS Dr. Preston K. CArYeE, Chairman SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Mrz. RUSSELL 8. WoGLuM, Chairman SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE _ Dr. Witt1Am L, Lioyp, Chairman ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION Dz. R. H. Swirt, Chairman FINANCE COMMITTEE Me. Feep E. BurLtew, Chairman Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASKINS Dre. Joun A. Comstock .PROGRAM COMMITTEE é Dr. Ropert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. Howagp R. Hi © HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE Miss BARBARA Loomis, Chairman COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. JOHN A. Comstock, Chairman De. CHESTER STOCK Dr. WILLIAM L. Liorp = COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION —m Dr. JoHN A. Comstock, Chairman : 4 Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Pror. J. STANLEY BropDE OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY : Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif. Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VoLUME 44 - - - - - - - - Parr 3, 1945 NEW AND UNREPORTED MARINE ALGAE FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA AND NORTH- WESTERN MEXICO By E. YALE Dawson Allan Haneock Foundation, Univ. of Southern California In the collections of marine algae recently reported from the northwestern coast of Baja California (Dawson, 1945) three undescribed species were reserved and several other species left undetermined to be reported on at the present time. In the in- terim, a few other undescribed species and some interesting dis- tribution records have turned up for consideration here. The specimens cited are all deposited in the Herbarium of the University of California, Berkeley, California. Dr. Leon Croizat has kindly prepared the Latin diagnoses. Besides the common and widespread Rhodoglossum affine, sev- eral collections of broad, flat species of Rhodoglossum were ob- tained along the northwestern coast of Baja California. Dawson 62-45 from the reef at Rio San Telmo near Cabo Colnett, March 12, 1945 has proved to be Rhodoglossum americanum Kylin, previously unreported south of Coronado, California. Dawson 153-45 from the wave beaten rocks 2 miles north of Punta Des- canso, Baja California, April 24, 1945 is Rhodoglossum roseum, a distinct, cold water element of the areas of upwelling along the Baja California coast, heretofore reported only from the Monterey Peninsula, California. A few specimens of a large, broad, coriaceous plant which was at first taken for Jridophycus coriaceum were found on the rocks at Punta Descanso. An ex- amination of the tetrasporic sori showed that these plants repre- sent an undescribed species of Rhodoglosswm which may be characterized as follows: RHODOGLOSSUM CORIACEUM Sp. noy. Jengs, We NO) a Frondibus ad 50 cm. longis, laminibus plurimis stipitatis integris I-vel 2-dichotomis, apice arctioribus, acuminatis rotun- datisve, 3-6 cm. latis, pro more quam | (ad 1.4 mm.) crassioribus; tetrasporangia e cellulis corticalibus intimis, cruciatim partita, in soris compressis globosis ca. 400 » diametro disposita, dense partem totam expansam laminae tegentia. 75 BOTA) GAR Buiierin, So. Caniv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Fronds up to 50 em. tall, the younger parts deep rose in color, the older, thicker parts progressively darker, with one to several blades from a small, disc-shaped holdfast; blades stipitate, the lower, cylindrical portion of the stipe about 5 mm. long, merging into a flattened portion 4-5 cm. long and 3-5 mm, broad beneath the expanded blade; blades entire, once or twice dichotomous, if twice, the first dichotomy usually in or just above the flattened portion of the stipe, up to 15 cm, broad, the terminal portions of the blades narrower, tapering to an acute or to a rounded apex, 3-6 cm. broad coriaceous except for young parts, mostly more than 1 mm. thick (to 1.4 mm.) ; tetrasporangia developing from the innermost cortical cells, cruciately divided, forming com- pressed globose sori about 400 » in diameter, densely scattered over the entire expanded part of the blade. Tyre: Dawson 97-45. Tidal channels on the reef two miles north of Punta Descanso, Baja California, Mexico. April 8, 1945. Additional material: Although the five specimens from the type collection happen to be tetrasporic, several cystocarpic ex- amples of this species were obtained from an agarophyte fisher- man’s refuse pile on the outer coast of Punta Banda, about 50 miles south of the type locality. These plants, Dawson 138-45, February 27, 1945, were taken from about 6-8 meters of water, growing with Gelidium cartilagineum. They are of the same thick, coriaceous texture as the tetrasporic plants from Punta Descanso. The cystocarps, usually 1.5 mm. in diameter, but sometimes up to 2.2 mm., are scattered densely over the entire blade. The large size and coriaceous character of this species mark it as distinct from all others thus far known from Pacific North America. Its nearest relative would seem to be Rhodoglossum Hancocku from the upper Gulf of California. GIGARTINA MULTIDICHOTOMA Sp. Nov. Fig. 14 Planta ad 8 cm. longa vel longior, complanata, crebre divari- catim ramosa, ramulis vario modo contortis; haustorio disco mi- nuto quam 1 mm. minore, stipitem singulam cylindricam endente, in frondibus sat latis per dichotomian plurimas abeuntem; ar- ticulis inferioribus 2.5-3.0 mm. latis, superioribus quam 1 mm. minoribus subcanaliculatis vel subsulcatis; dichotomiis supremis brevissimis processus digitatos simulantibus, ramulis accessoriis acuminatis crebris, articulis valde immaturis exceptis, articulis adultioribus ramulis accessoriis totis armatis; fabrica interna e medulla ecolori filamentosa cellulis plus minusve sphaericis in seriebus 10 ordinatis circumdata. 76 BULLETIN. SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Plants up to 8 cm. high (or more) flattened throughout, abun- dantly, divaricately, dichotomously branched, the branches vari- ously twisted and disarranged; holdfast a minute disc less than 1 mm. in diameter, giving rise to a single slender, cylindrical stipe 0.6 mm. in diameter which begins to expand 2-3 mm. above the disc and by repeated dichotomies bears the relatively large frond; lower segments less than 1 mm. broad and about 350 yu thick, somewhat channeled or sulcate; terminus of each branch with 2-3 short, spreading digitate points representing the ultimate dichotomies; entire plant except for very young segments pro- vided with pointed, cylindrical or compressed marginal accessory branchlets, these mostly 0.5-1.0 mm. long, 250 » in diameter on upper segments; older segments with such branchlets also on flattened surfaces, some becoming 5-7 mm, long and bearing sec- ondary accessory branchlets; internal structure consisting of a colorless, filamentous medulla surrounded by a dense pigmented cortex of about 10 layers of small, more or less spherical cells 4-8 p» in diameter. Tyre: Dawson 163-45, growing on middle littoral rocks among other algae on the reef 1 mile south of Punta Descanso, Baja California, Mexico. April 24, 1945. Additional material: Fork 115, at base of sea wall near the “Beach Club,” La Jolla, California, November 4, 1944. Gigartina multidichotoma, from its repeatedly dichotomous branching character belongs in the subgenus Mastocarpus, seem- ingly near Gigartina Agardhu and G. Jardini. In habit, size, abundant dichotomies and character of the marginal outgrowths it agrees, however, with none of the previously described species. CHONDRIA TELMOENSIS Sp. nov. Figs. 3, 18 Planta ad 30 cm. alta vel altior laxe diffuseque ramosa, ani primario inconspicuo ramos longos alternatos irregulatiter edente 4-6 mm. distantes ; ramis primaris ca. 1 mm. diametro, secundariis polystichis vel aggregatis, brevibus, basi contractis, ramulis ter- tiariis paucis quam 1 cm. brevioribus, 7-800 » crassis. apice alavatis obtusis foveola ornatis cum trichoblastiis: cellulis cor- ticalibus externis de supra visis arcte oblongis, in seriebus longi- tudinalibus bene dispositis; tetrasporangiis numerosis in ramulis secundariis tertiariisque, 140-165 » diametro. - Plants to 30 cm. high (or more) abundantly but loosely and openly branched throughout, dull rose in color; main axis incon- spicuous and bearing irregularly alternate long branches at inter- jvals of 4-6 mm.; primary long branches about 1 mm. in diameter, a BULLETIN, So. Caniv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 bearing irregularly polystichous secondary branches, or some of these clustered; secondary branches short, contracted at their bases, usually bearing a few tertiary branchlets, usually under cm. in length, 700-800 « in diameter, clavate, obtuse at the apex, with an apical pit bearing a small tuft of inconspicuous, slightly protruding trichoblasts; outer cortical cells in surface view nar- row-oblong and arranged in very definite longitudinal rows; tetrasporangia borne abundantly in secondary and tertiary branch- lets, 140-165 » in diameter, Tyee: Dawson 43-45, growing on rocks on the reef at Rio San Telmo, 2 miles south of Cabo Colnett, Baja California, Mexico, March 12, 1945. Additional material: Fork 524, growing on rocks at low tide near foot of Pearl Street, La Jolla, California, February 10, 1945. See discussion under the following species. CHONDRIA OPPOSITICLADA Sp. Nov. 3 Fissa2, 03 Planta ad 15 cm. alta vel altior, crebre at sat laxe ramosa, stipitibus 1 vel ultra e ultra e disco in hospite imposito orientibus, discis e stolonibus natis interdum plurimis; axi primario ca. 1 mm, diametro; ramulis secondariis brevibus, 600-800 » diametro, oppositis, binatis ternatisve, clavatis, basi contractis, apice ob- tusis, foveola apicali ornatis cum trichoblastits ; ramulis tertiariis paucis nullisve; cellulis externis corticalibus isodiametricis, in seriebus longitudinalibus haud dospositis ; cystocarpiis urceolatis, 550-650 pu diametro, sessilibus, in ramulis primariis secundariisque sparsis. Plants to 15 cm. high (or more) abundantly but rather openly branched, cylindrical Jhaomelhort. 1 to several main axes arising from a small discoid attachment to the host, this usually supple- mented by other discs on semi-prostrate or arching stolons; main axes about 1 mm. in diameter, bearing pairs or triplets of ascend- ing primary branches at intervals of about 3-4 mm.; short, second- ary branches 600-800 in diameter, also in opposite pairs or trip- lets, clavate, all with contracted bases, obtuse at the apex, with an apical pit bearing a small tuft of inconspicuous, slightly protrud- ing trichoblasts; tertiary branchlets few or none; outer cortical cells more or less isodiametric, with no arrangement in longitu- dinal rows; cystocarps urn-shaped, 550-650 » in diameter, sessile, sparsely developed on primary and secondary branches. Type: Dawson 184-45, epiphytic on Egregia among other algae dredged from a depth of 10 meters, La Jolla Bay, Cali- fornia, April 10, 1945. 78 BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Both Chondnria telmoensis and C. oppositiclada are members of the subgenus Coelochondria. They are similar in size, habit and gross structure, but very different in mode of branching and in structural details. In Chondria oppositiclada the branching is mainly opposite and tertiary branching is poorly developed, while in C. telmoensis branching is rarely opposite and tertiary branch- ing well developed. In C. telmoensis the surface cells are ar- ranged in very definite longitudinal rows while there is no such arrangement in C. oppositiclada. These species seem most closely related to Chondria das- yphylla which occurs in the Gulf of California, but are readily distinguishable from that plant. Figures 18 and 19 compare the habit of C. telmoensis with a specimen of C. dasyphylla from Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Figures 12 and 13 compare C. oppositiclada with a specimen of C. dasyphylla from the Gulf of California. CHONDRIA CUSCUTOIDES Sp. nov. Figs. 6, 7 Planta e ramulis perdelicatis, gracilibus, cylindricis, filamen- tosis cum algis caeteris intermixtis, totis 7 cm. longis : parte basali ignota, ramis cum hospite haustoriis accessoriis conjunctis ; ramis primarius 185-225 » diametro, distanter irregulariterque ramosis, ramis constrictis 90-100 basi crassis, acicularibus, apice acumi- natis, acumine trichoblastiis praedito caducis; cellulis in superficie thalli valde axialiter elongatis ca. 9-10 mu diametro, 4-10-cies longioribus ac latis. Plants epiphytic, consisting of very delicate, slender, cylindrical filamentous branches entangled among other algae, 7 cm. long when disentangled, attached and held in place by numerous ten- dril-like branches encircling parts of the host and adhering by accessory, wart-like hnolldliascs 2 main branches 185-225 pw in Chena ter, distantly, irregularly branched: branches constricted to 90- 100 » diameter at their bases, slender, acicular, terminating in a slender, apical point provided with early deciduous trichoblasts ; surface cells of the thallus very much axially elongated, about 9-10 » in diameter, 4-10 times as long as broad, arranged as a pig- ment-bearing palisade in cross section; reproduction unknown. Type: entangled among the branches and stolons of Gelidium and Plocamium found in beach drift at “Casa Cove,” La Jolla, California, June, 1945. Collected by Mrs. T. W. Case. The twining, dodder-like character of this tiny, delicate plant distinguishes it sharply from all other Pacific species of Chondria 79 Buniierin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 with emergent apices. It seems somewhat closely related to acrorhizophora from the Gulf of California, but differs cans in diameter and in branching habit. LOMENTARIA CASEAE Sp. lov. Fig, 8 Planta adulta 2.4 cm. longa, e disco haustoriali ramis deli- catis, compressis 300-400 latis ortis efformata, disco 1.2 mm. diametro; axibus plus minusve bilateraliter ramosis, suboppositis alternatisve ; segmentibus base excepta cavis; ramis ex ax1 pri- matio elongato-clavatis, basi constrictis, apice obtuso-rotundatis; tetrasporangia tetrahedraliter divisis, ca. 50 » diametro, in soris irregularibus elongatis secus ramos primarios dispositis, in cavita- tem frondis intrudentibus. Plants to 2.4 cm. high when mature, composed of several deli- cate, linear, compressed Branched axes 300-400 p broad arising from a disc holdfast 1.2 mm. in diameter; branching of axes more or less bilateral, subopposite to alternate; segments hollow except at bases of branches, composed of a loose external layer of small cells mostly 7-8 » in diameter beneath a gelatinous en- velope, and a dense inner layer (or two layers) of oblong cells 12-15 » in smallest dimensions; branches of main axis elongate- clavate, narrow at the base and with bluntly rounded apices; tetrasporangia tetrahedrally divided, about 50 » in diameter, ar- ranged in irregular, usually elongated sori along the primary branches of an axis, protruding into the cavity of the frond. Type: Epiphytic on old leaves of Phyllospadix cast ashore at Del Mar, California, September, 1944. Collected by Mrs. T. W. Case. This species is the smallest and most delicate thus far known from the Pacific American coast. It shows some resemblances to both Lomentaria hakodatensis reported from the Gulf of Cali- fornia (Dawson, 1944) and to L. Baileyana, an Atlantic species reported by Taylor (1945) from the Revillagigedo Archipelago and from Costa Rica. From the former it is distinguished by its smaller size, more delicate form, and rounded branch apices; from the latter, by the same characters as well as by its bilateral, subopposite branching and absence of curved branches. The species is dedicated to its collector, Mrs. Theano W. Case of San Diego, California, who, in her 92nd year is still active in the Seilecien and examination of marine algae. 80 BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 In collecting specimens of the Least Perch, Micrometrus mini- mus, Dr. Carl L. Hubbs noticed the presence on the caudal fins of several of these fish of parasitic isopods. In seven of ten cases the isopods bore tufts of a finely branched brown alga which proved to be a species of Ectocarpus. The epizoan grew in most cases from the cracks between the segments of the exoskeleton. In older isopods on which an abundant algal growth had devel- oped, plants were found both on the upper and lower sides of the animal and formed tufts nearly a third as large as the host (fig. 20). Although in gross morphology and in reproductive characters it shows nothing unusual, its cytological characters seem highly specialized, and together with its peculiar habitat make it very distinctive among known species of Ectocarpus. ECTOCARPUS ISOPODICOLA Sp. Nov. Figs. 4, 5, 9, 20 Thallis epizoicis in piscium parasita isopodis, 2-4 mm. longis, e basi pulvinata dense ramillosa radiantibus; filamentis erectis incorticatis, apice attenuatis, sub apice parcius irregulariterque ramosis; cellulis in filamentis primariis 45-55 » latis; chroma- tophoris gracilis, numerosis; sporangis plurilocularibus in parte extrema apicali, 70-80 » longis, 25-30 p» latis, interdum 100 longis, pedicello in speciminibus juvenilibus e cellulis 3-4 con- stantibus, in adultis l-cellularibus vel sessilibus, dense aggregatis. Thalli epizoic on fish parasitizing isopods, 2-5 mm. high, arising from a low, pluvinate base composed of densely branched, radiat- ing, prostrate filaments which adhere to but do not penetrate the host; erect filaments uncorticated, attenuated at the apices, often into a slender hair, mostly simple below, sparingly, irregularly branched above, the branches mostly becoming long; cells of main erect filaments 45-55 « broad, mostly as long as broad or somewhat shorter, with slight but conspicuous intercellular con- strictions; chromatophores numerous in each cell, band-shaped, very narrow and often as thick as broad, frequently lobed, with abundant pyrenoides; plurilocular sporangia borne on upper parts of erect filaments, conical to fusiform, usually 70-80 » long, 23-30 » broad but sometimes 100 » long, commonly with 3-4 celled pedicels on young reproductive plants, but on older plants mostly with 1 celled pedicels or often with none, becoming very dense and closely spaced on old plants until there may be half aS many sporangia as vegetative cells on the upper parts of the filaments. é Tyre: Hubbs 45-70, epizoic on a parasitic isopod. attached to the base of caudal fin of Micrometrus minimus, New- port Bay, California, May 9, 1945. 81 BuLLeETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 In gametangial structure and in the attenuation of the branch- es, this species is closely related to the Ectocarpus confervoides complex. It differs markedly in cytological characters, particu- larly in the structure of the chromatophores. In all of the £. confervoides specimens examined by the author, both European and American, the chromatophores were large and few in num- ber in the cells. The very abundant, slender chromatophores with many conspicuous pyrenoids mark £. isopodicola as very distinct and easily recognized, At least four species of the genus Hypnea appear in collec- tions from southern San Diego County, California. Of these Kylin (1941) identified two as Hypnea californica and Hypnea adunca. The other two have as yet remained unnamed in col- lections. Figure 15 shows a typical specimen of the small, delicate species which in size, habit and branching is best classified with the group of plants known as Hypnea Esperi, widely attributed to warm temperate waters throughout the Pacific. It is usually less than 5 cm. high, but in extreme cases may reach 7 cm. in height. Specimens from La Jolla, California, Case, February, 1945 and from 1 mile north of Ensenada, Baja California, Fork 647A, July 19, 1945, are typical of the plant as it occurs in the southern California region. ()f less common occurrence in San Diego County is the larger, coarser Hypnea with markedly compressed axes and main branch- es. A few imperfect specimens of this plant were found by Mrs. Case in beach drift at La Jolla, California in March, 1945, but it was not until the ample material collected by Fork was examined, no. 661A, 1 mile north of Ensenada, Baja California, that the species could be identified with any certainty. The specimens shown in figures 16 and 17 are both mature and tetrasporic. In their size, complanate characters, mode of branching and ar- rangement of tetrasporic sori, these plants are in agreement with the descriptions and illustrations of Hypnea variabilis Okamura (Tanaka, 1941, Okamura, 1912) heretofore known only from the Pacific shores of southern Japan. Pleonosporium dasyoides (J. Ag.) DeToni has heretofore been reported only between Monterey and San Pedro, California. Dawson 173-45 from tide pools on the flat reef 114 miles south of Punta Descanso, Baja California, April 24, 1945, includes luxuriant specimens of both polysporic and spermatangial plants. This is another northern species seemingly favored by the cooler, upwelling water of this region. Membranoptera Weeksiae Setchell & Gardner was found by Edna N. Wilson growing on Stenogramme interrupta cast ashore — 82 BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 at Mission Beach, California, March, 1945. Identical material has also been examined by the author from dredgings made in June, 1943 off Point Loma, San Diego County, California. It has previously been reported only from between San Francisco and Carmel, California, Egregia laevigata Setchell (The Feather Boa) is one of the most familiar kelps of the southern California coast. Except for the northern “island” colony at Pebble Beach, Monterey County, this species is essentially continuous through its range from Point Conception to at least as far south as Rio San Telmo, Baja Cali- fornia (Dawson, 1945). Up to the time of writing The Marine Algae of the Gulf of California (Dawson, 1944) no specimens of any member of the Laminariales had been found in collections from the Gulf of California. It was supposed that the extreme temperature fluctua- tions were prohibitive to the development of certain stages in the life cycle of members of this group which are present in abun- dance on the Pacific side of Baja California as far south as Bahia Magdalena. It is not a little surprising to receive from Mr. W. E. Naylor of San Diego, two collections of marine algae from Bahia Los Angeles in the upper Gulf of California, each containing specimens of Egregia laevigata. The specimens col- lected August 1, 1944 and June 30, 1945 respectively, are both portions of the main stipes, bearing abundant, finely dissected, filiform lateral outgrowths representing the blades, and very nar- rowly ellipsoidal pneumatocysts. Although the specimens were obtained from beach drift, there is little doubt that they were torn from plants growing in the near vicinity. It would be most interesting to examine the habitat for ecological conditions permitting this typically cool water species to persist over the excessively warm summer season. It might be suspected that upwelling in the region keeps the water temperatures below the upper limit of tolerance of the species. But two collections of Gigartina pectinata have heretofore been reported, from Puerto Refugio, Isla Angel de la Guardia in the Gulf of California and from Punta Penasco, Sonora. All were sterile. Additional material of this species was obtained in July, 1944 by W. E. Naylor at Bahia Los Angeles in the Gulf of California. The specimens are tetrasporic. Some are up to 15 cm. long and 7 cm. across the broadest parts. The tetrasporangial mass is borne 1n a smooth bulge, often nearly hemispherical, on the ultimate pinnules. Tetrasporangia are subspherical to ellip- soidal, measuring about 25 in greatest dimension. Gracilaria veleroae was described from cystocarpic material dredged in the upper Gulf of California. Material in close agree- 83 Butietin, So. Carre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 8, 1945 ment with this species has recently been found in beach drift 1 mile north of “Bird Rock,” south La Jolla, California, Fork 585, February 11, 1945. Fork 673 from beach drift at Coronado, Cali- fornia, \ugust 12, 1945 is also of this species. Examples over 20 em. in height occur in both collections. Taylor (1945) in describing Gracilaria tenuifolia from the Revillagigedo Islands appended the statement: “Dawson’s Graci- laria veleroae may represent a less luxuriant phase of the same plant, but one cannot be sure from his description, particularly since the orientation of the cortical cells is not clearly stated.” The structure of the type of Gracilaria veleroae has been re- examined and the cortical cells are found most frequently to be 8-9 » deep and up to 13 » broad. This is in close agreement with Taylor’s measurements of G. tenuifolia. The material from the Gulf of California averages 300-400 p thick; that from La Jolla, 300-400 » thick in younger parts, somewhat thicker in older. Taylor's plant was described as 130-260 » in thickness, but since it was dredged from more than 25 meters of water it probably represents only a thinner -deep-water form of C. veleroae. In structure and in habit these four collections seem indistinguish- able and all may best be referred to G. veleroae. LITERATURE CITED Dawson, E. Y. 1944. The marine algae of the Gulf of California. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 3(10): 189-464. pls. 31-77. 1945. Marine algae associated with upwelling along the northwestern coast of Baja California, Mexico. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. SCi.. 43(2): 57-71. Kyrin. H. 1941. Californische Rhodophyceen. Lunds Univ. Arsskr., No. 87 (2)-) ol) @ figs) 12) pls: Okamura, K. 1912. TIcones of japanese algae. Vol. Il. 2 + 4 + 2 + 191 pp. 50 pls. Tokyo. Tanaka. T. 1941. The genus Hypnea from Japan. Sci. Papers of the Inst. of Algol. Research, Fac. of Sci.. Hokkaido Imp. Univ.. 2(2): 227-250. pls. 53-54. Taytor. W. R. 1945. Pacific marine algae of the Allan Hancock expedi- tions to the Galapagos Islands. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 12: iv + 528 pp. 100 bls. 84 BULLETIN, SO. CaLtir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 ig. 4-5. ig. 10. Fig. Fig. Figs. 16-17. Wig. 18. Pig. 19. Fig. 20. =] EXPLANATION OF FIGURES PLATE 23 Rhodoglossum coriaceum. Portion of a transverse section of a blade to show position and origin of young tetraspor- angia, X 225. Chondria oppositiclada. Portion of a plant to show opposite branching, X 1%. Chondria telmoensis. Portion of a plant to show alternate branching, X 114. Ectocarpus isopodicola: 4, habit of a young gametangial plant, X 50; 5, detail of a portion of a filament to show chromatophores and pyrenoids, X 400. Chondria cuscutoides. Habit of the type specimen, X 1. PLATE 24 Chondria cuscutoides. Detail of a branch-tip to show papil- late attachment organs, X 30. Lomentaria Caseae. Habit of the tetrasporic type specimen, Ectocarpus isopodicola. Detail of a cell from an older, axial portion of a plant, showing narrow, ribbon shaped chroma- tophores, X 400. PLATE 25 Rhodoglossum coriaceum. The type specimen, X 4%. . PLATE 26 Rhodoglossum coriaceum. Habit of two specimens from Punta Banda, Baja California, X 14. Chondria dasyphylla. Habit of a specimen from the Gulf of California, X 14. Chondria oppositiclada. Habit of the type specimen, X 14. PLATE 27 Gigartina multidichotoma. Habit of the type specimen, X %4. Hypnea Esperi. Habit of Fork no. 647a from near Ensenada, Baja California, X %. Hypnea variabilis. Habits of two specimens of a collection, Fork no. 661A, from near Ensenada, Baja California, X 14. PLATE 28 Chondria telmoensis. Habit of the type specimen, X ¥4. Chondria dasyphylla. Habit of a specimen from Woods Hole, Massachusetts, X 4. Ectocarpus isopodicola. Habit of specimens growing on fish parasitizing isopods, X 1%. 85 Dawson =< * > 2m es ~ SS SS ie. “Se SR ENaaanasaee SS aan D S) Sst Sesaw ' >, = << eS ab RGBRasas: ChEORER ESS eheesee = aSShEraus = —— ee LY cst SSS wens Ce Ba A = ——— aosess, ~ Oo EAS LELTE hE RNY =a AcAbD. Sci Butt. So. CAL. Marine Algae. PLATE 23 86 Butt. So. Car. Acap. Scr., 44: 3, 1945 Marine Algae. Dawson PLATE 24 1945 Marine Algae. Dawson Butt. So. Can. ACAD. Sor, 44: 3, 1945 89 Marine Algae. ) a 1 ay PLATE Buti. So. Cat. ACAD. Sctr., 44: 3, Marine Algae. Dawson lo | PLATE Butt. So. Can. Acap. Scr., 44: 3, 1945 Marine Algae. Dawson an tes. hnsdarchrsd Aaashhota, ee ut snom, Yoon 18 2 19 PLATE 28 91 BuLtetin, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 EARL IER NAMES FOR SEVERAL CALIFORNIAN VASCULAR PLANTS Louts Cutter WHEELER \VoopWARDIA FIMBRIATA J. E, Smith in Rees, Cyclopaedia 38: IV oodwardia No. 6 1818'. As was noted in a brief synopsis (Amer. Fern Journ. 24: 48, 1934), according to Alston (Philip. Journ. Sci. 50: 181. 1933) W. fimbriata is an earlier name for IW”. Chamissoi Brackenridge in Wilkes, U. S. Explor. Exped. 16: 138. 1854, under which name the plant of the Pacific States has long been known. Some authors, as Jepson, Man. FI. Pl. Calif., 34. 1925(?), have called the Pacific Coast plant W. radicans (L.) J. E. Smith, but pteridologists now confine that species to the Old World. Alston gives a transcription of Smith’s description so it will be unnecessary to repeat it"here. The type, in Smith’s herbarium at the Linnean Society in London, bears, according to Alston, the data “Western North America, Menzies 1803” and an isotype at British Museum “Northwest coast of America: New Georgia. Mr. Menzies.” According to Lippincott’s Gazateer, 1303. 1856: “New Georgia ... is a name applied to the coast-line of North America, on the Pacific, comprising Vancouver Island and the adjacent mainland, with the Oregon territory, as far S. as the viver Columbia.” There is nothing in Rees’ Cyclopaedia to indicate definitely which of the three botanical collaborators listed in vol. 1: v. 1802 wrote the article on Woodwardia. However, Jackson, Journ. Bot. London 34: 308. 1896, gives sufficient evidence to indicate that Sir James Edward Smith must have been the author. LILAEA SCILLOIDES ( Poiret) Hauman, Pub. Inst. Invest. Geogr. Buenos Aires 10: 26. 1925; based on Phalangium scilloides Poiret in Lamarck, Encyc. Meth. Bot. 5:251. 1804. Lilaca subulata Hum- boldt & Bonpland, Plantae Wee oceans ls 2225 Ose SOSe This curious plant of western North America, and South Amer- ica is almost always known by the latter name. As the journal in which the earlier name was revived is not generally available to North American botanists it is worth while to repeat the evidence. Hauman should know whereof he speaks regarding the identity of his plant for he has evidently seen the type. His own statement *Title page date is 1819 but according to Jackson, Journ. Bot. London 34: 311. 1896, this volume was actuaily issued in 1818. *See Journ. Bot. London 39: 203. 1901 as to date. 92 BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 concerning this is worth quoting: “Phalangium scilloides Poir., leg. Commerson a Buenos Aires (type dans Vherbier du Museum de Paris!), n’est autre chose que Lilaea subulata H. B. K. et lui est antérieur.’ (The “K.” is an error, for Kunth had nothing to do with this work. ) CorRYLUS CALIFORNICA (A. DC.) Rose, Gardner & Forest, 8: 263. 1895, based on C. rostrata Aiton B californica A. DC., in De serode Nod) = 133. 1864.) Type “In ‘sylvis prope Santa Cruz,’ Santa Cruz County, California, Hartweg 1860 (herb. DC., not seen; isotype herb. Gray!) C. californica has been considered a variety of C. rostrata Aiton in some recent floras of various areas in the Pacific States. As noted by Rehder (Man. Cult. Wrees & Shrubs, 155. 1927), C. cornuta Humphrey Marshall (Arbustum Americanum, 37, 1785), is the same as, and prior to C. rostrata Aiton (Hortus Kewensis 3: 364. 1789). Those who consider C. californica as only a variety of the eastern American shrub will need to make a new combination under the earlier name. However, the shrub of the Pacific slope seems sufficiently distinct. There are a few points of nomenclature which must be clari- MetmnenequCemcalinornica ©: Koch, Dendrol. 2A: 5) 1873) 1sa nomen nudum, and if it were not, the continued use of that bi- nomial would very likely be justified since there is only one species of Corylus in California. The only change necessary would be a change in the author of the name.—C. cornuta Yong, Catalogue D’Arbres, Arbustes & Herb. D’Amerique, 7, 1783, might seem to preoccupy Marshall’s use of the same name. Yong’s plant is probably identical with Marshall’s. In view of the fact that Yong’s work is not consistently binomial and employs some long polynomials as, for example, the following on page 17. “Pinus folus ternis, conis longioribus squamosis, minor,’ chance binomials occurring in the work cannot be used since they are specifically stated in the International Rules of Botanical Nomen- clature, ed. 3, Article 68 (4), to be invalid. (The fact that some modern authors, e.g., Pinus ponderosa scopulorum nana Beissner, Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. 1912: 365. 1912, employ polynomials makes their names invalid rather than any other effect.) Mar- shall’s nomenclature is not strictly binomial in that there were many trinomials proposed without any indication of the rank of the third name. In the text below the name at least one was mentioned as a “variety.” But Marshall, so far as I have dis- covered, employed nothing more than trinomials. If we reject his work we must reject the work of many modern American authors who have used trinomials without statement of the rank of the third name. It is sad to see modern authors deliberately using trinomials when it is so easy to be definite and state the category. For further confusing discussion of trinomials and 93 BuLLetin, So. Carir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 their status see the two following articles by C. X. Furtado in 1939; Binary, binomial, and biverbal names; Philip. Journ. Sct. 69(4) : 467-469; Triverbal specific names; op. cit. 70(2): 197- 199, SryRAX REDIVIVA (Torrey) comb. noy., based on Darlingtoma rediviva Torrey, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 4: 191. 1851. The common styracaceous Californian shrub which has long been known as Styrax californica Torrey, Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 6(Art. 4): 4. 1853, considered as worthy of only varietal rank by some authors, then bearing the name S. officinalis L. var. californica (Torrey) Rehder, Mitteil. d. D. Dendrol. Gesell. 1915: 226. 1915, has the earlier specific name cited above. There are three references in literature which lead to this over- looked name: 1. Torrey, Smithsonian Contr. Knowl. 6(4): 4. 1853, in his article, “On the Darlingtonia californica, a new pitcher-plant,” in describing Styrax californica in one of the lengthy footnotes typical of the period, mentions at the top of the page that his earlier Darlingtoma was Styrax. 2 Sereno Watson, Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 258: 447. 1878 (Biblio- graphical Index to North American Botany, Part I, Polypetalae), in “Additions and Corrections,” cites as a synonym of Darling- toma californica Torrey, 1853, “D. rediviva. Torrey, Proc. Am. Assoc. 4. 191” 1851. This citation of synonymy was a gross taxo- nomic error but furnished the needed reference. 3. J. M. Mac- farlane, in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 110: 25. 1908, mentions, under Darlingtonia Torrey, 1853, (Sarraceniaceae) that Darl- ingtonia Torrey, 1851, is Styrax californica. Torrey, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 4: 190-193. 1851, has under the title “On some new plants discovered by Col. Fremont, in California’”’ a summary of his Plantae Fremontianae which appeared in Smithsonian Contr. Knowl. 6(2) :—1853 (? no date, the next article, which was accepted for publication on the same date, bears “April, 1853” on the last page of text). It has been very generally overlooked that the genera customarily taken as from this publication of 1853 were published in the summary in 1851. After describing the plant rather thoroughly, Torrey, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 4: 191. 1851, made the following state- ment: “T have dedicated this fine new genus to the veteran botanist, Dr. William Darlington, whose valuable works have contributed so much for the scientific reputation of our country. The old genus given to this botanist by De Candolle having been reduced to a mere section of Desmanthus by Bentham, I propose to call the present plant Darling- tonia rediviva.”’ 94 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 For those who may wish to protest this form of publication, a similar case can be cited which they choose to accept even though its publication was invalidated by the statement that it was a provisional name. Canotia holacantha Vorrey, Expl. & Surv. Rail. Route Miss. River Pacific Ocean 4(5) : 68. 1857°, was published in these words after the description of the plant: “We must wait for other observations on this strange shrub, and especially for its flowers, before assigning it a place in the system. As, however, there can be little doubt of its constituting an un- described genus, we may bestow upon it the provisional name of Canotia holacantha.’ The rule providing that provisional names are not validly published (See Journ. Bot. London 74: 75. 1936; EnoceZesdemnternat. Bot. Congr, 1: 365. 1936; 7% Contr. Gray Herb. 127: 53. 1939), and consequently have no status in bo- tanical nomenclature, obviously invalidates Canotia holacantha since the name was specifically stated to be provisional. Yet authors in general choose to accept publication of Canotia as of 1857. (There is no need for concern over the fate of Canotia holacantha; it was validated by A. Gray, Ives Report, 15. 1860, and so may be used.) Some may claim that Torrey did not mean “provisional name” when he wrote it. That would be going be- hind an unequivocal statement and entering into the realm of metaphysics. If authors accept as valid, save for the fact that it was a provisional name, the publication of Canotia holacantha, they must accept as valid the publication of Darlingtonia rediviva under the provisions of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, ed. 3, Art. 43. 1935, which provides that a mono- typic new genus may be published with a combined generic and specific description provided the species were new, as it was in this case. ’Date according to I. M. Johnston, Journ. Am. Arb. 24:242, 1943. DEPARTMENT OF BoTANY Umiversity of Southern California Los Angeles 7, California 95 Buttetin, So. Carnie. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 NEW TINGIDAE (Hemiptera) sy Carv J. DRAKE Ames, Iowa The present paper contains the descriptions of three new gen- era and five new species of lace bugs from widely separated regions. A question is also raised regarding the type locality and distribution of Caloloma uhleri Drake and Bruner from the West Indies. Unless otherwise designated under the descriptions, the types are in my collection. EUAULANA, Nl. gen. Head moderately long, with five spines, the median arising between the eyes, the tylus and bucculae projecting beyond base of antennae; eyes transverse. Bucculae long, closed in front. Antennae short, widely separated at base, moderately stout, shortly pilose; segments I and II very short, moniliform, swol- len; III slenderest; [V short, subclavate. Rostral channel long, deep, the basal four or five abdominal segments deeply furrowed along median line for reception of rostrum. Rostrum very long, extending on abdomen. Metasternal orifice indistinct. Hypocostal ridge uniseriate. Pronotum moderately narrowed anteriorly, truncate or subtruncate in front, longly transversely convex, finely pitted, tricarinate ; collar distinct, closely reticulate, slightly more elevated along median line ; paranota narrow, slightly wider in front, finely areolate. Elytra divided into the usual areas, rather closely reticulate, extending a little beyond apex of ab- domen; discoidal area large, very long, extending considerably beyond middle of elytra. Legs short, moderately stout, shortly setose. Generotype, EUAULANA FERRITINCTA, Nl. Sp. This genus may be separated readily from the genus Tingis Fabr. and closely allied genera by the much longer head and bucculae. The rostrum is extremely long in the two species de- scribed below. Although the genus Euaulana resembles some- what certain genera of the subfamily Cantacarinae the absence of clavus of elytra and longly produced hind margin of pronotum place it in the subfamily Tinginae. EUAULANA FERRITINCTA, Nl. Sp. Moderately large, obovate, brownish, variegated with black- fuscous spots. Head rugulose, with five, short spines. Antennae 96 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 brown, short; segment I very short, thicker and a little longer than II; III cylindrical, yellowish brown, twice as long as IV; IV subclavate, clothed with longer hairs, about as long as | and II conjoined. Rostrum extremely long, brown, reaching on fourth segment of venter. Legs short, dark brown, shortly pilose, the femora moderately stout. Pronotum moderately convex, closely pitted, distinctly tricari- nate; all carinae slightly more raised posteriorly, there finely areolate, non-reticulate on disc and in front; lateral carinae broadly concave within on disc, slightly converging posteriorly ; paranota narrow, uniseriate, slightly wider in front; collar low, areolate, the anterior margin somewhat concave. Elytra nar- rowed posteriorly, sutural areas completely overlapping behind in repose; costal area rather narrow, mostly uniseriate, some of the areolae irregularly divided; subcostal area wider, mostly tri- seriate, quadriseriate in widest part; discoidal area large, about three-fourths as long as elytra, bounded by a costate nervure, with the outer margin sinuate, widest near middle, there six areolae deep; sutural area closely areolate. Length, 3.45 mm.; width, 1.20 mm. Type (male), Burleigh, Queensland, Australia, Sept. 1, 1928, H. Hacker; allotype (female), Tugun, Queensland, Jan. 24, 1929" collected by H. Hacker. Paratypes, 3 specimens from Queensland (Hacker), one from Cheltenham, Victoria, Oct. 7, 1921 (J. Dixon) and two specimens from Hobart, Tasmania, taken by A. M. Lea. The color varies slightly in the type series. EUAULANA TASMANIAE, Ni. Sp. Separated from E. ferritincta, n. sp. by the larger cephalic spines, longer and more slender antennae, distinctly more ele- vated, uniseriate pronotal carinae, the wider paranota and wider costal area. Antennae shortly pilose; segment III slender, two and one half times as long as [V. Paranota irregularly biseriate, also costal area of elytra; discoidal area seven-ninths the entire length of elytra, with eight rows of cells at widest points; sub- costal area 4- to 5-seriate. Color light brown. Other characters very similar to ferritincta, n. sp. Length, 3.55 mm.; width, 1.20 mm. Type (female) and paratype, Hobart, Tasmania, collected by me Vi. ea. IDIOSTYLA, n. gen. Head short, with five spines. Rostrum moderately long, ex- tending beyond middle of mesosternum. Rostral channel parallel and not constricted on mesosternum; subquadrate and closed on all four sides on metasternum. Bucculae broad, moderately long, 97 BuLLerin, So. Carir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 reticulate, closed in front. Eyes transverse. Antennae long, slen- der indistinctly pilose; segment I very long, moderately stout, distinctly longer than width of head across eyes; II very short, [I] very long, slenderest ; [V long, scarcely swollen; antenniferous tubercles very broad, lamina-like, reticulate. Orifice present, very small, margined with narrow rim. Pronotum moderately, transversely swollen, closely pitted, tricarinate; calli deep; collar sharply raised, reticulate, slightly more raised at middle, there slightly obtusely produced forward, anterior margin bisinuate ; hind triangular part reticulated; paranota rather narrow, mod- erately reflexed, reticulate, almost rectangular in outline. Elytra very long, rather narrow, extending considerably beyond apex of abdomen, distinctly divided into the usual areas; discoidal area elongate, not reaching middle of elytra; male and female genital segments narrow, the claspers of male strongly curved, the last abdominal segment of female terminating on each side above in a small stylet. Generotype, Jdiostyla (Tigava) anomae (Drake and Hamble- ton) from Brazil. ¢ This genus belongs to the distinctly lacy genera of lace bugs. The lacyness of the elytra and paranota, narrow genital segments, high collar and small orifice separate it from the genus Tigava Stal. It is probably more closely allied to certain groups of the composite genus Leptopharsa Stal. Tigava rollinae Drake & Hambleton from Brazil is also transferred to the new genus Tdiostyla. Genus CALOLOMA Drake & Bruner Caloloma Drake & Bruner, Mem. Soc. Cubana Nat. Hist. “KelipePoey,” Vol. Vi, Nos. 3 and 4; 19245 pa tsa (repaint joy WE): This genus was erected by Drake and Bruner for C. uhleri from the specimens in the late Uhler Collection, taken in the Lesser Antilles (San Juan). Both the genus and the species are valid and, as stated by the describers, belong to the distinctly lacy group of tingid genera. A few years ago the writer received several undetermined lace bugs from the Vienna Museum. The Australian material in this collection included three typical specimens of the genus Caloloma Uhler, all mounted on one rectangular card with the pin bearing the label “Fischer Austra. Post 1, 1878.” These specimens now raise a serious question regarding the type locality and distribu- tion of C. uwhleri. Although I have studied many collections of lace bugs from neotropical America and Australia, these are the only known records for this species. It seems advisable at this time simply to raise a question regarding the distribution and type locality of C. whleri and then wait until more specimens are 98 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 collected before making correction relative to distribution. The species is not represented in the large Hacker Collection of Aus- tralian Hemiptera. ETEONEUS INOPINUS, Nn. Sp. Elongate-ovate, smooth, reddish brown, the areolae of elytra hyaline. Head short, rugulose; spines greatly reduced. Anten- nae rather stout, moderately long, longly setose, the terminal seg- ment dark fuscous; segments I and II stout, short, the latter slen- derer and shorter; III less than twice as long as IV, the latter fusiform. Rostrum long, extending on metasternum, testaceous, dark at apex; laminae thick, brown, obliquely converging and nearly meeting on metasternum. Legs moderately stout, the tibiae becoming lighter in color. Abdomen brown, lighter in color than sternum. Pronotum moderately convex, finely pitted, unicarinate; col- lar raised, areolate, truncate in front; paranota represented by very low, ridge-like carinae. Elytra long, ovate, overlapping and jointly rounded behind in repose; costal area moderately wide, uniseriate, the areolae subquadrate; subcostal area wider, mostly quadriseriate ; discoidal area moderately large, narrowed at base and apex, with the outer boundary arcuate, widest beyond middle, there four areolae deep; sutural area more widely areolate, with fuscous spot (veinlets) near base. Male genital segment concave along outer margins, the claspers strongly curved. Length, 3.00 mm.; width, 1.30 mm. Type, male, Bulamayo, Southern Rhodesia, June, 1917. This is the first record of the genus Eteoneus Distant from Africa. MIGAVARTA, My gen: Separate from Tigava Stal. by the unicarinate pronotum and strongly convex dorsal surface of head. Head with five spines, the median arising between the eyes, the front pair placed a little in front of eyes, and the hind pair as in Tigava. Paranota scarcely distinct, represented by low carinae. Rostrum moder- ately long, the channel wide, cordate on mesosternum, closed be- hind. Bucculae closed in front. Orifice indistinct. Hypocostal ridge wide, biseriate. Female genital segment very broad, with a blunt tubercle on each side of hind margin. Elytra long, narrow, divided into the usual area; discoidal area extending beyond middle of elytra. Legs long, slender. Generotype, T1GAVARIA (Tigava) UNICARINATA (Hacker) from Australia The location of median and frontal cephalic spines, unicari- nate paranota and biseriate hypocostal laminae are distinguishing structures. 99 BuLLetin, SO. Cattr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 I ROGGATTIA HARGREAVEST, 1. Sp. Very similar to /. olivina Horvath, but easily separated from it by the distinctly shorter antennae, narrower costal area, nar- rower paranota, shorter cephalic spines, and less raised pronotal carinae. Head brown, with five short, testaceous spines. An- tennae rather short, indistinctly pilose; segment I and II stout, short, brownish black, the latter slightly shorter and obconical; [1] testaceous, straight, practically twice the length IV; IV fusi- form, clothed with long scattered hairs. Pronotum rather strongly convex; lateral carinae distinct, only slightly conyex within in front, the median more elevated. Costal area of elytra uniseriate, the areolate small. Other characters very similar to F. olivina. Length, 3.35 mm.; width, 1.45 mm. Type (male) allotype (female), Kampala, Uganda, Oct., 1933, collected on Jasminum dichotomum, by H. Hargreaves, in British Museum. Nine paratypes, bearing same data as above. URENTIUS VEPRIS, Nn. Sp. Small, testaceous, some of the veinlets embrowned, the spines rather long, distinctly more numerous than in U. cuonymus Dis- tant and U7. maculatus Drake. Antennae testaceous, longly setose, the last segment dark fuscous. Legs testaceous, distinctly setose. Rostrum reaching between intermediate legs, yellowish brown, becoming much darker distally ; rostral laminae white, foliaceous, spinose along lower margins, open behind. Bucculae broad, closed in front, brown, margined with testaceous, distinctly setose. Body beneath brown, sometimes almost fuscous, clothed with numerous white setae. Head brown, setose, with five, long, slender, testace- ous spines. Eyes reddish, strongly transverse. Pronotum strongly convex; collar raised, slightly expanded and raised at middle; paranota large completely reflexed, with margins touching median carina, with a raised, longitudinal vein within on each side; median carina foliaceous, uniseriate, more raised posteriorly ; lateral carinae short, visible on triangular proc- ess, convex within. Elytra strongly, closely spinose; costal area rather narrow, uniseriate ; the areolae moderately large, the outer margins beset with numerous long spines; discoidal area sep- arated from subcostal area by a raised nervure. Wings longer than abdomen. Length, 2.10 mm.; width, 0.90 mm. Type (male), Commando Nek, Pretoria, Transvaal, Nov. 22, 1928, breeding on Hermannia micro petela, British Museum, Lon- don. Paratypes, 5 specimens taken with type. In one paratype the basal half of the costal area is biseriate. This species is dis- tinctly more closely spined than other species having uniseriate costal area. 100 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY NO. 32—DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENUS BATRACHO- SIEIPS, IZSIPIECIUNEIENY (ONS Nels, COSIVANE USIZAINID)S Ol? SOW IMSUBIRIN CALIDA OIRUN IEA . By WitiiAM A. HILTon This study is based primarily upon a large collection of sala- manders loaned me by the Southern California Academy of Sci- ences and the Los Angeles Museum. I have especially to thank Drs. J. A. Comstock and H. R. Hill for the privilege of examining this fine series. Other specimens of the genus are included for comparison, There are differences noted in the species from different lo- calities, but there is much overlapping of characters. It seems evident that there is but one species with in some cases rather doubtful subspecies of Batrachoseps attenuatus. | have on hand numerous examples of the five recognized subspecies, but none as yet of the form B. caudatus described by Cope from Alaska. Distinctions between the subspecies are at times difficult if not impossible for there is not a single character that is sharply de- fined. All show intergradations in one or more ways. In the following, general descriptions are given based upon the litera- ture as well as from numerous specimens examined for the first time. BATRACHOSEPS 1858 Boneparte, Faun. Ital. Hallow, Jour, Acad. Phila. Iv. Tongue attached in front. Digits four on all feet. Large fontanelle in the top of the skull. One premaxilla. Nasal spines not fused. Prefrontals lacking. Vomerine and parasphe- noid teeth not continuous. Larvae not aquatic. No marked sexual dimorphism. BATRACHOSEPS ATTENUATUS ATTENUATUS (Eschscholtz ) 1833 Salamandra attenuata Eschscholtz, Zoo, Atl., Pt. 5. 1839 Batrachoseps attenwatus Boneparte, Fauna Itl. 26. 1843 Fitzinger, Syst. Rep. iea9 Baird, Jour, Ac. Nat. Sci, Phila, (2). 1850 Gray, Cat. Bat. Grad. Brit. Mus. 101 BULLE 1858 1869 1870 1880 1882 1883 1888 1889 1895 1896 1897 1900 1903 1904 1905 1909 1910 1911 1914 1915 1917 1917 1918 1920 1921 1921 1921 1922 1923 1924 1924 1926 1928 1943 rin, SO. Canir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Cooper, Pacific R. R. Rep., 12, 13—Hallowell, Jour. Sci. Phila, (2). Batrachoseps nigriventris Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei, Phila. Cooper, Am, Nat. 4. Strauch, Mem. Acad. Imper, Sci, St. PELerSDa Sein 7, avy ING. 4. 7/5 Cope, Bull. U. S. Museum No. 1. Smith, The tailed Amphibia. Wiedersheim, Morph, Jahrb. 3. (skull). Lockington, Am. Nat. XIV. Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Grad; Brit. Mus. (2). Yarrow, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 24. Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. Cope, Jour. Morph. 2 (otic region). Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 34. Van Denburg Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. Ser. 2, V. Wilder, Anat, Anz. 12 (lungless condition), Eisen ero. Cdlite AG SG..0) len (bloodss Eisen, Jour. Morph. 17 (testis). Jannsens and Dumez, La Cellule, 20 (testis). Snyder, Biol. Bull. 7 (physiology). Van Denbure, Proce Calif Ac Sev Sen SyeZ0olnetaanions le Hilton, Am. Nat. 43. Jacob, Blatt. Aqua. Terr. Kunde, 21 (habits). Burke, Am. Nat. 45 (eggs). Van Denburg and Slevin, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sei. Ser. 4, 4. Camp, Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., 12, No. 12. Ruthing, Copeia IN@, 2: Grinnell and Camp, Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., 17, No. 10. Stejneger and Barbour, Check list. Fowler and Dunn, Ac. NaterSciuehilar Dunn, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62. Emmel, Anat. Rec., 18 (blood). Noble, Bull. Am, Mus. Nat. Hist. 44 (septomaxilla). Steiner, Anat. Anx. 53 (tarsus). Stephens, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 3. Nelson, Wiens IN@iin ING SGis UG: Schmidt, Bull, Am, Mus. Nat. Hist. 46. Snyder, Copeia 121 (eggs). Stejneger and Barbour, Check list. Emmel, Am. Jour, Anat. 33 (eggs, blood, young). Grinnell and Storer. Yosemite Fauna (eggs). Batrachoseps attenuatus attenuatus Dunn, Salamanders of the Family Plethodontidae. Smith College. Slevin, Occasional Papers, Calif. Ac. Sci. 16. Bishop, Handbook of Salamanders. 102 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) as) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) GENERAL CHARACTERS Small size, up to 136 mm. in length. Cylindrical, worm-like, body less than 10 mm. in diameter. Limbs very small, the front limbs slightly smaller than the others. Limbs widely separated, each one extends over four costal folds. Appressed toes may have 12 folds between them. Four digits on each foot, the first toe on each small. Tail more slender than the body, well-marked lateral grooves, 17 to 63, average 49. Tail cylindrical, equal to or slightly longer than the body. Costal grooves between the limbs, 18 to 20. Head depressed, narrow. Eyes prominent, separated in front by a little more than the eye opening. Indistinct naso-labial groove. Upper jaw overhanging the lower. Line of the lip straight to the posterior end of the orbital slit, then deflected downward. Gular folds distinct. Neck not distinct. Dorsal surface above lighter, red-brown, dark below, small flecks of white, especially ventrally. Tongue thin, rounded, its diameter about half the width of the mouth at the angle of the jaws, attached along the median line, free laterally and posteriorly. Maxillary teeth often large, scattered. Vomerine teeth in two separate but convergent patches. Parasphenoid teeth do not extend as far as the nares in the two closely applied patches or one that is notched in front. In connection with the above characters represented by those I have examined the following conditions were found: CD size- Adults. Pudding Stone Dam, Claremont, April 15-20. Length 66 to 117 mm., average 86. Santa Ana Mts., April. Lot 1. Length 69-93, average 79 mm. Lot 2. Length 43 to 81, average 78 mm. Ventura County, April. Length 47 to 105 mm., average 75 mm, Berkeley, Calif., Feb. 108 Buttetin, So. Carter. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Length 42 to 105 mm., average 73 mm, Crescent City, Calif., April. Length 60 to 85 mm., average 77 mm. (7) Length of tail. Pudding Stone, Calif., April. 33 to 75 mm., average 52 mm. Proportion to body length 1 to one to 1 to 1.9 tail. Santa Ana Mts., April. 16-67 mm., average 37 mm. Proportion of tail to body, 1.8 to 1 body. Ventura County, April. 15 to 65 mm., average 36 mm. Proportion of tail length to body, shortest .5 or one half to 1.3 tail, to 1 body length. Berkeley, Feb. Tail length 19 to 65 mm., average 45 mm. Proportion of tail to body, 1 to 1 up to 1.6 tail to 1 body, Crescent City, Calif. Average length of tail 40 mm. Tail to body 1 to 1 up to tail 1.5 to 1 body. : (8) Costal grooves. Pudding Stone. One lot 20 in all specimens. Another mostly 19; Santa Ana Mts. 18 to 19. Ventura County, 19. 3erkeley, Calif., 19 to 20, average 19. Crescent City, mostly 20, a few 19. (16) In most specimens the dorsal surface is lighter, a red or chestnut, the sides and lower surfaces darker to almost black. very often the darker margin along the lighter back appears as a dark line. In some the whole body is nearly black in the living with slight indications of a lighter back. This was true of a number from Berkeley. (18) Maxillary teeth are especially large in some specimens, probably a sexual character. (19) The vomerine teeth usually in two patches with a few teeth in each, in a row and several irregularly placed teeth. There were many variations. Pudding Stone. Vomerine teeth, each patch a row of four teeth or a row of six and one out of line or six teeth in two irregular rows or eight teeth in two irregular rows. Santa Ana Mts. Vomerine teeth in two patches nearly touch- ing caudally. In some eight in two rows or fifteen in two rows, one of seven in each patch in two irregular rows. Ventura County. Vomerine teeth in two rows eight in each patch, 104 BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Berkeley, Calif. Vomerine teeth in two patches sometimes nearly joining caudally each patch eight teeth in two rows also twelve in each patch, thirteen in each patch and fifteen in each patch. (20) Parasphenoid teeth. Pudding Stone. In two patches close together or in one partly separated at the cephalic or caudal end or both. Narrower at the forward end, broader behind. Santa Ana Mts. Parasphenoid teeth in two patches or two areas near each other with about 100 teeth, forward ends pointed, separate and narrower than the caudal end. Ventura County. Two patches slightly separated. Berkeley. Two patches slightly separated or one patch more or less notched or separated in front. Narrower in front. Range. From Oregon to San Diego County, California, espe- cially towards the coast. Distinctive characters. In general these have a lighter dorsal surface and darker sides. The costal grooves varied in number from 18 to 20 in the specimens J have examined, with an average of 19. In most the tail tapers somewhat. It varies in length from about the length of the body to nearly twice its length. The vomerine teeth are in two patches which nearly always touch, with a few to several teeth in one or two irregular rows. In the specimens ] have examined there were from 8 to 15 teeth in each patch. The parasphenoid teeth were found in two patches which may nearly touch or be slightly separated. Life History. The eggs were first discovered by T. Kimura January, 1906. Dunn January 5, 1907 found 21 eggs in one group and 10 in another and 4 farther along. The eggs were spherical or slightly oval, about 6 mm. in diameter and the development well advanced. The first to hatch came forth January 28. They were 17 mm. long of a dull black. By May 22 some were 35 mm. long. Burke in 1911 found eggs near Stanford with a maximum of 21 in a group. Snyder, 1923, described a batch of eggs at Palo Alto, each egg 6.3 mm, in diameter. The capsule was al- most transparent of a pale amber color. The embryo at the stage described was 10 mm. long when stretched out. When it grew to 13 mm. the yolk was much reduced, the gills much shortened. When it was 16 mm. long the remnant of the yolk was inclosed in the body and the gill slits had disappeared. April 3, one hatched at 16.3 mm. length with no gills visible. Emmel, March 7, 1920, obtained eggs near Berkeley in a moist depression in the hillside, a group of 53 eggs. They were clumped together in a shallow groove about 6 inches long. Each egg was in a gelat- inous capsule the whole with a diameter of 5 to 6 mm. The 105 BULLETIN, SO. Cantv., ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 egg capsules were either attached by a narrow pedicle to small pieces of wood or other solid objects or attached to small thread- like rootlets. In about a week the embryos had lengthened to 13 or 14 mm, with the fore and hind limbs equal in length. Grinnell and Storer, 1924, reported on eggs found at Smelling, Jan. 8, 1915, | have specimens collected at Laguna Beach August 27, 1943 from 30 to 35 mm. in length with an average of 33 mm. of which the tail is 11 to 16 mm, or an average of slightly more than the body length. All were dark below. From San Francisco some of 60 mm. had the tail about one half the total length. These were light below. BATRACHOSEPS ATTENUATUS MAJOR (Camp) 1883 Batrachoseps attenuatus Cope,, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1915 Batrachoseps major Camp, Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., 12, No. 12. 1917 Fowler and Dunn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Grinnell and |Gamp, Unive Califa Pub, Zool 7G aunelats Aquatic life. Steineger and Barbour, Check List. 1921 Noble, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 44 (skull). 1924 Emmel, Am. Jour. Anat. 33 (blood). 1925 Storer, Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., 27. 1926 B. a. major Dunn, Anniv. Pub. Smith College. 1928 B.a. major Selvin, Occasional Papers, Calif. Acad. Sci. 16. 1943 Bishop, Handbook of Salamanders. GENERAL CHARACTERS (1) Size up to 162 mm. in length. (2) Cylindrical body, a little flattened. (3) Limbs very small, front limbs slightly smaller. (4) Appressed limbs widely separated. Hind legs extending over four costal folds. 11 costal folds between appressed toes. (5) Four digits on each foot, first finger and toe normal. (6) Tail cylindrical, about one and one third the length of the body. Caudal grooves well marked, from 38 to 50 with an average of 44. (7) Tail large, cylindrical, often larger than the body. (8) Costal grooves usually 18, occasionally 20. (9) Head depressed. 106 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 8, 1945 (10) Eyes prominent, separated by the length of the orbital slit. (11) Indistinct naso-labial groove not extending to the margin of the lip. (12) Upper jaw overhanging the lower. (13) Line of lip straight to a point below posterior end of orbital slit, then deflected downward. (14) Gular fold quite prominent. (15) Neck not distinct from body with 3 to 4 longitudinal grooves. (16) Color above dark grey to reddish above, lighter on the sides and below becoming greyish yellow. (17) Tongue large oval, not emarginate, attached in middle line, free laterally and posteriorly. (18) Maxillary teeth usual. (19) Vomerine teeth irregular patches on each side, nearly reach- ing to the internal nares. (20) Parasphenoid teeth patches separated by narrow space posteriorly, confluent anteriorly reaching nearly to the vomer. The following conditions were found in material [ have studied : (1) Size of adults Claremont, 80 to 121 mm. with an average length of 100 mm. (6) The tail is often large and about the same diameter as the body for much of its length, however specimens of this sort kept several months without food come to have a much more slender tail. (7) The tail is more cylindrical in specimens collected in winter, The average length of body 43 to average length of tail 60. The longest tail was 66 mm. or 1.5 the body length. The shortest tail was the same length as the body. (8) Costal grooves 18 to 20, average in Claremont specimens 19 grooves. (16) The color above was dark grey often with a reddish brown coloration especially in the young. Lower parts lighter not usually reticulated. Now and then there were some that were darker below. (19) Vomerine teeth. Quite a little variation was noted in an- imals from same region. Usually the two patches were small and well separated from each other. In one large specimen the vomerine teeth were continuous with the parasphenoid. The number of teeth, usually irregularly 107 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 arranged, were found in the following numbers in each patch, 5, 6, 10, and 12. (20) The parasphenoid teeth were usually in one patch with about 120 teeth on a side. There are usually a lobing at the ends suggesting two patches and in some. there were two slightly separated patches. The forward end of the area was narrower than the back part and in some cases much narrower. In one case mentioned in (19), long bands of vomerine teeth in two irregular rows with twelve teeth in each patch, were continuous with the narrowed end of the vomerine teeth. Distinctive characters. Usually these are with more massive tails than B. a.a., they are seldom dark below, the dorsal region may be red-brown, but its area is usually not so well marked as in B.a.a. The costal grooves and teeth cannot be said to be dis- tinctive. Range. These have been reported from Los Angeles, River- side and Orange counties in-California. They seem to be a little more inland and at higher elevations than B.a.a. Life History. Little is known of their life history. One col- lected at Claremont Feb. 1944 is about the smallest I have seen. Its total length was 20.5 mm. with the tail less than half the length or 8 mm. Another lot collected Jan. 1, 1943, showed lengths from 25 to 29 mm. with an average length of 27 mm. The tail was from 9 to 11.5 mm, long or less than half the length in every case. The smallest of these could not have been hatched long judging from the known lengths of just hatched B.a.a. 3ATRACHOSEPS ATTENUATUS LEUCOPUS (Dunn) 1880 Batrachoseps attenuatus Lockington, Am. Nat. 14. 1895 Van Denburg, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2). 1905 Gadow, Proc. Zool, Soc. London. 1909 Hilton, Am. Nat. 43. 1914 Van Denburg and Slevin, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (4)4. 1922 Batrachoseps leucopus, Dunn, Copeia, 109. 1923 Stejeneger and Barbour, Check List (2). 1926 Batrachoseps attenuatus leucopus Dunn, Ann. Pub. Smith College. 1927 Klauber, Zool. Soc. San Diego, Bull. 3. 1928 Slevin, Occasional Papers, Calif. Acad. Sci., 16. 1943 Bishop, Handbook of Salamanders. 108 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 GENERAL CHARACTERS 1) Small size, up to 90 mm. in length, Slavin; 101 mm, Dunn, (2) (3) (4) (3) (1) 127 Bishop. Body cylindrical, slightly flattened. Limbs very small, the front slightly smaller. Appressed toes widely separated. 12 costal folds between appressed toes. Four digits on each foot. First toe not free from the next on all feet (Dunn). Tail more slender than the body, well-marked lateral grooves, 17 to 50, average 31 grooves on the tail. Tail slender, usually a third longer than the body. Costal grooves between the limbs 18 to 20. Head depressed, narrow, Eyes prominent, separated anteriorly by a little more than the length of the orbital slit. Very indistinct naso-labial groove. Upper jaw overhangs the lower. Line of the lip straight to the posterior end of the orbital slit then deflected downwards. Gular fold distinct. Neck not distinct from the body, a longitudinal line from iieseventorthe fone linaly, Dorsal surface above red-brown, lower surfaces dark much flecked with small white spots. Tail dark dorsally and on sides, lighter below. Tongue moderate, somewhat rounded, attached along the median line free on the sides and back. Maxillary teeth small. Vomerine teeth in two patches reaching almost to the in- ternal nares. Parasphenoid teeth in a single patch, divided behind. Be- ginning opposite the eye socket. Notes on My SPECIMENS: Mine from San Diego were from 40 to 83 mm. long with an average length of adults of 60 mm. Those from Lower California, the longest were 78 mm., the smallest 21 mm., collected the first week in April. Average length of adults 60 mm. 109 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 (7) In San Diego specimens the longest tail was 44 mm., in the Lower Calif. specimens the longest tail was 48 mm. In proportion to body length the longest tail was 1.7 to the body, the shortest 1.2 to body length in San Diego speci- mens. In Lower California specimens it was 1.6. tail length to the body and 1.2 tail to body length in the short- est adult. (8) Costal grooves between the legs in San Diego specimens from 18 to 20 with an average of 19.2. In Lower Cali- fornia specimens it was 19 to 20 with an average of 19. (16) In many the dorsal surface was lighter, the lower sides black or darker with many minute flecks of white ex- tending on to the legs and upper parts. (19) The vomerine teeth in San Diego specimens were 5 on each side in a small patch. In Lower California specimens there was one irregular row on each patch with three to ten teeth in each patch. One had three on one side and four on the other. ~ (20) The parasphenoid teeth in Lower California specimens were in one patch deeply lobed and narrower in front. In a Lower California specimen a single patch had a bare spot in its upper middle line and above this teeth were found across from side to side. The San Diego speci- mens had one patch as far as studied. One Lower Cali- fornia specimen had 110 teeth on a side. One San Diego specimen had 75 teeth on a side. DISTRIBUTION These have been described as from the Coronado Islands, Lower California, and San Diego County, California. Those I have examined from the last two locations seem nearer B.a.a. than B.a. major. DISTINCTIONS These average smaller than the last two sub-species. They have reddish backs with the under sides darker in most cases. There are many flecked with white on the lower as well as upper sides, usually more so than in B.a.a. Their vomerine teeth are usually not numerous, the palatine usually one patch deeply notched. 110 BULLETIN, SO. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 1865 1869 1875 1877 1882 1883 1889 1905 QHZ 1918 1923 1924 1925 1926 1928 1943 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) BATRACHOSEPS ATTENUATUS PACIFICUS (Cope) Hemidactylum pacificum Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Batrachoseps pacificus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Copem sill Oy Sy Nat Muss Nos 1: Smith, The Tailed Amphibians. Boulenger, Cat. Batrac. Grad. Brit. Mus. GWariow, Bully U. Ss Nati Muss Now 24: Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.j No. 34. VeanDenbuney Proc, Cali. Acadv Se.) ser.3, Zool, 4 No.1: Camp, Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool. 17. Steineger and Barbour. Check List. Dunn, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 62, No. 9. Stejneger and Barbour, Check List. israel, Aen, Ours Asche, os) (Colkoxeel)). Siorem Wmv. Calit. Pubs Zool 727, Batrachoseps attenuatus pacificus Dunn, Ann. Pub. Smith College. Slain OCEm Papers) Calif Acad. Scie lO: Bishop, Handbook of Salamanders. GENERAL CHARACTERS Total length not over 115 mm. (Storer). Cylindrical, worm-like. Limbs small, front smaller. Appressed limbs widely separated extending over 4 to 6 costal folds mostly 6. Four digits on each foot, first toe on front feet not free. Tail often not much more slender than the body, well- marked lateral grooves. Specimens from Santa Rosa Island 25 to 62, Anacapa 25 to 55, Santa Cruz Island 14 t© ZO, AverieeEs 37, 88, 8S, Tail cylindrical, usually tapering somewhat. Costal grooves between the limbs 16-20 (Dunn). Usually 17, occasionally 16-18 (Slavin). 17, rarely 16 or 18 (Storen): Head depressed, often wider than the body, rather broad, nearly circular in outline. Snout truncate above. Eyes prominent, large, separated by about the length of the orbital slit. Very indistinct naso-labial grooves. Upper jaw overhangs the lower. 111 BuLLeTIN, SO. Canin, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 (13) Line of the lip nearly straight to below the eye and then deflected downward. (14) Gular fold distinct. (15) Neck not distinct from the body, several vertical and two longitudinal grooves. (16) Dorsal surface yellowish brown above, paler on the head and limbs to a fawn color on the tail. Upper lip and all lower surfaces dull yellow. (17) Tongue large, oval not emarginate, attached along the median line, free laterally and posteriorly. (18) Maxillary teeth usual. (19) Vomerine teeth series separated by the width of the nares. Twice that distance separates the vomerine from the parasphenoids (Dunn). (20) Parasphenoid teeth in two patches beginning at the middle of the eye socket. SPECIAL POINTS IN MATERIAL EXAMINED (1) West Anacapa adults. Length 63-130 mm. 93 mm, average. Middle Anacapa, 91-105 mm., average 97.5 mm. Another lot Anacapa, 74-118 mm., average 94.5 mm. Average from Anacapa 93-97.5 mm. Santa Rosa Island, from 47-119.15 mm., averages 56 to 80 mm. Santa Cruz Island: Ranch Creek Lot. 1. Length 35-90 mm. average 47.7 mm. Lot. 2. “ 41-51 mm. average 45 mm. Lot. 3. “ 35-52 mm. average 49 mm. Lot. 4. “ 27-43 mm. average 30.1 mm. Lot 5. “ 48-64 mm. average 53 mm. Lot 6 ~— 30-47 mm: average ss2 ium: (all dark) Lot 7. Length 40-50 mm. average 46 mm. Pelican Bay and Middle Ranch Length 51-103 mm. average 72 mm. Average of all that seem to be adults 48 mm. (8) Costal grooves between the limbs 16-19, average 17. (16) Most of these from the three islands are a light grey above. much pailer below. In a number of young and some half grown or more, they are very dark both dorsally and ventrally. I saw no sign of a dorsal reddish brown back area in any, such as found in B.a.a., B.a.l. and occasionally in B.a.m., 112 BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Several full grown specimens were uniformly dark on all parts of the body and limbs, much like the younger ones. (19) Vomerine teeth. Anacapa Island; two patches distinct from each other and from the parasphenoid. Number of teeth 7, 9, 10 and 11. These were in one row except with the larger numbers which were in two irregular rows or with an irregular arrangement. One specimen had 10 teeth on one side and 7 on the other. Santa Rosa Island; vomerine teeth, 4, 5, 6 or 10 on a side in one row. SamiamCnuz lsiand=\vomerime teeth 3) 5517, NON ison lz mostly in one row in each patch except those with the higher numbers where there are two rows. One almost totally black specimen had 12 in each patch, irregularly arranged. (20) Parasphenoid teeth. In all specimens examined there was one patch narrow and deeply notched in front. Some from Santa Cruz had less indication of lobing or partial division in front although most have most of the teeth on the sides with a region bare of teeth down the whole length of the patch. Distribution. Anacapa, San Miguel, Santa Rosa, Santa Cruz and Santa Barbara Islands. Distinctive features. Dark above, lighter below. Some speci- mens are uniformly dark both above and below. Little indica- tion of a chestnut colored or lighter band on the back or lateral side lines of black as in B.a.a. Young are dark below as well as above. The tail is usually large and long, but I have not found it as swollen as in some B.a.m. or B.a.c. Dunn found the average costal grooves 16 to 20. I found an average of 17. The head is usually broader and the limbs heavier in proportion in this sub- species than in any of the others. Life History. Little is known. Ovarian eggs from a specimen from San Miguel Island were 2 mm. in diameter May 20, 1919. Calif. Acad. Coll., No. 45226. BATRACHOSEPS ATTENUATUS CATALINAE (Dunn) 1905 Batrachoseps attenuatus Van Denburgh, Proc. Cailf. Acad. Seine (3)) 4: 1922 Batrachoseps catalinae, Dunn, Copeia 109. 1923 Stejneger and Barbour, Check List (2). 1926 Batrachoseps attenuatus catalinae Dunn, Anniv. Pub. Smith College. 113 BULLE 1928 1943 rry, So. Carnie. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 B.a, attenuatus Slevin, Occ, Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. 16. B.a, catalinae Bishop, Handbook of Salamanders. GENERAL CHARACTERS Total length 80 to 121 mm. Body cylindrical, worm-like. Limbs small, front smaller. Leg extending over four costal grooves, Four digits on all feet, 1 of front foot not free, much re- duced. Tail longer than head and body, terate (Dunn). Tail not much smaller than the body in many cases, well- marked grooves, 25 to 65, average 48. Tail cylindrical, may be large. Costal grooves between the limbs 19 to 21 (Dunn), Head depressed, about as wide as the body. Eyes prominent, eyelids fitting under a fold of skin behind. Naso-labial grooves faint. Upper jaw overhangs the lower. Angle of the jaw back of hind angle of the eye (Dunn). Line of lip sinuous. Gular folds distinct. Neck not distinct. Dark purplish above fading into a dull brownish below, no distinct line of demarkation between regions. (Dunn). Tongue free at sides and back. Maxillary teeth small. Vomerine teeth in two patches behind the inner corner of the nares, extending in and back, separated from its fel- low by the width of the nares and from the parasphe- noids by twice that distance. (Dunn). Parasphenoid teeth two incompletely separated patches, be- ginning opposite the middle eye socket. (Dunn). GENERAL FEATURES IN SPECIMENS STUDIED Length of adults 34 to 132 mm., average 101 mm. The first toe of the front feet is smaller than the average of most others but not of all. There is little difference in any case. The tail is about the same length as the body up to 1.6 the body length. Lateral grooves of the tail 25 to 63 with an average of 45. 114 BULLETIN, SO. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 (8) Costal grooves 20 to 22, an average of 21. (16) Light grey above or light brown above, much lighter below both body and tail. Very little sign of red brown bands or areas on the back in specimens examined, (19) Vomerine teeth in two well separated patches, 10 to 11 in each patch, teeth irregularly arranged. (20) Parasphenoid teeth in one patch, narrow in front, may be indented in front. Middle line of patch bare of teeth. Range. Catalina Island. Distinctive Characters. These are paler below than on the back with little indication of a chestnut colored dorsal region in most. Many have very large thick tails in the collection. The first toe of the first leg may be slightly less distinct than in other forms. 20 to 22 costal folds with an average of 21 is rather dis- tinctive. Life History. Nothing known. Specimens from Catalina Island, J. C. von Bloeker. All are from the Los Angeles County Museum with the following dates and numbers: A. 4616. Johnson’s Landing, No. 13443-13447, Feb. 21, 1941. No. 13467-13472, Feb. 23, 1941. No. 13485-13488, Feb, 24, 1941. No. 13507-11, Feb. 26, 1941. No. 13529-34, Feb. 26, 1941. No. 13547, 13559, 13562-3, Feb. 27-28 and March 1, 1941. No. 13576-7, 13615, March 3 and 6, 1941. Howland’s Landing, No. 13566-8, March 2, 1941. Little Harbor, No. 13587-8, March, 1941. Avalon, No. 13590-1, March 4, 1941. No. 13614, March 6, 1941. No. 13707, March 13, 1941. Middle Ranch, No. 13601, No. 13609, March 6, 1931. No. 13621, March 7, 1941. No. 13646-8, March 9, 1941. No. 13675-3, March 11, 1941. No. 13686-9, March 12, 1941. No. 13699, 13700, March 13, 1941. Ironwood Grove, north side Black Jack Peak, 1600 ft. elevatoin. No. 13624, March 8, 1941. Black Jack Peak. No. 13625. Fire control tank, Black Jack Peak, March 8, 1941. No; 13639-41, Echo Lake, 1100 ft. S. Catalina I., March 8, 1941, 115 BuLLetIN, So. Carre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 DIscUuSSION LENGTH Batrachoseps attenuatus attenuatus. The greatest length given by Dunn was 145 mm. of which the tail was 86 mm. Burke gave 136 mm. Storer 130 mm. with the tail 78 mm. Slavin 93 mm., the tail 50 mm. The longest | have from southern California is 120. Average length, Bishop 89 mm. My average was 88 mm. Batrachoseps a. major. Camp gives 162 as the longest, Storer 155 tail 94. Dunn 147 tail 87. Slavin 140 tail 81. The longest I have found in Claremont 121 with an average of 100. Bishop’s average length was 117 mm. B.a. leucopus. Bishop gives 127 as the longest. Dunn 101 with the tail 54. Slavin 90 tail 46. The longest I have is 83. Bishop’s average length 87 mm., mine 60 mm. B.a. pacificus. Bishop gives 129 as the longest, tail 70. Storer 115, tail 59. Slavin 115, tail 63 and 59. The longest I have seen was 130 tail 70. Bishop’s average was 95.5 mm., mine about 90. B.a. catalinae. Bishop gives 133 as the longest, tail 78. Dunn 121, tail 68. In a large series | have examined the longest was 132. Bishop’s average 105.7, my average 101. B. caudatus. Bishop 172 tail 107. Dunn 165, tail 110. Cope 160 tail 103. All from the same specimen at different times! As may be noted my lengths are usually less than some of the others but in most cases I have examined fully as many speci- mens as any of the others. All mine were taken from preserved specimens. ToEs In all but a few exceptions there are four toes on each foot. In one Catalina specimen, B.a.c., the left front foot had but three toes, in order of length from the shortest to the longest, 3-1-2. The length of this specimen was 115 mm. (No. 13614). In a specimen of 33 mm. B.a.a., the left hind foot was de- formed, the toes 1-3-2. Five specimens from Claremont B.a.m. had five toes on the hind feet. In order of length they were: 1-5-2-4-3 in three and 5-1-4-2-3 in the others. They were 46, 77, 77, 74, and 89 mm. long. The first toe of the front leg is given by Dunn as not free in B.a. cat. as compared with other forms. This seems to be gen- erally true in the specimens [| have examined. The toes are also shorter and less slender on both feet. 116 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 8, 1945 +) TAIL The tail is more slender than the body in all forms examined except in B.a. major and B.a. catalinae. In these it is often quite thick. Its size varies according to the physical condition of the individual. Members of the first group at least when first cap- tured may have very thick tails, but after a few months in the laboratory these become as slender as any. The length of tail is somewhat a matter of age. Younger smaller specimens in vari- ous groups have tails as short as or shorter than the body. B. caudatus seems to have the longest tail, from 1.64 to 2 times the rest of the body. According to various data the length of tail to the rest of the body is as follows: BGG 1k WO Woy B.a. major, 1.39 to 1.54. B.a. catalinae, 1.3 to 1.4. B.a. leucopus, 1 to 1.4. B.a. pacificus, | to 1.2. The number of grooves in the tail depends largely upon its length: B.a. attenuatus, 17 to 63, average 44. B.a. catalinae, 25-63, average 45. B.a, major, 38-50, average 44. B.a. pacificus, 25-55, average 37. B. a. leucopus, 17-50, average 31. CosTaAL GROOVES: B.a. pacificus: Slavin, usually 17, occasionally 18 or 20. Dunn, 17-18. Bishop, 17-20, usually 19. Mine, 16-19, average 17. B.a, leucopus: Dunn, 18-20. Bishop, 18-20, usually 19. Mine, 18-20, average 19. B.a, major: Dunn, 18-20. Storer, 17 or more, average 18. Slavin, sometimes 20, usually 18. Bishop, 18-20, usually 19. Mine, 18-20, average 19. B.a. attenuatus;: Dunn, 18-21. Storer, rarely 18 or 20, usually 19. Slavin, occasionally 20 or 21, usually 19. Bishop, occasionally 18 or 21, usually 20, many 19. Mine, some 18 or 20, mostly 19. SALA BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 B.a. catalinae: Storer, 19-21. Dunn, 21. Bishop, 20-21. ‘Mine, 20-22, average 21. B. caudatus: Dunn, 21. Bishop, ZA Wiptn or Heap: The head is not usually wider than the body but in a number of larger specimens of B.a. pacificus the head is wider than the be dy, MARKINGS AND PIGMENTATION: There is much variation but the following is generally true: B.a. attenuatus and B.a, leucopus seem darker below as well as above. There is little difference in the colors and markings in individual cases. Both may have a chestnut back with a dark line at the side making the ventral side darker than the dorsal. This last is especially true of B.a. attenuatus. As a rule B.a. pacificus B.a. major and B.a. catalinae are lighter below with a darker back. There are some that show a chestnut back like that of B.a. attenuatus but these are mostly younger. Specks of white are especially marked on B.a. leucopus, both above and below in the living condition but they may also be seen on others, especially B.a. attenuatus. Although most B.a. pacificus seem to be lighter below there are exceptions. Most of the young are darker below and a few of adult size are also almost black below. They are uniformly dark all over with no hint of lateral lines or a lighter dorsal region. Shades and colors differ greatly in B.a. attenuatus, B.a. major and B.a. lewcopus. They may be red-brown to almost black on the back, often in a variegated pattern in lighter colored forms. The color of most of the preserved adults of B.a. pacificus was light below, slightly mottled below due to scattered black pigment cells and light brown or fawn-color above. B.a. catalinae were for the most part in adults a dark grey above with a tinge of brown which seems to be somewhat characteristic and light grey below. In B.a, major some have red-brown backs but they are almost al- ways lighter below. Usually the back is a uniform grey. The dark colors in all have a reticulated pattern. On the ventral side of many light ones the reticulation is slightly in- dicated. 118 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 TEETH IN THE MOUTH The descriptions by various authors is somewhat confusing. This is no doubt due in large part to the great individual varia- tion, VOMERINE [TEETH B. caudatus: Cope figures these as two elongate patches passing back from the internal nares in a V-shaped arrangement to nearly meet the two similar separate patches of the parasphenoids. Dunn: 7 teeth in series beginning behind inner edge of nares, running back, separated from its fellow by two thirds the length of the series and from the parasphenoids by the length of the series. Bishop: In short double series which arise behind inner margin of inner naris and slant inward and backward towards the middle line, where they are narrowly separated. Slavin: In two nearly straight very oblique series which nearly meet on the middle line posteriorly, and anteriorly do not ex- tend to the internal nares, B.a, attenuatus: Storer: Two separate but convergent patches posterior to the internal nares. Dunn: In an irregular patch; this runs back from the inner edge of the nares, separated from its fellow by twice the width of the nares and from the parasphenoids by four times the width of the nares. Slavin: In an irregular patch reaching almost to the internal nares. Bishop: In two short patches of two to three rows, the patches separated at the middle line by about the width of an inner nares and widely divergent anteriorly. They are behind and wholly between the internal nares and are widely separated from the parasphenoids. I have found great variation in these. The two patches usually have few teeth, often 4 to 6 or 8 in two rows. In some there are twelve teeth in a patch with two irregular rows of teeth. B.a. major: Storer: As in B.a.a. 119 BuLLerin, SO. CaLtir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Slavin: In a somewhat irregular patch nearly reaching internal nares. Dunn: Irregular patch beginning behind inner border of nares, running in and a little back; separated from its fellow by the width of nares and from the parasphenoids by the same dis- tance. Bishop: Teeth small, in short patches of 1-3 rows, narrowly sep- arated at the mid-line and lying wholly between and slightly behind the inner nares. Here | found considerable variation. In one specimen the teeth were continuous with the parasphenoids. The number of teeth in the patches were 5, 6, 10 or 12. The last two had teeth roughly in two rows in most cases. B.a. leucopus. Slavin: In two series reaching almost to the internal nares. Dunn: 8 in series, beginnitg behind the inner edge of the nares, running nearly straight back and slightly in, separated from its fellow by the width of the nares and from the parasphe- noids by the same distance. Bishop: Short irregular patches or in series consisting of 2 im- perfect rows of 5-8 teeth which arise within or behind the inner margin of the inner naris and slant inward and back- ward toward the mid-line. With these I often found 5 teeth each side, others had 3-10 on a side. B.a. pacificus. Storer: Teeth as in B.a.a, Slavin: Teeth in two nearly straight, very oblique series which nearly meet on the median line posteriorly, and anteriorly do not extend to the internal nares. Dunn: Teeth 8 in series beginning at inner edge of nares, run- ning in and back, separated from its fellow by twice the width of the nares and from the parasphenoids by the width of the nares. sishop: Teeth often in a single row of 7-10 teeth, sometimes in short double series or irregular patches which arise behind the inner margin of the inner naris and slant inward and back- ward toward the mid-line, where they are narrowly separated, I found much variation in the number of teeth, 3, 5, 7, 10 or 11 in a patch with the larger number often in two irregu- lar rows. 120 BULLETIN, SO. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 B.a. catalinae. Storer: Not described. Dunn: Teeth in two patches, beginning behind the inner border of the nares, extending in and back, separated from its fellow by the width of the nares, and from the parasphenoids by twice that distance. Bishop: Teeth of vomer in short irregular patches, rarely in fairly regular rows of 6 or 7, which lie between the inner nares, narrowly separated from the middle line, and about 3 times the diameter of a naris from the parasphenoids. Those [| examined had 10 to 11 teeth in each patch. PARASPHENOID TEETH B. caudatus. Cope: His figure shows two distinct narrow patches. Dunn: Two patches beginning opposite first quarter of eye- socket. Bishop: Two elongate separate patches. B.a.a. attenuatus. Storer: Parasphenoid teeth separated from the vomerine by short interval one broad patch widest posteriorly. Dunn: Two patches beginning at the middle of eye socket. Slavin: Separated by a narrow space posteriorly but confluent anteriorly, extending nearly to the vomerine patch. Bishop: May form a single patch, broad behind and slightty nar- rowed anteriorly or there may be two patches narrowly sep- arated. I have some with two patches close together, some partly sep- arated at the anterior end and fused behind, or slightly separated behind. There were about 100 teeth on a side. B.a. major. Storer: As in B.a.a. Dunn: Two patches beginning opposite the middle of the eye socket. Slavin: Separated by a narrow space posteriorly but confluent anteriorly extending nearly to the vomerine patch. 121 Burperin, So. Carnie. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Bishop: Often forming a single patch, broad and rounded be- hind, slender and tapering anteriorly, or in 2 patches narrowly separated behind, united anteriorly; separated from the vo- ‘merine teeth by about 3 times the diameter of an inner naris. [ found one, sometimes two patches, narrow in front, often forked in front and fused behind or the caudal region one piece. I counted about 120 teeth on a side. B.a. leucopus. Dunn: Single patch, divided behind. Slavin: Separated by a narrow space posteriorly but confluent anteriorly, extending nearly to the vomerine series, 3ishop: Variable, in some a single patch broad behind narrowed anteriorly, in others two imperfectly separated patches; in some females the patches in contact anteriorly, divergent pos- teriorly. Those I have seen have one patch deeply lobed and narrow anteriorly. In one there was a bare spot near the middle. I found one patch in most, a few with two. I counted about 75 teeth on a side. B.a. pacificus. Storer: Same as B.a.a. Dunn: Two patches beginning at middle of eye socket. Slavin: Separated by a narrow space posteriorly, confluent an- teriorly, extending nearly to the vomerine series. Bishop: Sometimes in two slender elongate patches narrowly separated or in a single broad patch narrowed anteriorly and separated from the vomerine teeth series by about 3 times the diameter of the naris. In all | examined | found one patch, narrowly lobed in front. B.a. catalinae. Dunn: Two incompletely separated patches, beginning opposite the eye socket. Bishop: Two long, slender, club-shaped patches which may be narrowly separated or contiguous anteriorly. I found one patch in all I examined, forked in front, broad behind. In some the middle line was bare of teeth. 122 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 AN AA 163. C, CE. ReEvisepD KEy to BATRACHOSEPS . Tail especially long, 1.64 to 2 times the body. Dark color. 21 costal grooves. Parasphenoid teeth in two narrow, well- separated patches. B. caudatus Cope. . Tail not so long. Often dark color, usually less than 21 costal grooves. Parasphenoid teeth in a single patch or in ‘two closely placed wide patches. Undersides in most cases lighter than above, in the adult. Usually uniform coloration above, little indication of side line. Seldom flecks of white above or below. Head often broader than the body, tail always tapers some- what. Costal grooves 17 to 20, 17 to 19 usual. Color adults red-brown above, uniform; lighter below. B.a. pacificus. Head not wider than the body. Tail often as thick or thicker than in other subspecies, depending upon nutritional condi- D: IDI), BB. G OG tions. Toes usually short and thick. One of the front foot especially reduced. No individuals reported dark below. Tail 1.3 to 1.4 to the rest of the body. Vomerine teeth quite numerous in each patch, 10 or 11 as far as examined. Costal folds usually 21. B.a. catalinae. Toes usually fairly well developed, 1 of the front feet about as in other forms but B.a.c. Tail length to body 1.4 to 1.5 Costal folds 18 to 20. Usually 18-19. Light below, above grey to brown, sometimes red-brown especially often on the tail. Often uniform above, sometimes with a pattern. B.a. Major. Under sides of the body usually dark. Often with a lighter back with a dark line down the sides. Tail usually not great- ly swollen. Usually many fine flecks of white on sides, back and below. Body slender. Average length 60 to 87 mm. Costal grooves average 19. Vomerine teeth 3 to 10 on a side. Palatine teeth about 70 on a side. Dark line on side of the body not as well marked as in many of the following group. B.a. leucopus. Flecks of light not always found, seldom numerous, seldom many dorsally. Tail length 1.6 to body length. Costal grooves usually 19. Vomerine teeth usually a few in each patch, 4, 6, 8 sometimes 12. Palatine or parasphenoid teeth often of two patches, may be 100 on each side. B.a. attenuatus. 123 BULLETIN, SO. Caniv,. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 COMPARISON OF THE SKELETON OF FROURSSUL- “SPECIES OF BATRACHOSEPS ATTENGALUS The skull is a litthe longer in proportion in B.a. major and B.a.a. In B.a. pacificus the skull is larger in proportion to the body length than the others. Skulls of other subspecies differ slightly. In B.a.c. the skull is shorter and broader proportionately as compared to the rest. The vertebrae are much alike in all with minor differences of size and proportion. These last are more evident in the atlas. In none of the vertebrae are there marked dorsal ridges in trunk vertebrae. In B.a.p. vertebrae 2 to 20 have on the dorsal side, caudal margin, a small central lobe better seen than in any others. This is more or less the continuation of a low central dorsal ridge. In B.a.m, two or three of the vertebrae after the first one have this lobe slightly shown. In_B.a.l. the third vertebrae has such a lobe slightly shown. This is true of the specimens examined, but this character may be subject to variation and is probably of little significance. In all, vertebrae 20 or 21 and on to about 26 are modified and their ribs variable, usually small. In most cases vertebrae 23 is the one connected with the pelvic girdle. Transverse processes of 24 are usually strongly developed with or without a small rib. In the 25th vertebra of all species there may be rods on the ven- tral side of the body of the vertebra which represent the be- ginnings of the haemal arch. In the 26th in most the haemal arch is well formed. The pectoral and pelvic arches are similar in all, but in B.a.m. as a rule they are a little stronger than in B.a. or B.al. The fore and hind legs of B.a.p. are the heaviest and longest of all. The bones of the extremities are about the same in all. In some the digits may be spatulate on their ends, but this is not constant. Carpals and tarsals are about the same in all subspecies. Carpale or tarsale 3 are often small. The terminal joint of the first digit of both front and hind feet of B.a.c. are reduced to a very small point of bone, much less than in any of the other forms. Hilton 5 Batrachoseps. Buu. So. Can. Acan. Sct., 44:3, 194 pue saoqe “IVUT[LIV woody U 9) MOYS ST > ag S yor nn t yyTovVd *B qf lol WH ‘sydeisojoyd wo Ij UMBIpP snye 6% ALVIg nue} BU wg “G ‘suyenute}}V eg °z ‘sndoonsl SdesoyoRijeg Jo soroedsqns ey} Jo sueisviqg a ‘I SE 5 wa —- i, SPS Eads ly wal eran $7 STON ot Se 125 Buy. So. CAL. ACAD. Scr, 44:3, 1945 Batrachoseps. Hilton PLATE 30 Photographs of B.a. pacificus. Above, below, head end enlarged and one dark specimen from below. Buti. So. Cant. ACAD. Sct., 44:3, 1945 Batrachoseps. Hilton PLATE 31 Photographs of B.a. catalinae, above, below and head end enlarged. 127 Butu. So. Can. ACAD. Sor, 44:38, 1945 Jatrachoseps. Hilton oN) bo JEAL/NAWD) Hands and feet of various subspecies of Batrachoseps attenuatus, much enlarged. 1. Left front foot B.a.l. 2. Right front foot B.a.a. 3. Right hind foot B.a.p. 4. Left hind foot B.a.m. All in the first row are from above. 5. Right front foot B.a.c. 6. Left front foot B.a.c. from below. 7. Left front foot B.a.p. 8. Right front foot B.a.a. All in the second row but 6 from above. Finger or toe 1 is the smallest in each. 128 Buu. So. Cat. AcaApD. Sct., 44:3, 1945 Batrachoseps. Hilton PLATE 33 Pectoral and pelvic regions with appendages of the various subspecies of Batrachoseps attenuatus. 1 to 5. Shoulder girdles and appendages. 1. B.a.m. of 90 mm. body length. 2. B.a.a. of 106 total body length. 3. B.a.l. of 76.mm. body length. 4. B.a.c. of 105 mm. body length. 5. B.a.p. of 104 total length. 6. Part of the pelvic region with append- age of B.a.p. 7. Femur of B.a.a. 8. Femur of B.a.m. 9. Part of the pelvic region and appendage of B.a. catalinae. Scale at the right equals one mm. 129 BULLETIN, So. Cativ. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 MINERALOGY OF CALICHE FROM SAN DIEGO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA K. O. EMERY DISTRIBUTION OF CALICHE In the vicinity of San Diego, California there are numerous outcrops of a crumbly, white, highly calcareous material—a type of caliche. It is described by Hanna (1926) as follows: “The upper part of the Eocene Poway conglomerate is often of soft, white, chalky caliche . . . found over rather extensive areas.” No other formations are reported to contain caliche and the writer has found caliche associated only with the Poway forma- tion. Caliche in outcrops is discontinuous and variable in thick- ness and purity. The purest caliche is that just underlying the thin dark soil. With increasing depth, the caliche grades into shale or less com- monly into sand or conglomerate at a depth of 2 to 15 feet. A similar variation of purity with depth was noted by Rothrock (1925) for caliche in Oklahoma. The layer of caliche is inde- pendent of the roughly horizontal stratification of the shale and sandstone, but closely follows the undulations of the surface topography (PI. 35, fig. 1), like caliche in Arizona described by Blake (1901). Examination of the outcrops shows that the original bedding is generally destroyed and that numerous high angle joints or fissures are present. The material is softest and whitest where it fills these fissures. Elsewhere in the mass it serves as a matrix surrounding breccia-like fragments of the shale or sandstone (PI. 35, fig. 2). Samples were collected from what seemed to be the purest portions of fifteen outcrops and mineralogical studies were made of some of them, using equip- ment made available by Scripps Institution of Oceanography. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Microscopic examination of the white material shows that it consists largely of grains less than 0.01 mm. in diameter. The indices of refraction and the high birefringence indicate that most of the grains are calcite. Several of the samples were dried at 110° C., weighed, and treated with cold 2 N. HCl. The acid- soluble fraction varied between 43 and 88 per cent by weight. A mechanical analysis was made of the acid-insoluble fraction of several of the samples. The size grades larger than 1/16 mm. 130 BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 diameter were determined by sieving, using a nest of screens shaken mechanically for three hours. Smaller grades were de- termined by the standard pipette method with suspension in 0.01 N. Nac@,,. Microscopic examination of the different grade sizes of the insoluble residue from Sample A, collected at the outcrop of Pl. 35, fig. 1, shows that it consists of three types of material, chief (87.4 per cent) of which are fresh angular grains of shale. Next in abundance (12.6 per cent) and present only in the coarser sizes, Pl. 34, fig. 1, is a white mineral mostly of tubular shape (Pl. 35, fig. 3). This mineral was separated from the heavier shale grains by flotation on a bromoform-alcohol solution having a specific gravity of 2.2, just sufficient to float the grains. Studied by oil immersion methods, the white mineral proved to be opal, being isotropic and having an index of refraction of 1.460 (+0.005). Very small inclusions of anisotropic grains of high index of re- fraction, probably calcite, are present within the opal. The third type of material in the insoluble residue consists of small brown fibers, some of which are enclosed within tubes of opal. These fibers represent only an insignificant percentage of the weight of the insoluble residue. As shown in Table 1, the median diameter of the total insolu- ble residue from Sample A is 0.135 mm. However, when the opal tube fragments which are present only in the larger sizes are ex- cluded, the shale grains alone have a smaller median diameter, 0.068 mm., and are slightly better sorted. Omission of opal frag- ments also changes the skewness from 0.63 to 1.07, shifting the gerade of maximum sorting to near the median diameter. A similar examination of the insoluble residue from Sample B showed it to be somewhat coarser and better sorted than that from Sample A. Most of the grains are clearly of detrital origin, con- sisting of sub-round to sub-angular grains of feldspar and vari- ous heavy minerals. However, this residue also contains brown fibers and tubes of opal. Root FRAGMENTS In all the insoluble residues small brown fibers are present. Some are partly enclosed within tubes of opal. Microscopic examination showed them to be roots of plants. The following description was kindly prepared by Dr. E. Yale Dawson: “Roots exhibiting both primary and secondary growth were pres- ent. Some, measuring 250-500 ,, diameter were provided with exceed- ingly abundant root hairs which were short, mostly 30-40 , long, and arising from almost every epidermal cell. The shortness of the abundant root hairs reflect growth in quite dry soil. All roots were found in a natural growing position, in clearly defined fissures and 131 BULLETIN, So. Caniv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 between harder soil parts. An abundance of septate rhizoids, pre- sumably of a bryophyte were found in two instances. A carbonized fragment of what appeared to belong to a resupinate liverwort was also detected.” CABIEE GRAIN ‘SIZE CoNSTANTS SAMPLE A Total Insoluble Residue First Quartile... 0.016 mm. Median Diameter 0.135 mm. Third Quartile... 0.72 mm. Siohstab atone aoe 6.7 Skewness......------ 0.63 Shale Grains of Insoluble Residue 0.012 mm. 0.068 mm. 0.41 mm. 5.8 1.07 SAMPLE B Total Insoluble Residue 0.031 mm. 0.23 mm. 0.38 mm. BH) 0.22 Sampite A—From road-cut 6 miles west-southwest of Santee; caliche constitutes a six foot layer overlying green and brown shale; insoluble residue equals 51.9 per cent of original sample. SaMPLE B—From road-cut on grade near Mercy Hospital; caliche forms a fifteen foot layer overlying sand; insoluble residue 56.4 per cent of original sample. - CHEMICAL ANALYSIS A partial chemical analysis of Sample A was made through the kindness of Mr. P. F. Tapp. His analysis is shown in Table 2. Silica was determined as material insoluble in hot concentrated HCl and may not be pure S:Os. It is probable that soda and pot- ash make up part of the undetermined 3.6 per cent of the sample. On the assumption that in the insoluble residue the shale frag- ments have approximately the composition of an average shale as given by Clarke (1920), that the opal is S :O., and that the material soluble in dilute HC1 was CaCO, alone, a chemical composition was computed from the insoluble residue study. The computed analysis shows a rough consistency with the actual chemical analysis as shown in Table 2. Differences may be due to sampling errors or to inadequacy of the above assumptions. TNBIGE 2 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS Per cent weight of Percent weight Estimated from original sample of dry sample Insoluble residue Hemitt ony |OSS eee eee 26.1 Ca CO) es ceo ean au aia ter gras 50.0 51025 MeCOw ae 2 Ei eer ie 21 2.3 Deh O) vets epee rads Maly 2 Mote 5 Za 1.8 Al,O; (R203 minusFe,O3) ____.. 4.4 TA SliCat.-22 ete es aie ie 37.8 32.4 96.4% 94.1% BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 ORIGIN OF THE CALICHE F. B. Plummer and P. F. Tapp (personal communications ) give four possible origins for caliche: 1. Deposition of calcium carbonate by evaporation of water rising to the surface by capillarity. 2. Direct precipitation and deposition in sea water as marl or unconsolidated limestone. Alteration of marine shales and limestones resulting in loss of alumina and silica and concentration of calcium carbonate. Go 4. Precipitation of calcium carbonate from spring water as 1m- pure travertine. Distribution of the San Diego caliche over a wide area proba- bly eliminates the fourth type of origin. The fact that the caliche is independent of the shale and sandstone stratification but 1n- stead is related to the present topographic surface. (Pl. 35, fig. 1) eliminates the second and indicates the probability of the first or third mode of origin. For either of these two origins the caliche would have been formed near the ground surface. The fact that the shale grains of Sample A are fresh and unweathered in ap- pearance suggests deposition of caliche from evaporation of ground water rather than by alteration of shales. This type of origin is considered in more detail by Price (1933) and the, actual stages in the formation of caliche are described by Hawker (1927). Robinson (1937) considers the typical environment of caliche soils to be semi-deserts, where the annual rainfall is 5 to 10 inches. Although the outcrops of caliche near San Diego are within a few miles of the ocean, the area represents no great ex- ception, since the average annual rainfall is only 10 to 12 inches (Ellis and Lee, 1919). The relation of the caliche to the Poway formation may be due to a possible higher original calcium car- bonate content of this formation than of other formations in the area, or to easier movement of ground water. REFERENCES BLAKE, W. P. (1901), “The Caliche of Southern Arizona: An Example of Deposition by the Vadose Circulation,’ Amer. Inst. of Mining Engin., vol. 31, pp. 221. CLARKE, F. W. (1920), “The Data of Geochemistry,” U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 695, p. 29. Euis, A. J. and Lee, C. H. (1919), “Geology and Ground Waters of the Western Port of San Diego County, California,’ U. S. Geol. Survey Water Supply Paper 446, pp. 300, 301, Pl. 15. 133 BULLETIN, SO, Canir, ACADEMY OF SCLENCES Vol. , Part 3, 1946 HANNA, M. A. (1926), “Geology of the La Jolla Quadrangle, California,” Univ. of Calif. Publ. Bull. of Dept. of Geol. Sci., vol. 16, pp. 218, 214. Hawker, H. W. (1927), “A Study of the Soils of Hidalgo County, Texas, and the Stages of Their Soil Lime Accumulation,” Soil Sci., vol. 23, pp. 475-486. Prick, W. A. (1933), “Reynosa Problem of South Texas, and Origin of Caliche,” Bull. Amer. Assoc. of Petrol. Geol., vol. 17, pp. 505, 518. Ropinson, G. W. (1987), “Soils, Their Origin, Constitution, and Classifi- cation,’ Thos. Murby Co., London, pp. 268-269. Rotrurock, E. P. (1925), “On the Force of Crystallization of Calcite,” Jour. of Geol., vol. , pp. 80-83. pe > 12 | CALOITE ~ (oe) WEIGHT PERCENTAGE FREQUENCY DIAMETER is MM. PLATE 34 Histogram showing percentage size distribution of shale grains and of opal tube fragments. The percentage weight of calcite in the original sample is indicated by the area of the blank space above the histogram, while the percentage weight of insoluble residue is indicated by the area of the histograms. 134 BULLETIN, SO. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 PLATE 35 Fic. 1. Outcrop of caliche 6 miles west-southwest of Santee. Note that caliche follows undulations of topography, and cuts diagonally across the shale bedding which is shown in the background to be nearly horizontal. Fic. 2. Detailed view of caliche. Note the shale breccia a few inches to the right of the hammer handle. About a foot left of the hammer is a vertical fissure containing relatively pure calcium carbonate. Fic. 3. Opal tubes from acid-insoluble residue of caliche. (X6). 135 BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 DR. JAMES ZACCHAEUS GILBERT 1866-1945 The passing of James Z. Gilbert on July 7, 1945 removes from the ranks of the Academy one of its outstanding pioneers. Dr. Gilbert’s research along ‘paleontological lines brought dis- tinction to the several institutions with which he was associated, and has left a record that will cause his name to endure in the annals of science. Academy members of long standing will recall the keen in- terest that was occasioned by the development of the La Brea fossil beds during the period between 1907 and 1910. Dr. Gilbert brought this important find to the attention of the Academy, and at its request supervised the exploration of the special pit allo- cated to it for investigation. The publication of his report in the January issue of Volume IX of the Academy Bulletin for 1910 gave wide stimulus to this interest. His many papers on zoologi- cal and paleontological subjects, such as the Cretaceous turtles of 136 BULLETIN, SO. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 Kansas, fossil whales and fishes of California and food fishes of the Pacific bear evidence of the wide diversity of his interests. James Zacchaeus Gilbert was born in North Manchester, Indiana, January 1, 1866. He received his Ph.B. from McPher- son College in 1894 and his Sc.D. in 1919. He also received the A.M. degree from Kansas University in 1895, and was granted an honorary LL.D. by Mt. Morris College in 1919. His teaching career started in the schools of Indiana in 1884. He tutored in McPherson College in 1891, and served as a high school principal in Kansas in 1895. Later he gave up the position as head of the science depart- ment of Plattsburg to accept the Presidency of Botetourt Normal College, Virginia, in 1900. He remained there until his removal to Los Angeles in 1904. From that time on he was a teacher in the Los Angeles High School until his retirement in 1938. For six consecutive years of this period he also lectured on biology in the Dental College of the Univ. of So. Calif. Dr. Gilbert was preeminently a teacher, and his kindly interest and scholarly attainment will long be remembered by thousands of students who came under his influence. He held office or was a member of several scientific societies, including the Physical Geography Club and the Southern Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences. At one time he cooperated with Dr. David Starr Jordan in ichthyological research. Dr. Gilbert was married to Harriet Yoder on December 25, 1895. He is survived by his widow, and by two sons and a daughter, 1.€., Dr. Harry Howard Gilbert of Los Angeles, Walter Pryce Gilbert of Pasadena, and Mary Marguerite (Mrs. Lynn Sheller) of Fullerton, California. 137 BULLETIN, SO. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 DR. RALPH HENRY SMITH 1888-1945 Ralph Henry Smith was born on a farm in Anderson County, Kansas, on June 7, 1888. His parents were pioneer farmers and he lived a strenuous but interesting childhood on the farm. He attended the country schools in the neighborhood and had two years of high school in Garnett, Kansas. After successfully passing the county examination for teachers he taught one or two terms in a country school before he was twenty years old. In 1908 he went to Emporia to attend Kansas State Teachers’ Col- lege and graduated from that school in 1914. He taught for one year in Blue Rapids, Kansas, High School, and was Superintendent of Schools in Irving, Kansas, for two years, During the school year of 1915-16 he attended Kansas Uni- versity and received his A.B. degree there in the spring of 1916. In July of that year he went to Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon, where he had a teaching fellowship for one year. BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 In 1917 he entered the University of California at Berkeley on a teaching fellowship, and received his M.S. degree there in May, 1918. He was immediately sent by the Federal Government to take charge of a war emergency project on the control. of clover aphis at Twin Falls, Idaho. At the end of the war the Idaho State University took over the work and established a sub-ex- periment station at Twin Falls with Mr. Smith in charge. He began work on the control of codling moth at that time and stayed in Twin Falls until March, 1922. He then went to San Francisco and while working for the Golden State Milk Company he developed the casein spreader now so widely used in sprays. During the two years he worked on that project he con- tinued the codling moth investigations and visited every state and all the important apple growing districts, in the U. S. In the fall of 1924 he reentered the University of California at Berkeley, completing the work on his Ph.D. in the spring of 1925. His Doctor’s thesis was “The Efficacy of Lead Arsenate in Controlling Codling Moth.” Dr. Smith taught in the Entomology Department at Stanford University during the fall and winter terms of 1925-26. In March of 1926 he went to the Citrus Experiment Station at Riverside as Assistant Entomologist and began work on oil sprays. During the ten years he spent at Riverside he developed and perfected the tank mix method of oil spray. He was promoted to Associate En- tomologist during that time and in 1936 was made a full professor in the University and transferred to U. C. L. A. to organize the Entomology Department on that campus. Thereafter he worked on the insects affecting ornamental plants. He was also conduct- ing extensive experiments on the use of the new insecticide, DDT, in controlling insect pests of ornamental plants. At the time of his death, which occurred on Saturday, Sep- tember 22, 1945, he was working on two books; one “The Insect Pests of Ornamental Plants in the United States,” and the other “The History of Oil Sprays.” Dr. Smith published many articles and his work with clover aphis, codling moth control, and tank mix method of oil spray were notable contributions to science. Besides being a member of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Dr. Smith was active in the American Assoc. of Eco- nomic Entomologists, the Pacific Coast Entomol. Society, and the Entomological Soc. of So. Africa. He was also a member of the So. Calif. Horticultural Inst., the Kansas Hortic. Soc., the Illinois Hortic. Soc. and the Western Society of Naturalists. Dr. Smith was married in 1914 at Bonne Terre, Missouri,*to Sarah Fake, a fellow school teacher of Irving, Kansas. They have four sons: Norman, Hamilton, Gordon, and Stanford. In addition to his widow, Dr. Smith is survived by his mother, two brothers and three sisters, all of whom live in Kansas or Okla- homa. 139 SULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 GEORGE WILLETT 1879-1945 George Willett, Ornithologist of the Los Angeles County Mu- seum and member of the Committee on Conservation of the Southern California Academy of Sciences died in Los Angeles on August 2, 1945. | Mr. Willett had attained a place of distinction in the fields of ornithology, mammalogy, conchology and paleontology. His numerous published papers in all of these branches of the zo- ological sciences had won for him the distinction of being an authority. More than that, his genial nature, and untiring efforts in behalf of others made for him a host of loyal friends. George Willett was born in Hawkesbury, Ontario, Canada, May 28, 1879, the son of George and Hannah Theodosia ( Hill) Willett. His father was an ordained Congregational minister. Very early in life he developed the keen powers of observa- tion and analysis which enabled him to obtain first hand knowl- 140 BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 edge of living creatures, and to organize, corelate and record his findings, thereby to later win for himself a place among scientists who possessed far more academic training than did he. His grammar school work was obtained in Cowansville and Eaton Corner, Ontario, Canada, and Redlands, California, and his high-schooling was had at San Luis Obispo and Whittier, California. He graduated from Whittier Preparatory School in 1896, The following year he entered Whittier College, where he played on the football team. He was not able to carry through his college work owing to economic pressure. On May 5, 1898 he enlisted in the 7th California Volunteer Infantry, Company G, for the war with Spain. Later he served in Company A of the 35th U. S. Volunteer Infantry on active duty against Aguinaldo in the Philippine Islands. He was hon- orably discharged on December 2 ,1898, and thereafter served for a short time as a member of the Manila police force, before re- turning to the United States. In November of 1902 he joined the U. S. Geological Sur- vey and served under Harry Patterson until October of 1903. The following year he became a member of the Los Angeles police force. He remained in police service for eight years dur- ing which he carried on intensive work in ornithology in his spare time. Early in 1905 he married Anna M. Wells, and his son George Jr. was born the following year. In 1906 he was elected to the Vice-presidency of the Cooper Ornithological Club. Three years later he was made a member of the Committee appointed by that organization to prepare docu- ments and historical data for inclusion in the corner stone of the Museum building then being erected in Exposition Park. In 1912 the Cooper Club published his “Birds of the Pacific Slope of California.” This same year he was made a member of the Con- servation Committee of the Southern Division of the Cooper Ornithological Club. In the summer of 1912 he resigned his sergeancy in the Police Department and became Ornithologist for the U. S. Biological Survey. From that year on until 1926 most of his time was spent in Alaska. This was probably the most acquisitive period of George Willett’s life from the standpoint of biological study and obser- vation in the field. The first six years, 1912 to 1917, he served as Ornithologist of the U. S. Biological survey, his studies taking him to Sitka in the 141 BuLierin, So. Caniv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 44, Part 3, 1945 summers of 1912-13, and to Forrester Island in 1914 to ’17. His winters were spent in Arizona and California except for a short trip to Laysan and Midway Islands in 1913. From 1918 to 1921 he pursued biological studies independ- ently, combining them with trapping, fishing and other occupa- tions. He was on Forrester Island in 1919 and 1920 and also lived on Prince of Wales Island for a period of time. He was also at Wrangell in 1920 and ’21. From 1921 to 1925 he was a Deputy U. S. Marshall in Ketchi- kan, Alaska, where, on February 18, 1925 he married Ora Alta Sellah of Ketchikan. Thereafter Ora was his constant com- panion in the field and able assistant in his scientific endeavors. In the summer of 1925 he and his wife ran a fox farm ona small island off the coast of Alaska. From June to December of 1926 he served as Ornithologist of the Alaska Game Commission. The following February he was called to the Los Angeles Museum to serve as acting Ornitholo- gist on the Science Staff. In July of 1928 he became Curator of Ornithology in that institution, which position he held until the day of his death. The nineteen years in which he held this post were the most productive of his entire career, as attested by the many published records, the considerable number of new species that he de- scribed, and the wealth of material that he added to the collec- tions of the Los Angeles County Museum. A list of the articles on natural history subjects which he wrote and published between 1895 and 1945, totaling 126, reveals that three-fifths of the items were issued during the time that he served as head of the Department of Ornithology of the Museum. Several of his papers appeared in our Bulletin of the Academy. He was buried with military honors in the Sawtelle Soldiers Home Cemetery, the final services being conducted by Roosevelt Camp, United Spanish War Veterans, of which organization he was a member. Je Asn {Ce 142 Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences Vol. XLIV, 1945 INDEX OF SUBJECTS A Crystallized Millipede from Voleanic Rock in a Well........ 1 A Case of Pleistocene Myiasis from the La Brea Pits... 8 A Fossil Whiptail Scorpion from Cabrillo Beach 7 A New Genus, New Species of Dermanyssid Mite from Texas 46 Acteocina anomala Willett........ 29 Amplisiphonia pacifica Hollen- 0 Ci; Seen Mert Gah Ea 25 An Anaeides lugubris lugubris from Catalina Island 54 Aphelophlebia,new order, Pierce 3 Aphelophlebodes Pierce_............ 3 Aphelophlebodes stocki Pierce. 4 Asilus comosus Hine 16 Batrachoseps attenuatus atten- watus (Hschscholtz) 101 Batrachoseps attenuatus catal- anoge (Duomo 113 Batrachoseps attenuatus lewco- Mus (DUNN) 5 108 Batrachoseps attenuatus major ((@amino)) ee ee es 106 Batrachoseps attenuatus pacif- IGS. (COS) a ee 111 Blossevillea Brandegeei Setchell SHG AGM sie 24 Callymenia angustata Setchell & (GIG CTC eee ONE oe 24 Ceramium codiophila Setchell & Grandin 25 Chiroptonyssus Augustson ........ 46 Chiroptonyssus texensis August- SON et ere tet oa ay i A 46 Chondria cuscutoides Dawson.... 79 Chondria oppositiclada Dawson 78 Chondria telmoensis Dawson...... 77 Codium Palmeri Dawson.............. 23 Codium simulans 22 Contributions from the Los An- geles Museum—Channel Is- lands Biological Survey 10, 51, 101 Cophura hennei Wilcox& Martin 11 Corylus californica 93 Cystoseira neglecta Setchell & Gardner 24 Distribution of the Genus Bat- rachoseps, Especially on the Coastal Islands of Southern California Harlier Names for Several Cali- fornia Vascular Plants. ss Ectocarpus isopodicola Dawson Elliptera astigmatica Alexander Hiliptera clausa Osten Sacken__ Erax anacapai Wilcox & Martin Erax clementei Wilcox & Martin Eteoneus inopinus Drake.............. Euaulana Drake..............-....-....-... Eueulana ferritincta Drake........ Eueulana tasmaniae Drake........ Fossil Arthropods of California Froggattia hargreavesi Drake.. Gigartina multidichotoma Dawson Gilbert, Dr. James Zacchaeus__ Gonimophyllum Skottsbergii DevChel iss wis oa hie Lene Gracilariophila Gardneri Setchell Grateloupia prolongata J. Agardh Idiostyla Drake Tdiostyla anomae (Drake & Hambleton) Marine Algae Associated with Upwelling aiong the North- western Coast of Baja Cali- fornia, Mexico Melospiza melodia graminea.___. Melospiza melodia micronyZ...... Mineralogy of Caliche from San Diego County, California New and Unreported Marine Al- gae from Southern California and Northwestern Mexico. New or Little-known Crane-flies from California New Tingidae Notes on Pacific Coast Marine ANBEVG) VME 2 ad onli Daan ee 22 Notes on the Harly Stages of Nemoria delicataria =--—s—s—s ss 20 Parajuius lasti Pierce... 1 Pikea pinnata Setchell....... 24 Plocaniocolax pulvinata Setchell 24 Protochrysomyia Pierce ............ 8 Protochrysomyia howardae Ne OC hy wernt ee aa 8 Protohepialus Pierce .................- 5 Protohepialus comstocki Pierce 5 Remarks on some Resident Birds of the Santa Barbara Islands 51 Rhodoglossum coriaceum DD aaWiS Olesen 75 Robberies 22 ea 10 Selasphorus sasin sasin..... dL Selasphorus sasin sedentarius... 51 Smith, Dr. Ralph Henry... 138 Stenopogon neojubatus Wilcox ieee INTERES OLE SS ol ae 10 Stromatocarpus Gardneri Set- COMME = ts Casa ae eee 25 Siynan neGivive 94 Teratornis merriami __..... 8 The Acteocina of Salton Sink, Colcrado Desert... 28 The Habitat of California Cone- New varieties, species and genera indicated in bold face type. INDEX OF AUTHORS Alexander, Charles P... 33 AUIEMISUS OM Gre hs ay soe te 46 Comstock, John Adams. 20, 140 Dawson, BE. Yale... 22, 57, 75 Dawes C Arle ee se ee 96 siihio, VW wblienn Ne 54, 101 MOSOC) ISM 18 Thelyphonus hadleyi Pierce........ 7 HhigaVvaniay Drakeyes sen 99 Tigavaria unicarinata (Hacker) 99 Tipula bisetosa Doane... 42 Tipula diacanthophora AVexRan Geran iste es 33 Tipula dorsimacula shasta Alex- BN Cesena sali aN ete 42 Tipula lucida Doane... 42 Tipula megalabiata Alexander. 42 Tipula modoc Alexander. 35 Tipula mono Alexander.............. 40 Tipula perfidiosa Alexander...... 38 Triatoma protracta (Uhler) ._—s_-18 Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas. __ 18 Two New Fossils from the Up- per Miocene of the Puente PTSD ee aa pre oan ene el (Oana 3 Two New Variants in California Colias eurytheme 49 Tylotus Cunninghamii (J. Agardh) Kylin.. 24 Urentius vepris Drake................. 100 Willett, George 140 Woodwardia fimbriata 92 Niawribal, (©, Ile 10 Pierce, W. Dwight... 1 IOUS), davOloeinn We In 49 Wheeler, Louis Cutter. 92 NWaU clap gs eae se tare me ale ees est 10 WAUNTG IE, ACKER 28, 51 Wood) Sherwin ism onntes = oe 18 REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the # ditor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 115 East Eleventh Street, ‘Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. a PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS : (WITHOUT COVERS) App. Spp. 12pp. I6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 5 copies ...... $3.75 $5.75 $850 $1025 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 4 ees Ws 650 1075; 12.75, 15.00, 7.1725-7 2025 21,50 Mee ee 525. (925, +1300 - 15.25 18.25. 21.00 2450 26.00 gee alee 600 11.00 15.25 17.75 2150 2475 28.75 30.50 eae 675 1275 1750 20.25 24.75 2850 33.00 35.00 ee ets: 750 1450 19.75 22.75 28.00 3225 37.25 3950 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1Yec each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. vs 3 Cees Books ® Catalogs @ Broadsides Stationery and Office Forms ® icBRIDE PRINTING CO. PHONE: PRospect 2045 a. | 415. EAS ELEVENTH Sic ‘Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif. climate ss Way pa aneiiaaceiaacaal s/f JLAINIS GARDE meee tT IN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA VoL. XLV JANUARY-APRIL, 1946 Part 1 CONTENTS NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES FROM CALIFORNIA Charles P. Alexander - - - = - - = 1 NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF ANACAMPTODES FRAGILARIA (LEPIDOPTERA) John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers = FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA No. 9. Evidence of Termites in the Pleistocene Asphalt of Carpinteria, California John F. Lance - - - = = = % = = ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE PLIOCENE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF LOS ANGELES CITY George Willett - - - - - = : = a: A NEW MOLLUSK OF THE GENUS SOLARIELLA FROM ALASKA George Willett - - = - = = = a g MOLLUSK FOOD OF THE BEETLE, SCAPHINOTUS INTERRUPTUS William Marcus Ingram - - - = = = a NOMEN CONSERVANDUM PROPOSAL FOR THE GENUS AROMIA IN THE COMPOSITAE Bonnie C. Templeton - - = = = = TRANSACTIONS: MEETING OF JANUARY 18, 1946, S.C.A.S. R. H. Swift - - - = - = = bs Page Issued June 10, 1946 * - Southern California _ Academy of Sciences OFFICERS and DIRECTORS a a, an 2 President Bh ae "First Vice-President - - = Second Vice-President die Secretary and Treasurer — Dr. H. J. ANDREWS - - - Dk AoWHIR BEDE. (2. & 5 es Dr. Witt1AM L. Ltoyp - - — Dr. Joun A. Comstock. - Gn Qe’ <2 S.£ 3 Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WittiamM L, Lioyp Dr. A, WEIR BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr. Jonn A. Comstock ~~ Dr. W. Dwient PrercE Dr. Rosert D. Emery Dr. CHESTER STock Dr. JoHN HERMAN Dr. Lovuts C. WHEELER Mr. R. S. Woctum ae ADVISORY BOARD — Mr. Frep E. BURLEW *’ Dr. Howarp R. HILn Mr. A. YORK ESCALANTE Dr. R. H. Swier _ Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASKINS Dr. SHERWIN F. Woop BOTANICAL SECTION , i Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Chairman — i ie f SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION a Dr. H. J? ANDREWS, Chairman Me SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES Dr. A. WEIR BELL, Chairman SECTION OF CHEMICAL ScrENGEa uf Dr. Harry J. DEVEL JRz., Chairman — SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES © Dr. CHESTER Stock, Chairman — SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES Dr. Preston K. CAyYeE, Chairman i : “SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Mr. RussELL S. WocLuM, Chairman . SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE Dr. WILLIAM L. LiLorp, Chairman — ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION Dr. R. H. Swirt, Chairman FINANCE COMMITTEE Mr. Frep E. BugLew, Chairman Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HaskKINs Dr. JoHN A. Comstock PROGRAM COMMITTEE a Dr. Rosert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. Howagp R. Hitt HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE > ; Miss BsRBARA Loomis, Chairman COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. JoHN A. COMSTOCK, Sepegi Dr. CHESTER STOCK Dr. WretiaMm L. LLoyD COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION Dr. JoHn A. Comstock, Chairman Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Pror. J. STANLEY BropE OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Paar = Los Nerseiee County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, ‘Cali = Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VoLUME 45 - - S = - - - Parr 1, 1946 NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES FROM CALIFORNIA (THE UILIIDINIE, IDINP INE IRN), IL By Cuar.Les P, ALEXANDER The preceding part under this general title appeared in 1945 (Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 44: 33-45, pls. 13-16). In the present report I am discussing the Californian species of the sub- genus Trichotipula Alexander in the vast genus Tipula Linnaeus. Besides the thirteen species known from the state at this time, several additional forms are found in adjoining states, particularly _ to the east. The enumeration of the species adopted in the pre- ceding part is continued in this paper, the first species in this re- port being No. 11. By adopting such a system of continuous numbering it will be possible at any time to readily ascertain the total number of species treated in the entire series of reports. I am very greatly indebted to several entomologists and collectors for their continued interest in saving Tipulidae during the past season. Particular acknowledgment is made to Messrs. John A. Comstock, Gustave Gliickert, Joe Mayeda, Axel L. Melander, Lawrence W. Saylor, John L. Sperry and Loran Whitelock, Jr., for many specimens used in the present study. Through the appreciated interest of the various collectors, I am privileged to retain the type specimens of the species in my collection of these flies. SUBGENUS PRICHOmEUlLA Key To MALES OF CALIFORNIAN SPECIES 1h, Cheap cet Sa a ees een 2 PB abrSesitanyy cuamteet ehh r te ee aN eae oe ot 5 2. Wings patterned, with distinct markings additional to the Sytsiopuiel netted eth T Oe ak Meee a eI es Bs 3 Wings virtually unpatterned, except for the darker stigma 4 3. Mediotergite with a yellow central line; male hypopygium with the appendage of the 9th sternite bearing a slender lateral branch; antennal scape and pedicel more or less darkened. beatula O. S. Mediotergite uniformly plumbeous gray ; male hypopygium with the appendage of the 9th sternite bearing a short stout lobe; antennal scape and pedicel light yellow. capistrano sp. Nn. BuLLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF ScreNCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 4. 6. NI 8. 10. ile Male hypopygium with the 9th sternite produced caudad into two elongate appendages ; inner dististyle with outer blade simple, trichophora Alexander Male hypopygium with the 9th sternite not conspicuously produced; inner dististyle with outer blade bilobed. macrophallus (Dietz) INO macrotrichia in outer cells Of wine..eeee eee eee Miacrotrichia in outer radial cells: 22 0 Wings pale, costal border strongly darkened; knobs of halteres light yellow; vertical tubercle very high, et yellow, mayedai sp. Wings without a distinctly darkened costal border; ee of halteres vaguely brightened; vertical tubercle low and convex. desertorum sp. ni . Male hypopygium with the 9th sternite produced caudad into two elongate pale horns. megalodonta sp. n. Male hypopygium with the 9th sternite not produced... Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle with short, uae INCONSPICuUOUS -Setae’..2.- ek Setae of outer dististyle long and conspicuous, darkened__.- . Outer dististyle pale. bituberculata Doane Outer dististyle blackened. cahuilla Alexander Wings strongly infuscated or blackened, stigma very dis- tinct, obliterative areas conspicuous ; mesonotum brown- ish black, with a broad central pale stripe extending the entite length... 2241 Wings only moderately infuscated, the stigma and oblitera- tive areas not conspicuously contrasting; mesonotum Without such a continuous pale stripes === Male hypopygium with the beak of inner dististyle short and obtuse ; basistyle and 9th sternite with tufts of strong black setae. sayloriana sp. n. Male hypopygium with the beak slender; basistyle and 9th sternite not bearing evident brushes of black setae. furialis sp. n. . Male hypopygium of simple unmodified structure, the inner dististyle not flattened or armed with spines; aedeagus simple; macrotrichia of wing cells sparse. caziert Alexander Male hypopygium with the rostral portion of inner dististyle strongly flattened into a blade, basad of which the mar- gin is produced into two acute blackened spines; aedea- 6 10 \— dQ BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 gus elongate, divaricate at tip; outer cells of wing with numerous macrotrichia. repulsa Alexander 11. Trepura (TRICHOTIPULA) BEATULA Osten Sacken. The types were from Marin and Sonoma Cos., April-May, 1876 (Osten Sacken). Further records show a wide range in cen- tral and southern California. Alameda County: Castro Valley, May 17, 1939 (Mont Caz- ier) ; Livermore, May 1, 1939 (T. H. G. Aitken) ; Moraga, May 1939 (Thomas Kelley). Contra Costa County: Mount Diablo, altitude 1,000-3,000 meet, April 28) 1939 (Cazier & Kelley). Santa Cruz County: Ben Lomond, near Brookdale, altitude 1,500 feet, June 1, 1945 (L. W. Saylor). Monterey County: Hastings Reservation, April 30-May 15, 1943 (Jean Linsdale). Riverside County: Idyllwild, altitude 5,400 feet, June 15, 1940 (OGD Machener)): Los Angeles County: Griffith Park, Los Angeles, May 15, 1945 (Loran Whitelock, Jr.). San Diego County: Palomar Mountain, 4,700 feet, July 3-4, 1945 (J. A. Comstock); Campo, on Mexican border, altitude 2,190 feet, May 18, 1945 (L. W. Saylor). 12. Trpuca (TRICHOTIPULA) BITUBERCULATA Doane. The types were labeled “California,” without exact locality. Monterey County: Hastings Reservation, April 25-May 10, 1943 (Jean Linsdale). Kern County: Arvin, March 14, 1935 (A. L. Melander). Riverside County: Riverside, February 24, 1935 (A. L. Melander). Los Angeles County: Claremont, on Artemesia tridentata, 1929 (Helen E. Sweet). San Diego County: San Diego (through Doane). 13. Tiputa (TRICcHOTIPULA) CAHUILLA Alexander. The types were from Atascadero, San Luis Obispo County, April 26, 1919, and Bradley, Monterey County, April 27, 1919, collected by E. P. Van Duzee. Further material from Campo, San Diego County, altitude 2,190 feet, close to the Mexican border, and also across the border in Baja California, one mile south of Campo, all May 18, 1945 (L. W. Saylor). D) Vv BuLLetin, So. Caniv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 14. TrputA (TRICHOTIPULA) CAPISTRANO SP. Allied to beatu/a; mesonotum gray, the four praescutal stripes conspicuously bordered by brownish black; humeral and lateral borders of praescutum yellow; postnotal mediotergite brownish gray, unpatterned; antennae with sez ape and pedicel yellow ; flagel- lum black; femora yellow, tips narrowly blackened ; claws ( ) toothed; wings yellowish gray, restrictedly patterned with darker the pattern arranged much as in beatula; male hypopygium with the appendage of ninth sternite stout, unequally bilobed, each lobe with conspicuous brushes of setae. Mace: Length about 11.5-12 mm.; wing 12-14 mm.; antenna about 2.2-2. 7 mm, FEMALE: Length about 13-16 mm.; wing 11-14 mm. Allied and generally similar to beatula Osten Sacken, differing in details of coloration and, especially, in the structure of the male hypopygium. Frontal prolongation 6f head dark brown above, with a capil- lary yellow median line; sides of prolongation on dorsal half yellow, on ventral portion dark brown; nasus dark, long and slender; palpi dark brown. Antennae relatively short in both sexes; scape and pedicel yellow. flagellum black; flagellar seg- ments in male weakly incised; verticils a little shorter than the segments. Head above obscure yellow; center of posterior vertex infuscated, sending a capillary vitta forward onto the anterior vertex ; vertical tubercle low and virtually entire in front. Pronotal scutum infuscated, scutellum light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with four clear gray stripes that are conspicuously bordered by brownish black, the median vitta a little dilated near midlength; humeral and lateral praescutal borders yellow, the former more interrupted by darker at the margin; scutum gray, the mesal and posterior portion of each lobe narrowly blackened; es region of scutum and adjoining portion of praescutum fellow ; scutellum yellow, with a central black stripe, parascutella bisclenede mediotergite brownish gray, without the yellow cen- tral line found in beatula ; pleurotergite yellow, the katapleuro- tergite conspicuously bordered by brownish gray, more intense dorsally. Pleura chiefly obscure yellow, restrictedly patterned with brownish gray, especially on the propleura, ventral an- episternum, ventral sternopleurite and meron. Halteres with stem yellow, base of knob dark brown, apex of knob obscure yellow. Legs with the coxae gray, the fore pair a little paler; trochanters yellow ; femora obscure yellow, the tips narrowly blackened, the amount subequal on all legs; tibiae yellow, the tips even more narrowly blackened; tarsi obscure yellow basally, passing into black; claws (male) toothed. Wings with the ground yellowish 4 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 gray, restrictedly patterned with darker; stigma oval, dark brown; paler brown clouds along cord, a spot near outer end of cell M, another beyond midlength of Cu; other washes in centers of outer radial cells, near base and tip of cell 7st A, along border of 2nd A and as a heavier cloud at end of vein 2nd A; outer medial veins less evidently seamed with brown; veins dark brown, prearcular veins, Sc, R and Ry. paler. Sparse macrotrichia in outer end of cell R; and occasionally in the adjoining cells; stigmal trichia lacking. Venation: Sc, very weak and faint but evidently pre- served; Ry. with macrotrichia only at base; fork of M/;., before level of r-m; m-cu on M,, the basal section of the latter perpen- dicular. Basal abdominal segments yellow, sparsely gray pruinose, the outer segments more or less patterned medially and laterally with brownish black; a narrow subterminal brownish black ring; ster- nites and hypopygium chiefly yellow. Ovipositor with cerci straight, longer and stouter than the hypovalvae, the latter with very acute tips. Male hypopygium (Plate 1, fig. 1) rela- tively large. Ninth tergite, 9 ¢, with the caudal notch relatively broad but deep, U-shaped; lateral lobes obtusely rounded, the usual blackened spinoid setae not reaching the base of the notch, being here replaced by delicate setulae; spines or outer thickened portion of lobes shorter, more peglike, retrorse. Ninth sternite, 9s, with the appendage of either side stout, conspicuous, bearing a smaller lateral lobule on side; apex of main arm of appendage with unusually long dense yellow setae; lateral lobule with. more sparse but powerful setae at apex and along sides. Outer dististyle, od, broadly oval, setae long but pale. Inner dististyle, id, with the rostrum blackened, very long, the outer third slender. Eighth sternite emarginate on posterior portion, the notch filled with pale membrane. Holotype, g, San Gabriel River Bird Sanctuary, near El Monte, Los Angeles County, May 21, 1945 (J. A. Comstock). Allotopotype, 2, pinned with type. Paratopotypes, @ 9. Para- types, g, San Francisco, March 27, 1935 (Ting), formerly de- termined as beatula; g ¢@, Elsinore, Riverside County, 1,300 feet, May 13, 1945 (G. Glickert) ; Del Mar, San Diego County, June 10, 1945 (J. A. Comstock); Campo, San Diego County, 2,190 feet, May 17, 1945 (L. W. Saylor). 15. Tipucta (TRicHoTIpUuLA) CAZIERI Alexander. Ee nelazemont los Angeles County (©. Eh) Baker). Al- though this specimen is much larger than the type and other speci- mens from Nevada, the structure of the male hypopygium is so similar that I must regard the identification as being correct. 5 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCTENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 16. TreuLta (TRICHOTIPULA) DESERTORUM sp. n _ General coloration opaque; praescutum with three brownish gray stripes, the interspaces narrowly dark brown, more or less united in front, behind crossing the suture onto the mesal portion of each scutal lobe; antennae with scape and pedicel light yellow, flagellum black; halteres weakly darkened, knobs brownish yellow at tips; wings weakly tinged with brown, cell Sc and stigma me- dium brown; no macrotrichia in wing cells; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle broadly flattened, with coarse setae; inner dististyle with beak obtuse ; setae immediately back of beak very long, pale, erect. Mare: Length about 13 mm.; wing 10 mm.; antenna about 4 mm. FeMALE: Length about 15 mm.; wing 12 mm. Frontal prolongation of head obscure brownish yellow above, including the nasus ; lower half of prolongation dark brown; . palpi brown; nasus longer in female than in male. Antennae with scape and pedicel lene yellow, flagellum black; flagellar segments of male moderately incised, verticils shorter than the segments; in female, segments subcylindrical, the verticils exceeding the seg- ments in length. Front and anterior vertex light yellow, the orbits and central portion of posterior vertex more obscure yellow, sides of posterior vertex infuscated; vertical tubercle simple, low and cOnVeX. Pronotum obscure yellow, restrictedly patterned with pale brown, the sides of both the scutum and scutellum light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum opaque, with three brownish gray stripes. the interspaces narrowly dark brown, extending the entire length of the sclerite, more or less united across the cephalic border, be- hind crossing the suture onto the mesal portion of each scutal lobe; lateral borders of each praescutal stripe similarly darkened, expanded behind, crossing the suture onto the anterior portion of the scutal lobes; scutellum brownish yellow; mediotergite pale brown, its central portion and narrow lateral borders vaguely more yellowed. Pleura and pleurotergite obscure yellow, restrict- edly patterned with brown, most evident on the anepisternum ; dorsopleural membrane pale. Halteres short, stem obscure yellow, base of knob weakly darkened, the apex obscure brownish yellow. Legs with the coxae yellow, the fore pair a trifle darker ; trochan- ters yellow ; femora yellow, the tips narrowly brownish black, the amount subequal on all legs; tibiae and basitarsi obscure yellow, the outer tarsal segments passing into black; claws (male) simple. Wings with a very weak brownish tinge, cell Sc and stigma me- dium brown; whitish obliterative area across base of cell 1st MW, moderately distinct, pre- and poststigmal brightenings scarcely a 6 BULLETIN, So. CALtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 evident ; vague whitish streaks in certain cells, especially R, M, outer radial cells and in cell 7st A near vein 2nd A; veins brown. Stigmal trichia very sparse, only 3 or 4 in either sex; no macro- trichia in outer wing cells. Venation: Sc, distinctly preserved, erect; M3,, very short, forking before level of r-m. Abdomen medium brown, the more basal segments variegated with yellow, especially on the basal rings or incisures; outer seg- ments more uniformly brown; sternites and hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium (Plate 1, fig. 3) with the ninth tergite, 9%, broad, especially the lobes; median notch narrow but deep; elon- gate spinoid setae extending almost to base of notch; retrorse spicules on ventral face of lobe numerous. Outer dististyle, od, broadly flattened, apex obtuse; setae elongate, those of outer margin of medium length, black, very dense, those of lower edge of various lengths, paler in color, the longest only a little shorter than the maximum width of style. Inner dististyle, id, with the beak moderately produced, obtuse; outer setae behind the beak very long, pale, erect (near the outer basal lobe with a flattened blade that is not shown in the figure). Ninth sternite with the appendage a low rounded lobe, provided with long reddish setae, with a comparable group on the basistyle. Holotype, g , Borego, San Diego County, April 19, 1944 (J. L. Sperry). Allotopotype, ? , pinned with type. Closest to species such as Tipula (Trichotipula) mayedai sp.n., but amply distinct. 17. TipuLaA (TRICHOTIPULA) FURIALIS Sp. 0. Very similar in its general appearance to sayloriana, differing especially in the structure of the antennae and male hypopygium, as compared below. Mate: Length about 11.5-13 mm.; wing 10.5-12 mm.; an- tenna about 4.5-5 mm. Antennae more elongate than in sayloriana, the flagellar seg- ments correspondingly lengthened, especially the stems; in the Inyo County paratype, antennae shorter (4 mm.). Praescutum with the lateral stripes distinct but darker gray than the much more evident median line; central region of scutum light yellow, extended forward onto the posterior portion of praescutum; scu- tellum weakly infuscated, somewhat interrupting the central pale mesonotal stripe; pale line on mediotergite very distinct, sub- equal in width to the line on the scutum. Pleura and pleurotergite dark gray, the dorsopleural region and a ventral stripe paler, the latter more distinct on the mesepimeron and metapleura. Halteres with apex of knob obscure yellow. Wings with the 7 Butnerin, So. Carnie. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 whitish obliterative areas more extensive, the prestigmal one in- cluding all of cell 2, before the stigma, the others correspondingly large; membrane in vicinity of veins somewhat paler than the centers of the cells to produce a slightly streaked appearance. Stigmal trichia more abundant. Male hypopygium (Plate 2, fig. 6) with the tergite, 9f, more deeply emarginate, the lateral lobes slightly narrower; a group of small blackened spicules on lateral lobes. Ninth sternite and basistyle with the setae more sparse, paler and more slender, not forming conspicuous brushes. Outer dististyle, od, broader, the length about two and one-half times the greatest width. Inner dististyle with the beak more slender, its tip rounded; crest back from the beak bearing 8 to 10 very long setae; setae of dorsal crest dark brown in color. Holotype, g, Campo, San Diego County, altitude 2,190 feet, June 28, 1945 at light (L. W. Saylor). Paratopotype,1 g , June 24, 1945 (L. W. Saylor). Paratype,1 g¢, Camp Manzanar, Inyo County, altitude about 3,700 feet, July 6, 1945 (Joe Mayeda). 18. TrpuLta (TRICHOTIPULA) MACROPHALLUS (Dietz). Part of the type series was from Milpitas, Santa Clara County, collected in April 1912 by H. Miller. The species has a wide range in western North America, additional California records being as follows: Contra Costa County: Berkeley, May 4, 1939 (T. H. G. Aitken). Monterey County: Carmel, July 7, 1940 (Aitken & Cazier) : Hastings Reservation, June 1, 1943 (Jean Linsdale). .os Angeles County: San Gabriel River Bird Reservation, near El Monte, May 21, 1945 (J. A. Comstock) ; Griffith Park, Los Angeles, May 19, 1945 (Loran Whitelock, Jr.). 19. TrpuLta (TRICHOTIPULA) MAYEDAI Sp. n. General coloration of body contrasted light yellow and gray; frontal prolongation of head dark chestnut brown, the mid-dorsal line, including nasus, yellow ; antennae relatively long, scape yel- low, flagellum black; head light yellow, including the very high, simple verticle tubercle; sides of posterior vertex more brownish gray; praescutum with four gray stripes that are separated by pale brown interspaces; median region of scutum, scutellum, parascutella, a conspicuous central stripe on mediotergite, and the dorsal pleura light yellow; ventral pleura chiefly brownish gray; knobs of halteres light yellow; wings pale brownish, the costal border conspicuously darker brown; no trichia in cells of wing; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle broad, with coarse 8 BULLETIN, ‘So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 setae; inner dististyle with the beak narrow; eighth sternite with extensive pale membrane, isolating the lateral lobes. Mate: Length about 12-13 mm.; wing 10-10.5 mm.; about 4.5-4.6 mm. Frontal prolongation of head dark chestnut brown, polished, at base and along mid-dorsal line, including the elongate nasus, narrowly yellow - palpi black. Antennae (male) relatively long ; scape yellow, pedicel dark brown, flagellum black; flagellar seg- ments moderately incised, clothed with a dense white pubescence ; longest verticils shorter than the segments. Head bright yellow, more infuscated on sides of posterior vertex, the surface of the latter, with the narrow orbits, light gray pruinose; vertical tubercle very high and conspicuous, entirely simple. Pronotal scutum testaceous yellow, the lateral angles and the scutellum very light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum opaque, almost covered by four light gray stripes; interspaces pale brown, rela- tively inconspicuous, more evident behind, the capillary median darkening even less evident, becoming obsolete at near midlength of the sclerite; humeral region light yellow, concolorous with the pronotum and dorsopleural membrane; lateral praescutal border gray; scutal lobes chiefly gray, the anteromesal portion vaguely darkened; median region of scutum, with the narrow adjoining portion of the praescutum, the scutellum, including parascutella, and a conspicuous central stripe on mediotergite all light yellow, the mediotergite elsewhere with a conspicuous ‘brownish gray area on either side; pleurotergite more or less brownish gray, espe- cially on the katapleurotergite, otherwise yellow. Pleura chiefly brownish gray, the dorsopleural region broadly light yellow, the remainder vaguely patterned with yellow, more evident on the posterior sclerites. Halteres with stem brownish black, knob conspicuously light yellow. Legs with the coxae infuscated, sparsely pruinose, the fore pair somewhat darker brown; femora brownish yellow, the tips very narrowly blackened, the amount subequal on all legs; tibae yellowish brown to brown, passing into black; tarsi black; claws (male) simple. Wings with the ground pale brownish, paler, more whitened, in the paratype; prearcular field, cells C and Sc, and the stigma conspicuously darker brown; obliterative area across cell 7st M. conspicuous, the prestigmal and poststigmal brightenings somewhat less so; veins dark brown. No trichia in outer cells of wing; stigmal trichia coarse but sparse, varying in number from 2 to 8. Vena- tion: Sc, more or less preserved, in cases slightly broken at C.. Abdomen with pattern somewhat variable, in cases, including type, the more proximal tergites and sternites chiefly obscure yel- low, more darkened laterally, outer segments more uniformly darkened; in other cases, the abdomen more extensively and uni- formly darkened, leaving the median region of the tergites broadly antenna 9 BULLETIN, ‘So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 yellow; hypopygium chiefly yellow. Male hypopygium (Plate 1, fig. 2) with the ninth tergite, 9/, having the median notch deep, margined with sparse blackened spinoid setae that extend to the very base of the notch; ventral blackened spiculae near apex of lobes mostly retrorse. Outer dististyle, od, broad; setae long and conspicuous ; style widest at or just before midlength, about one- half as wide as long. Inner dististyle, 7d, with the beak narrow, before the apex with an extensive group of long pale setae. Eighth sternite appearing rather deeply emarginate by pale mem- brane that is provided only with microscopic microtrichia; lobes with long coarse setae that become more concentrated at the apices. Holotype, @, Camp Manzanar, Inyo County, altitude about 3,700 feet, July 1-6, 1945 (Joe Mayeda). Paratopotypes2 gf 3. Paratype, 1 g¢, Borego, San Diego County, April 18, 1944 (Ci peal isa Sperry ). The species is named for Mr. Joe Mayeda, to whom we are indebted for many fine Tipulidae from the vicinity of Camp Manzanar. 20. TrpuLA (TRICHOTIPULA) MEGALODONTA Sp. n General coloration opaque brownish gray, including four stripes on praescutum that are bordered by darker brown, the lateral praescutal borders broadly yellow; antennae with scape and pedicel light yellow, flagellar segments beyond the first one or two blackened ; apex of eno of halteres obscure yellow; femora yellow, the tips narrowly brownish black; wings brownish yellow, the oval stigma dark brown, very conspicuous; outer cells of wings with abundant macrotrichia ; basal abdominal tergites brown and yellow, the outer segments more uniformly darkened ; ster- nites and hypopy gium chiefly yellow ; male hypopygium with the tergal notch narrow; ninth sternite produced caudad into two elongate horns that jut beyond the other hypopygial elements ; beak of inner dististyle slender. Mare: Length about 9-10 mm.; wing 10-11.5 mm.; antenna about 3.5-3.8 mm. FEMALE: Length about 12-13 mm.; 5) wing 11-11.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head above, including nasus, yellow, darker on sides; palpi brown. Antennae (male) of moderate length ; scape and pedicel light yellow, basal two flagellar segments brown, the outer segments dark brown or brownish black; flagel- lar segments gently incised, subequal in length to the longest verticils. Head above yellow, with a major brownish gray area 10 BULLETIN, ‘So. Catv. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 on either side of the posterior vertex, the midline light yellow ; vertical tubercle very low and simple. Pronotum yellow, restrictedly patterned with brownish gray, arranged in four more or less distinct areas, the intermediate pair narrowly separated by a yellowish central line. Mesonotal praescu- tum with four opaque brownish gray stripes that are bordered by darker brown, these lines forming the interspaces; humeral and lateral portions of praescutum broadly yellow; scutal lobes simi- larly brownish gray, bordered internally by brown; median area of scutum clear yellow; scutellum and anterior central portion of mediotergite obscure yellow, the remainder brownish gray, Pleura yellow, conspicuously patterned with brownish gray, including more or less distinct longitudinal stripes, the more dorsal from the propleura across the anepisternum, not including the pter- opleurite; ventral stripe including the lower sternopleurite and meron, the lower edge of the katapleurotergite darkened. Halteres with stem yellow, base of knob dark brown, the apex obscure yel- low. Legs with the coxae narrowly brownish gray basally, the apices broadly yellow; trochanters yellow; femora yellow, the tips, together with the tarsi, black; claws (male) simple. Wings brownish yellow, the oval stigma dark brown, very conspicuous ; a restricted brown cloud over the anterior cord; a linear dusky line in cell R; less evident pale brown seams over veins /,, MV, and distal section of Cu,; obliterative areas before and beyond stigma and across base of cell /st M, relatively small and incon- spicuous against the ground; veins dark brown, Sc and R more yellowed. Macrotrichia of outer cells abundant and well-distrib- uted, especially numerous in cells R,, R; and M,, where more than the outer half of cell is included; in cells 2nd M. and M, the tri- chia are more restricted to the outer ends of the cells; stigmal trichia abundant. Venation: Sc, atrophied; R,.. entire, with tri- chia throughout its length; cell 17, deep, its petiole usually sube- qual to or shorter than m; basal section of M3., short, usually subequal to r-m. Basal abdominal tergites obscure yellow, with a broad dark brown stripe on either side, at about midlength of abdomen be- coming more extensive to confluent, restricting the ground to the lateral borders; sternites yellow, the seventh dark brown; hypo- pygium chiefly yellow, the outer horns of the ninth sternite dusky. In female, the genital shield brownish black; hypovalvae and cerci subequal in length, straight Male hypopygium (Plate 2, fig. 4) having the tergite fused with the sternite and basistyle only on the eepinnilic portion. Ninth tergite, 9f, with an unusually deep and narrow median notch, the margin with blackened spinoid setae, those of the more thickened outer border of lobes smaller, more peglike, retrorse. Ninth sternite, 9s, profoundly divided be- neath, produced caudad into two elongate horns that extend far 13 BULLETIN, So. Canre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 beyond all other elements of the hypopygium, the narrowed outer third or more directed slightly dorsad, the tips narrowly obtuse. Outer dististyle, od, unusually narrow, tapering to the subobtuse apex, the surface provided with long coarse setae. Inner dististyle, id, with the beak unusually slender, blackened; outer basal lobe produced into an erect pale hornlike point or spine, its tip acute, the surface with long coarse setae; near base of lobe with a second stouter but shorter black lobe. Eighth sternite with the median area very extensively filled with pale membrane that is destitute of setae, the sides and dusky lateral lobules provided with coarse setae. Holotype, ¢, Elsinore, Riverside County, 1,300 feet, May 13, 1945 (G. Glickert). Allotopotype, 2 , pinned with type. Parato- potypes, 8 g@, @, three pairs pinned “in copula.” Paratypes, 2 broken @ @, Griffith Park, Los Angeles, May 26, 1945 (Loran Whitelock, Jr.); 1 9, Del Mar, San Diego County, April 29; 1945 (J. A. Comstock ). 21. TrpuLa (TRICHOTIPULA) REPULSA Alexander, Known from British Columbia to California. Solano County: Green Valley, June 13, 1939 (George Bo- In@lirie)) Mariposa County: Mormon Bar, June 6, 1940 (Brookman, Cazier & Aitken). 22. TipuLA (TRICHOTIPULA) SAYLORIANA SP. 0. Allied to apache; general coloration of mesonotum dark brown to brownish black, with a broad central pale stripe extending the entire length ; femora obscure yellow, the tips narrowly blackened ; wings with an unusually strong brownish ground, variegated by the still darker stigma and small but very conspicuous whitish ob- literative areas, these including a mark across base of cell /st V/. and pre- and post-stigmal areas ; sparse macrotrichia in outer ends of cell R; and M,; vein Sc, retained; male hypopygium with brushes of blackened setae on basistyle and ninth sternite; outer dististyle narrow, the length exceeding three times the width, pro- vided with long conspicuous setae; inner dististyle with the beak short and obtuse; dorsal crest with a fringe of long yellow setae. Mate: Length about 11 mm.; wing 10.5 mm.; antenna about 4.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head above light yellow, the sides and ventral portion abruptly brownish black; nasus distinct. pale; palpi black, Antennae with the scape and pedicel light yellow, 12 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 flagellum uniformly black; flagellar segments beyond the first gently incised; longest verticils a little shorter than the segments. Anterior portion of vertex light yellow, the sides of the posterior vertex infuscated. Pronotum narrowly yellow medially, dark brown on the sides. Mesonotum dark brown or brownish black, with a broad central pale stripe down the entire length, light gray on the praescutum, light yellow on the posterior sclerites, a little widened at the scu- tellum, narrowed to a point at the abdomen; lateral praescutal stripes and scutal lobes barely differentiated from the blackened ground; parascutella black; side of mediotergite more pruinose. Pleura and pleurotergite chiefly dark brown, light gray pruinose, vaguely patterned with obscure brownish yellow, most evident on the dorsopleural membrane, along the dorsal sternopleurite and across the posterior pleurites to the root of the halteres. Halteres Short, blackened, only the base of the stem restrictedly yellow. Legs with the coxae dark brown, sparsely pruinose; trochanters obscure yellow; femora obscure yellow, the tips narrowly black- ened; tibiae brown, tarsi passing into black; claws (male) simple. Wings with an unusually strong brownish ground, cell Sc a trifle darker; stigma dark brown, oval, very conspicuous; isolated small white spots before and beyond stigma, at extreme outer end of cell C, and across the base of cell 7st M/, and adjoining portions of R, not or scarcely invading cell M;; veins brown, except in the obliterative areas. Rather sparse macrotrichia in outer ends of cells R; and M/,, more abundant in the former; a few scattered stigmal trichia. Venation: Sc, distinctly preserved; m subequal to petiole of cell M/,; basal section of M4,» about twice the basal section of Mazs4. Abdominal tergites variegated with obscure yellow and brown or brownish black; the pale color includes the proximal portions, especially the basal rings, of the segments, the caudal and sub- lateral portions blackened; lateral margins narrowly light gray; sternites paler brown, sparsely pruinose; hypopygium chiefly brownish black above, obscure yellow beneath. Male hypopygium (Plate 2, fig. 5) with the tergite, 9t, slightly narrowed posterior- ly, the caudal border with a broad V-shaped notch, the margin with relatively sparse, slender, blackened spinous setae; ordinary elongate black setae on the disk, these lacking on the cephalic third. Basistyle and adjoining portion of ninth sternite each with a concentration of strong black setae, forming more or less dis- tinct brushes or pencils. Outer dististyle, od, relatively narrow, its length slightly exceeding three times the greatest width; sur- face and especially the margins with coarse black setae. Inner dististyle, id, with the beak short and obtuse, provided with nu- merous setae; lower beak elongate, glabrous; dorsal crest with abundant long yellow setae. Eighth sternite with the caudal mar- 13 BuLietin, So. CaAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 gin truncated or nearly so, unmodified; a pale central line that extends cephalad almost to the posterior margin of the sclerite. ‘Holotype, &, Campo, San Diego County, altitude 2,190 feet, about one-half mile from the Mexican border, June 24, 1945 (L. W. Saylor). [ take great pleasure in naming this interesting 77pula in honor of Lawrence W. Saylor, who has sent me many Tipulidae from the Pacific and from California. Although somewhat similar to species such as Tipula (Trichotipula) apache Alexander and T, (T.) furialis sp. n., it 1s amply distinct. 23. Trputa (TRICHOTIPULA) TRICHOPHORA Alexander Described from material taken at Santa Cruz, June 1, 1919, by E. P. Van Duzee. Additional material was taken at Ben Lo- mond, in Santa Cruz County, 1,500 feet, June 1, 1945, by Saylor, evidently close to the type locality. Further material was secured at Mirror Lake in the Yosemite National Park, Mariposa County, altitude 4,000 feet, on June 6, 1939, by Anthony Downes. A fe- male taken at Del Mar, San Diego County, May 14, 1945, by J. A. Comstock, appears to represent this same uncommon species and is the most southern record to this date. EXPLANATIONS PTAA al DETAILS OF MALE HYPOPYGIA Fig. 1. TVipula (Trichotipula) capistrano sp. n. FKig.2. Tipula (Trichotipula) mayedai sp. n. Fig. 3. Tipula (Trichotipula) desertoruwm sp. n: (Symbols: id, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle; s, sternite; t, tergite). PLATE 2 DETAILS OF MALE HYPOPYGIA Fig. 4. Tipula (Trichotipula) megalodonta sp. n. Fig.5. Tipula (Trichotipula) sayloriana sp. 0. Fig. 6. Tipula (Trichotipula) furialis sp. n. (Symbols: id, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle; s, sternite; t, tergite). 14 Buti. So. Can. AcAp. Scr. 45: 1, 1946 Tipulidae. Alexander PLATE 1 15 Burt. So, Can. ACAD. Scr. 45: 1, 1946 Tipulidae. Alexander PLATE 2 16 BULLETIN. So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF ANACAMPTODES (CLEORA) FRAGILARIA Grossb. (LEPIDOPTERA) By Jonn A. Comstock AND CHARLES M. DAMMERS One of the very common Geometrid moths of southern Cali- fornia is Anacamptodes fragilaria Grossb. It occurs at all alti- tudes and is on the wing in practically every month of the year. Apparently there is a succession of broods building up the scant population of the earlier months to a period of greatest abundance in the late fall and early winter. It is frequently taken at light. In view of its relative abundance in urban areas it probably feeds on a great variety of introduced trees and bushes. The list of these at present recorded includes only Eriogonum, Salix, Ceano- thus, Prosopis, Cercocarpus, Albizzia, Thuya orientalis, Jacaranda, Acacia (melanoxylon R. Br., pruwinosa Cunn., neriifolha Cunn., etc.), Pelargonium domesticum, Lemon verbena, Satsuma plum, apricot, Foeniculum vulgare L. (flowers), and Ulmus parvifolia Jacq. A gravid female confined with Eriogonum in a breeding cage refused to oviposit on the plant but laid numerous eggs on the gauze cover. These were deposited singly. Egg: Elongate oval, the top rounded and base flat. Length, .85 mm. ; greatest breadth, .22 mm. The surface is irregularly rugose or granular. Color, at first bright green, changing later to a yellow-green. See Plate 3, figure A. Larva in second instar: Body color predominantly dull olive- brown. The dorsum is covered with longitudinal dashes and discontinuous stripes of a darker shade. These are more clearly defined near the cephalic end, and become less distinct toward the cauda. A soiled white stigmatal line is present, but is not clearly de- limited. It expands around each spiracle, and is broken into irreg- ular dashes or spots on several segments. Abdomen, legs and prolegs, mottled brown. Spiracles, soiled white with black rims, and indistinguishable except with strong magnification. Setae, minute and dark, each one arising from a small black nodule. BuLitetin, So. Cattr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 | PLATE 3 A. Egg of Anacamptodes fragilaria magnified approx. X 28. B. Larva of A. fragiliaria in 2nd instar, enlarged approx. X 12. Reproduced from painting by John A. Comstock. Head, dull orange-brown spotted or blotched with brown, A white stripe occurs on the cheek in line with the stigmatal band. Ocelli, black. Setae short and translucent. The larva is cylindrical, of the usual geometrid type with a single pair of prolegs and anal prolegs. It shows no trace of the pyramidal nodules on the fifth segment which are characteristic of the mature larva. Measurements varied greatly in larvae of the same age, but the average was about 5 mm. long. The young larva is illustrated on Plate 3, figure B. Mature larva: Average length, 36 mm. There is great variation in the color and markings of mature larvae, ranging from a light cream or pinkish form with darker pink crenulations, to a dark maroon type with dark brown-ma- roon markings. Probably the most common form is one that matches the color of the stems of Eriogonum fasciculatum Benth. Our description is of the latter. 18 BULLETIN, ‘So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 Body color, pale mauve, overlaid with vermiculated lines and dashes of maroon. The stigmatal area or fold is slightly lighter than the remainder of the body surface, but is not white as in the early instars. The abdomen, base of legs and prolegs are con- colorus with the body, as is also the abdominal surface. The tips of the legs are pink. Crochets of prolegs, pink. Spiracles, yellow, with black rims. There are two longitudinal whitish lines placed medially on the abdomen. Head, concolorus with body, blotched with dark brown. Ocelli, black. Mouth parts, pink. The head and body bear a few short colorless setae which we have not attempted to map. In shape the larva is elongate, cylindrical, with the head only slightly larger than first segment. The fifth segment bears a pair of pyramidal tubercles, and a somewhat similar tubercle is placed above and slightly behind each spiracle on this same segment. On the top of the eleventh segment there are a pair of small projec- tions placed close to the median line. Plate 4, figures A and B illustrate a light and dark form of the larva. Pupa: Length, 13 mm. Subfusiform, the head evenly rounded and cauda tapering to a cone-shaped segment, terminating in a pair of cremasteric spines which are not recurved. At the base of each spine is a short spur. Wing cases smooth and glistening. Antennal sheaths extending to the edge of the wing cases. Eyes prominent. Abdominal segments punctate except for certain of the areas adjacent to segmental junctures. PLATE 4 Mature larva of Anacamptodes fragilaria illustrating (A) light and (B) dark forms. Enlarged approximately X 2. Reproduced from painting by Charles M. Dammers. 19 Butietin, So. Cantr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 Color, red-brown, the cephalic portions and particularly the eyes, darker. Cremaster, black. Spiracles, brown-black, . There is a suggestion of a mid dorsal blackish stripe or band on the abdominal segments, The pupa is illustrated on Plate 5. Our examples, reared in captivity, pupated in debris on the floor of the breeding cage. We have heretofore considered A. fragilaria to be a California coastal species, but a recent letter from Mr. N. L. H. Krauss states that Rev. Edw. Guedet records it from as far east as Colo- rado, north to British Columbia, and south to the Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona. If Guedet’s identification of the species is correct, and we can presume that it is in view of his careful work in the Geometrids, the species ranges from the Rocky Mountain states west to the Pacific, including lower California. We are indebted to N. L. H. Krauss of the H. S. P. A. for notes on host plants and range. A PLATE 5 Pupa of Anacamptodes fragilaria. (A) ventral and (B) dorsal aspects, enlarged X approx. 414. Reproduced from painting by John A. Comstock. 20 BULLETIN. So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA 9. EVIDENCE OF TERMITES IN THE PLEISTOCENE ASPHALT OF CARPINTERIA, CALIFORNIA By Joun F. LANcE INTRODUCTION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Termites are among the most primitive of living insects, and they are well-known as fossils from the Tertiary, particularly in the Old World. In the Western Hemisphere, fossil termites are found in the Eocene of Tennessee (Collins, 1925), and in the Miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado (Scudder, S., 1883; Cock- Sree Dae! 913. Smyder,) Va. 1925). while fossilized: fecal pellets were described by Rogers (1928; 1938) from the Pliocene of California and by Light (1930) from the Pleistocene of Florida, In the summer of 1945 the writer found numerous fecal pellets of termites on pieces of wood preserved in the Pleistocene asphalt deposits at the Higgins ranch near Carpinteria, Santa Barbara County, California. The wood was found in association with typical plant remains comprising a part of the Pleistocene Carpin- teria flora as described by Chaney and Mason (1933). Before commercial exploitation of the asphalt deposits was abandoned, the excavation near Carpinteria had been enlarged to form a pit approximately 600 feet long and 300 feet wide. The termite remains were taken from the eastern edge of the present pit, east of the original fossil localities, and near the top of the Pleistocene horizon. The stratigraphic difference between the two localities is less than 10 feet. Although the excavated Pleisto- cene floral remains were rather sparsely represented, no vertebrate fossils have been discovered by any recent digging in this section of the pit. The writer wishes to acknowledge his debt to Dr. Chester Stock for guidance and helpful interest in the work. Thanks are also expressed to Dr. W. D. Pierce for loan of comparative material, and to Professor G. F. Beck of the Central Washington College of Education for his study of the wood, Mr. R. von Huene assisted in making the photomicrographs. NATURE AND OCCURRENCE OF MATERIAL Before describing the fossil material, the distinctive charac- teristics of modern termite pellets should be noted. These pellets are the excreta of certain kinds of termites, notably the so-called damp-wood and dry-wood types. The rectum in these termites is 21 Bun.etin, So. Cartr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 so constructed that the pellet is extruded with a characteristic ovate shape, impressed with six flat or rounded sides which are separated by double longitudinal ridges divided by narrow grooves (Child, H. J. in Kofoid, C.A., pp. 33-83, 1934). The general appearance is thus roughly that of a hexagonal prism with rounded ends, sometimes slightly more pointed at one end. The exact shape of a pellet depends upon the type of termite and its diet, particularly with regard to moisture content. The pellets of dry- wood termites tend to be smaller and more characteristically im- pressed than those of the damp-wood termites, the pellets of the latter often being shapeless or rounded (Castle, G.B., in Kofoid, C.A., pp. 264-282, 1934). lf the termite is living in relatively damp wood, the pellets often tend to cling at random to the sides of runways, but in drier wood they fall and collect at the bottoms of chambers, or are carried to the exterior. Cockroaches and certain kinds of beetles (Van Dyke, E. C., in Kofoid, C.A., pp. 323-335, 1934), particularly the Anobiid beetles or death watches, produce_pellets which have superficial resem- blance to those of termites. However, in each instance the pellets may be distinguished from those of termites by their longer and narrower dimensions and by a lack of the characteristic impressed shape. The fossil pellets were found on pieces of tar-impregnated wood associated with floral remains typical of the Carpinteria de- posits. Most of the pieces of wood are small chips and parts of branches, averaging not more than four or five inches in length, but one root four feet long was found to have pellets distributed throughout. This root was imbedded in two sides of a block of asphaltic sand which had been torn loose by power shovels used in former excavations. Although this block was not in place, the smaller fragments are from excavations in which they were closely associated with Pleistocene pine cones, pine needles, and seeds. No vertebrate remains were found, and the plant materials are by no means so abundant as those in the pits from which the original Carpinteria flora and fauna were described. Samples of the termite infested wood were sent to Professor George F. Beck, who very kindly consented to examine them in microscopic sections. Professor Beck states (letter to C. Stock, dated January 30, 1946) that the specimens represent the genus Pinus. | The termite pellets occur as granular masses adhering to the wood. In many cases, these masses fill or partially fill what were obviously old runways and chambers of a termite colony. The fossil pellets fall into two groups, and apparently represent a damp- wood termite and a dry-wood one. The damp-wood pellets are larger, averaging about 1.4 mm. in length. The more regularly- 22 BULLETIN, So. Cantr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 formed dry-wood pellets average about .8 mm. in length and are more likely to have one end slightly pointed. Chambers and run- ways of the old colonies can be clearly seen in several pieces of wood. The two distinct types of pellets are intimately associated on the same piece of wood. This is unusual, since termites of differ- ent colonies or even the same species do not mingle. However, termites of different species and genera have been found existing in the same stump or piece of wood in places where their geo- graphic ranges overlap (Light, S.F., in Kofoid, C.A., pp. 201-207, 1934). It seems probable that in this case the two types of ter- mites inhabited the same piece of wood, perhaps simultaneously, and that eventually one colony invaded certain chambers aban- doned by the other colony. As Light has pointed out, little has been done in making specific determinations of termites from their pellets. However, on the basis of size and shape it seems likely that the Pleistocene termites found at Carpinteria are the typical West Coast genera of dry- wood and damp-wood termites, Kalotermes minor and Zooter- mopsis, respectively. The damp-wood pellets suggest either Z. angusticollis or Z. nevadensis, more probably the latter, because of its smaller size. The ecological conditions of the Carpinteria region in Pleisto- cene time, which are regarded as having been similar to those now existing on the Monterey Peninsula in Monterey County, Cali- fornia, give some support to these tentative determinations. The three species of termites named above all occur at present in the Monterey area. In fact, although California has at least 19 known species of termites, only 4 are found in the coastal and moist mountain regions (Light, S.F., in Kofoid, C.A., pp. 118-126, 1934). In addition to the three mentioned, Reticulitermes hesperus, called the Western subterranean termite, does not leave the typical impressed fecal pellets. CARPINTERIA PLEISTOCENE ASSEMBLAGES A preliminary report on the Carpinteria material was made in 1927 by Hoffman, Stock, Miller, Chaney, and Mason. Since that time various authors have discussed the flora and fauna in greater derailepa ae WMirller (1932), 1. A. Miller (1931), and I. S: DeMay (1941) have described the bird life, Wilson (1941) the mammals, Chaney and Mason (1933) the plant life, and Grant and Strong (1934) have written on the invertebrate fauna. In a chapter in the paper on the flora, Irma Webber discussed the wood from the deposits. Putnam (1942), in a paper on the geomorphology of the Ventura region considered the geologic and physiographic features of the accumulation, bo (Se) BuLLeTiIN, So. Carre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 Aceording to Chaney and Mason, most of the flora grew on a coastal slope, and a large proportion of the remains was brought to the site of accumulation by running water and impregnated by an asphaltic deposition. This conclusion is based on the water- worn character of much of the material, particularly chips of wood, and on the evidence of fungus decay shown by more than half of the wood, which decay would not have set in had the plant remains fallen directly into a tar pool. Furthermore, plants are preserved in nearby sediments of the Carpinteria formation where there has been no impregnation by tar and, also, a greater variety of species is represented than would be expected to be growing in the immediate vicinity of the accumulation. The occurrence of water-worn chips of redwood and Douglas fir, to the exclusion of twigs and cones of these species, suggests transportation from some distance away, as does the appearance of floral elements in the collection characteristic of a dry, inner coastal region. These semi-arid elements include a few remains referable to the digger- pine, California juniper, and Arctostaphylus glauca. A large rep- resentation of additional types of manzanitas, now associated with the Monterey pine forests, suggests that a heavy growth of under- brush existed with the Carpinteria forest. Chaney and Mason (1930) made the suggestion that in Pleis- tocene time a peninsula, which included the area now represented by Santa Cruz Island, extended westward from the California mainland, partly enclosing an embayment. What is now the Car- pinteria area occurred near its head. Pleistocene plant remains have been uncovered on Santa Cruz Island and the evidence points to the fact that remains of Douglas fir and Santa Cruz pine found in the Carpinteria asphalt did not grow at that locality, but were transported there either along the peninsula or across the embay- ment. The view is also advanced that the redwood specimens were brought down from the north by off-shore currents. This would indicate that the site of deposition was nearer the seashore than is suggested by the sparsity of aquatic birds in the avifauna. The wood in the Carpinteria deposit was reported by Webber in a chapter in the paper on the flora. A total of 5,499 specimens of wood from the asphalt were examined (Chaney and Mason, 1933). Most of these were pieces of trunks or branches less than 2 inches in diameter, or were small fragments termed “chips.” The water-worn character of many of the specimens and the high per- centage of fungus decay indicated that deposition was probably in alluvium that was later impregnated by tar. No evidence of ter- mite infestation was reported in any of the wood. From his study of the Carpinteria Pleistocene mammalian fauna, Wilson (1933) concluded that, although the presence of the shrew, chipmunk, and tree squirrel substantiates the sylvan environment at the site of deposition as inferred from the flora 24 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 and avifauna, the appearance of the kangaroo rat, horse, bison and Camelops, which normally live in more open country and in a semi-arid climate, suggests that the accumulation occurred near the edge of a forest and that there was a fluctuation in tree and plant cover during the time of entrapment. Wilson further states that the preponderance of juvenile to sub-adult individuals suggests their great susceptibility to entombment in a tar trap, and the possibility that the trap operated in an area which afforded tree and shrub cover to young individuals. He regards the age of the fauna as not older than Rancho La Brea, and possibly younger. The consensus as to age of the Carpinteria fauna and flora is that they are approximately equivalent to Rancho La Brea and McKittrick, being possibly slightly younger than the former and slightly older than the latter. The tar pools were probably situated near the edge of a forest of Monterey pine, with heavy under- brush, and with adjacent patches of open grasslands. The site of deposition was on a coastal plain, but nearness to a shore line is not expressed by any noticeable strand influence on the composi- tion of the fauna. The climate was colder and more humid than that existing in the vicinity of Carpinteria today. The apparent discrepancies as to mode of accumulation have been discussed by Putnam (1942). The water-worn character of many of the plant remains as well as the diversity of plant types indicate transporta- tion from a distance of some of the materials. Lack of evidence of attrition in most of the bones of the collection and the high percentage of predatory forms and of young individuals suggest a typical asphalt seep entrapment. According to Putnam, tar seeps are now operating as traps in the Upper Ojai valley, and the accumulations are being enriched from time to time by material transported to them by seasonal floods. Similar conditions might well explain the seeming paradox at Carpinteria. SUMMARY Two types of fossil pellets found in pine wood in the Pleisto- cene Carpinteria asphalt resemble closely those of Kalotermes minor and Zootermopsis angusticollis or Z. nevadensis. Distribu- tion of these termites at the present time includes the Monterey peninsula on which is found a Monterey forest assemblage like that which occurred at Carpinteria during the Pleistocene. It thus appears safe to assume that the fossil material represents termites which inhabited both damp-wood and dry-wood. This is in accord with evidence that varied ecological conditions existed during the accumulation of the Carpinteria flora and fauna. It is worth emphasizing that no wood infestation by termites was noted among more than 5000 specimens examined in the col- 25 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCTENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 lections previously obtained at Carpinteria. It seems likely that termites inhabited some of the pine wood after it was washed down from higher inland slopes and scattered in the vicinity of the tar pits, and that petroliferous impregnation occurred later. REFERENCES Chaney, R. W. and Mason, H. L. (1930), A Pleistocene Flora from Santa Cruz Island, California, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 415, paper I, 1-24, 7 pls., 1 fig. Chaney, R. W. and Mason, H. L. (1933), A Pleistocene Flora from the Asphalt Deposits at Carpinteria, California, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 415, paper III, pp. 45-79, 9 pls. Cockerell, T. D. A. (1918), The Genera Parotermes and Hodotermes (Isoptera). Ent. News, vol. 24, pp. 6-8. Collins, R. L. (1925), A Lower Eocene Termite from Tennessee, Amer. Jour. Sci., 5th ser., vol. 9, pp. 406-410, 7 figs. DeMay, I. S. (1941), Pleistocene Bird Life of the Carpinteria Asphalt, California, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 530, paper IV, pp. 61-76, 4 figs. Grant, U. S. and Strong, A. M. (1934), Fossil Mollusks from the verte- brate-bearing Asphalt Deposits at Carpinteria, California, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 33, pp. 1-5. Hoffman, R., Stock, C., Miller, L., Chaney, R. W., and Mason, H. L. (1927), The Finding of Pleistocene Material in an Asphalt Pit at Carpinteria California, Science, n. s., vol. 66, pp. 155-157. Kofoid, C. A. (1934), Editor-in-Chief, Termites and Termite Control, Univ. Calif. Press, 734 pp., illus., Berkeley. Light, S. F. (1930), Fossil Termite Pellets from the Seminole Pleisto- cene, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 19, pp. 75-80, 2 pls. Miller, A. H. (1932), The Fossil Passerine Birds from the Pleistocene of Carpinteria, California, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 21, pp. 169-194, 3 pls. Miller, L. (1931), Pleistocene Birds from the Carpinteria Asphalt of California, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 20, pp. 361- 374, 4 figs. Putnam, W. C. (1942), Geomorphology of the Ventura Region, Cali- fornia, Buli. Geol. Soc. Amer.., vol. 53, pp. 691-754, 5 pls., 11 figs. Rogers, A. F. (1928), Natural History of the Silica Minerals, Amer. Min., vol. 13, pp. 73-87, plate 5, fig. 20. Rogers. A. F. (1938), Fossil Termite Pellets in Gpalized Wood from Santa Maria, California, Amer. Jowr. Sci., 5th ser., vol. 36, pp. 389- 392, 2 pls. Scudder, 'S. H. (1883), The Fossil White Ants of Colorado, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., 0. s., vol. 2, pp. 138-145. Snyder, T. E. (1925), Notes on Fossil Termites with Particular Refer- ence to Florissant, Colorado, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 38, pp. 149- 166, 1 chart. Wilson, R. W. (1941), The Pleistocene Mammalian Fauna from the Car- pinteria Asphalt, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 440, paper VI, pp. 59-76. Division of the Geological Sciences, California Institute of Technology. Contribution No. 389. Buti. So. Cant. Ac. Scr. 45 (1) 1946 Fossil Termites. Lance PLATE 6 Fig. 1. Tar-impregnated wood of genus Pinus, with termite fecal pellets, approx. X 114. Fig. 2. Kalotermes cf. minor Hagen. Fecal pellets approx. X 16. Fig. 3. Zootermopsis cf. nevadensis Hagen. Fecal pellets, approx. X 16. All specimens from Pleistocene Carpinteria asphalt, Santa Barbara County, California. Calif. Inst. Tech. Paleont. Coll. bo A BuLvtetrin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE PLIOCENE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF LOS ANGELES CITY By G. WILLETT Clarence L. Moody (Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., 10, No. 4: 39-62, 1916) has reported on a Pliocene fauna from the corner of Fourth and Broadway, Los Angeles, the material studied by him having been secured by Dr. J. Z. Gilbert in 1913. Some years later, E. K. Soper and U. S. Grant (Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer- ica, 43: 1041-1068, 1932) compared Moody’s list with similar ones compiled from specimens collected at Fifth and Hope, and Sixth and Flower streets, distant five and seven city blocks re- spectively from the Fourth and Broadway locality. In the Los Angeles County Museum there are rather limited collections from fourth and Broadway and Fifth and Hope, the former secured by Dr. Gilbert, and the latter by Charles M. Jay and G. E. Wert. At least part of this material was available to Moody and to Soper and Grant, but the writer is uncertain how much of it was considered by them. As our list of species from these deposits parallels to a large extent those previously pub- lished, it will not be given in full here, and comments will be limited to additional species, or to instances wherein the writer's conclusions vary from those of the authors mentioned above. Although there is some difference between the faunae of the two localities under discussion, this is probably due to ecologic factors, there being no apparent evidence against Soper and Grant's postulation that the two localities represent the same fos- siliferous horizon. However, their statement (p. 1065) that “the fauna suggests shallow water’ may be considered to merit clarification, as the term “shallow water” is somewhat indefinite. There are numerous species represented that would indicate a depth of thirty or more fathoms, provided, of course, that their bathymetric range was the same during Pliocene times as it 1s today. A few, like Antiplanes perversa Gabb, Spirotropis renaud1 Arnold, Cancellaria crawfordiana Dall and Neptunea tabulata 3aird, seldom appear in adult form above fifty fathoms and are most plentiful considerably below that depth. Species in the Los Angeles County Museum collection not previously reported from these deposits are listed with numbers of specimens, as follows: 28 BULLETIN. So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 tC ae SUS: Brdwy. Hope OSincOmenienm ilertlem.s2-2--.0.0).0 se 13 — ACCUM MILLIE SI GSD Te a ee 6 — Exthophaga plumula Wanley..---.-.-.--._--__- — 1 AlSiOPSIS SERCOHIS (Ctitie ee e 7 — OLonndcmmstamimed COMI. 3 -- ICMNCICRMECISO (OMT ee 1 1 (CanmeadeniiiaGapbescu) see) el NT 207 ~— IES Om UOG CEC eAININ soo So eas ee 2 -— Vroroniellaseylindmcas Cpr... 2 2a -- 2 Megasurcula stearnsiana Ray..--------------------- — 1 Clathodrillia incisa fancherae Dall_--.--...---.. 1 3 icsinusmrovelt Dallas. sete eS —- 4 Nassarius moramanus Martin_.-...----....------ ~~ 4 Mamea—santarosana Wall... 2. _- 1 ii monuna barbarensis Gabbe ~ = 20+ iWoionahasquamulifera Cpr- 2s 13 20a Epitonium acrostephanum Dall_-...-.----.------- 2 — Wiclawellastmersites (Cpr. 2 1 1 Minnvonila tenuwicula Cpr. 1 —- LEGIT, COE TOLLOT ALY 7 Bak © 0S eee 3 -- IBID, CEERI aa 8 0) ee eee ae ee 20+- — Bitinmeierfossum Cpr i 10 — CGiealicomeguestvus (inn. .:.2..) 2 ese Uh 4 LCMNGED,. UGH AIIN OSC optic eee nee -— 1 iovons=iuigews Phil... 2-2 1 -~- Callistochiton palmulatus mirabilis Pils__--.. 6 1 Species labelled as follows in our collections are included in former lists under the names in parenthesis: Pecten riversi Arnold (P. calamitus Hanna) Cardita occidentalis Conr. (C. ventricosa Gld.) Cardita crebricostata Krause (C. barbarensis Sts.) Lora fidicula Gld. (L. tabulata Cpr.) Mangelia variegata Cpr. (M. hecetae barbarensis Oldroyd) Trophon lass Dall (T. tenwisculptus Cpr.) Calyptraea fastigiata Gld. (C. ? mamullaris Brod.) Natica aleutica Dall (N. clausa Brd. & Sby.) Diodora inaequalis Sby. (D. murina Cpr.) Notes on some of the species: OstreEA ErIcI Hertlein. Although neither Moody nor Soper and Grant report Ostrea, there are 13 valves in our collection from Fourth and Broadway. After these were tentatively as- signed to the above species by the writer, specimens were sent 29 Bunuetin. So. Canter. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 to Dr. Hertlein for comparison with the type of erici, and the identification was confirmed by him. Two especially well pre- served examples from our lot are ornamented by series of irreg- ular, brownish, radial rays. PrecTEN RIverst Arnold + P, levis Moody + P. calamitus Hanna. Although Grant and Gale synonymize this species with P. alaskensis Dall, it appears to me to differ from that species in lack of concentric ridges on exterior of right valve, more numer- ous ridges on anterior ear, and possibly larger size (our largest specimen measures 23.6x22.8 mm.). As Grant and Gale state that P. calamitus Hanna (P. levis Moody) is exactly like riversi, the latter name is used here. We have two specimens from Fourth and Broadway. CHAMA (CHAMA) PELLUCIDA Brod. Three valves from Fifth and ae and two from Fourth and Broadway appear definitely referable to this species. CuamMa (PsEUDOCHAMA) EXOGyRA Conr. Two inner and four outer valves from Fourth and Broadway agree with Recent specimens of exogyra. In addition to the above, there are 36 outer valves from the same locality that are very puzzling. The sculp- ture corresponds closely to that of exogyra, but the shells are dextral. Apparently none is fully adult, the largest measuring only 21 millimeters in greatest diameter. If these shells turned in the opposite direction, they would be assignable to exogyra without question, as in sculpture they resemble that species much closer than they do typical pellucida. It would appear either that another species of Chama is involved, or that exogyra, in the Pliocene, was both sinistral and dextral. The writer is uncertain which of these postulations is the correct one. In view of the fact that Moody records exogyra as common at Fourth and Broadway and does not mention any other Chama, it might be natural to wonder whether he identified his specimens by sculp- ture alone, and failed to notice the direction of their whorls. CARDITA CREBRICOSTATA Krause. Abundant at Fourth and Broadway, but not found at Fifth and Hope. Previously re- corded as C. barbarensis, but here referred to crebricostata be- cause of heavy shell, which is usually considerably longer than high ’ CARDITA OCCIDENTALIS Conrad (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 72267, 1855" Pac R. Re Repsoi@)e ipl: 5 tes ZA em ellos, )r Although this shell is closely related to C. ventricosa Gld., our specimens differ from that species in larger size, proportionately greater altitude, and fewer ribs (15-18). Tt is probably the same as monilicosta Gabb, 1861, and must be close to stearnsi Dall, 1902. It is recorded by Moody as C. borealis Gld., and by Soper BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 and Grant as C. ventricosa Sts. Conrad’s type was a fossil from Santa Barbara, and his description is as follows: “Subtriangular, equilateral ? ventricose; ribs 15, rounded, wider than the inter- stices, and regularly granulated by transverse lines. Allied to C, ——_—___,, of the “San Pedro Recent formation, but propor- tionately more elevated and having more prominent granules.” Conrad’s figure is poor, but plainly represents a high shell, with comparatively few ribs. This species was abundant at Fourth and Broadway and common at Fifth and Hope. Fustnus. The six specimens of this genus in the Fourth and Broadway lot appear to be F. barbarensis Trask, but in the series from Fifth and Hope this species and F. arnoldi Cossman are so confused that it is impossible to be sure of the assignment of some specimens. This situation suggests that barbarensis and arnoldi were conspecific in the Pliocene, the latter having become extinct after that time. Arnoldi is abundant in some early Pleisto- cene deposits, but apparently unknown in the Recent fauna. In the tot from Fifth and Hope, four specimens are assigned to F. kobelti and two to F. monksae. AMPHISSA RETICULATA Dall. Common in both deposits. Moody does not record this species from Fourth and Broadway, but does list A. corrugata Rve. (= columbiana Dall) as “very abundant.” As the latter is not present in our material, it would appear that the previous identification should be checked. BittruM LARuM Bartsch. There are numerous specimens among our large series of B. rugatuwm that seem to me indis- tinguishable from Recent /arwm, also others showing complete intergradation between the two. CHEILEA EQUESTRIS Linn. We have four examples of Cheilea from Fifth and Hope and seven from Fourth and Broad- way. These appear to agree specifically with specimens labelled with the above name in the California Academy of Sciences col- lection, examined through the courtesy of Dr. Leo. G. Hertlein. This is an interesting record, as it is new to the California fossil fauna and, as far as the writer knows, the genus has not been recorded living on the Pacific coast north of Mazatlan, Mexico. Cheilea is readily identifiable, not only by the free, funnel-like inner process, but by the smooth nucleus, which appears to emerge from beneath the outer lining of the shell. Soper and Grant’s record of “Calyptraea filosa Gabb” at Fifth and Hope may be founded on imperfect specimens of this species. Potinices Ltewist Gld. Although this is probably what Moody called “Natica orbicularis Nomland”, I find no characters differentiating our specimens from lewisi, Many of our smaller 31 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 specimens are not satisfactorily determinable, as the funicle, one of the best characters in distinguishing species, is particularly liable to disintegration, LAQUEUS VANCOUVERENSIS Davidson. Although no Brach- iopod appears to have been recorded previously from these de- posits, we have six specimens of the above species in our material from Fourth and Broadway, A NEW MOLLUSK OF THE GENUS SOLARIELLA FROM ALASKA By G. WILLETT SOLARIELLA LEWISAE sp. nov. Pl. 7. Description.—Similar to Solariella varicosa Migh,. and Ad., but whorls carinated instead of rounded, varices fewer (15 in- stead of about 20), and inside of wide umbilicus spirally striate. 30dy whorl with two strong keels at the periphery, another at the summit, and a much fainter one a little in front of the suture. Whorls on the spire with single keel at the summit. Varices con- tinuous from spire to umbilicus, except for interruption by the double keel at the periphery of the body whorl; the strong keel at the summit is crossed and rendered nodulous by the varices. Base flattened, with about 17 fine, spiral cords. Operculum normal for the genus. Color of outside dusky with greenish sheen between the varices. Aperture subcircular, obtusely angulated on the outer lip by the peripheral keels and on the inner lip by the umbilical keel. The penultimate whorl is somewhat like that in the illustra- tion of Cidarina carlotta Dall (U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 112, pl. 18, fig. 4), but the base and aperture are very different and the varices cross the keel at the summit. The type, a dead specimen, No. 1084 Los Angeles Museum, was collected by Mr. and Mrs. Fred E. Lewis in 15 fathoms, at Spiridon Bay, Kodiak Island, Alaska; a younger, living specimen was dredged in 15 fathoms at Galena Bay. The type has 434 whorls, and measures: Diameter, 6.1; alt. 5 mm. Named for Mrs. Fred E. Lewis. Contribution from the Los Angeles County Museum Division of Science. (av) bo Buti. So. Cart. Acap. Scr, 45: 1, 1946 New Mollusk. Willett PLATE 7 Solariella lewisae, sp. nov. Type, Los Angeles County Museum No. 1084. X 8% (approx.) BULLETIN, So. Canter. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 MOLLUSK FOOD OF THE BEETLE, SCAPHINOTUS INTERRUPTUS (MEN.) By Witt1AmM Marcus INGRAM Mills College, California It is a well known fact that the beetle, Scaphinotus interruptus (Men.), feeds on slugs. Lange (1941) in his study of artichoke pests states, “The large carabid beetle, Scaphinotus interruptus (Men.), is a very effective natural enemy of slugs, and has been found preying on both the garden [Deroceras agreste (Lin- neaus ) | and green house slug [Milax gagetes (Miller) ] in most of the artichoke-growing areas.” Essig (1926), concerning mem- bers of the genus Scapimotus found in California, states, “The writer has many times observed different ones of these species feeding on the small gray garden slug, Agriolimax agrestis (Linn.) [Deroceras agresté] in the San Francisco Bay region.” To gather specific information about this predaceous carabid beetle field and laboratory observations were undertaken on the Mills College campus and in the immediate surrounding area in Oakland, California. Data are included here illustrating the man- ner in which this beetle attacks its prey in the field; indicating the number and kinds of mollusks consumed over stated periods of time; and giving the food-weight-beetle-weight relationship. FIELD OBSERVATIONS Scaphinotus is especially abundant beneath brush piles and loose boards on the Mills College campus, and is only slightly less abun- dant under turned-up clods in certain cultivated fields. The typical mollusk associates were two slugs, Deroceras agreste (Linnaeus ) and Milax gagetes (Muller), and to a lesser extent the European Brown Snail, Helix aspersa Miller. It was observed at night with the aid of a flashlight that the beetle feed on the above three spe- cies of mollusks. In the field Scaphinotus was observed typically to attack its prey along the anterior end of the body. On one evening fieldtrip eight D. agreste were observed crawling up the side of a garage from 3 to 5 feet above the ground; the flashlight beam revealed two S. interruptus, away from their shelter of boards and brush, feeding on two D. agreste. Attacks on adult individuals of H. aspersa were not always successful; when bothered by the beetles the mature snails would withdraw into their shells and secrete a mucous froth, entangling the bee- tle’s legs, and discouraging it from further predation in the attacks 34 BULLETIN, ‘So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 observed. Immature individuals of H. aspersa were observed having their fragile shells broken into by this beetle so that their soft parts could be devoured. The very immature H. aspersa ap- parently had no means of defense against this carabid. The writer did not observe S. interruptus feeding on snails and slugs during the daylight hours in the field, but laboratory experiments indi- cate that the beetles feed at any hour. LABORATORY FEEDING OBSERVATIONS To study the feeding of S. interruptus in the laboratory ter- raria were constructed. These consisted of wide-mouthed collect- ing jars filled with firmly packed moist soil, and having caps with air holes. Five of these, each containing a beetle, were set up. Snails and slugs were added to the terraria, and were ever present during the period of observation. The terraria data are sum- marized in the following table. DAYS OBSERVED, Terrarium } Days SNAILS AVAILABLE, AND SNAILS EATEN Snails Availabie Snails Eaten ile il) 16 Deroceras 3 Deroceras 4 Milax 1 Milax 7 Helix (adult) 2 Helix (immature) 1 Helix (immature) 29 total 5 total 2 23 30 Deroceras 12 Deroceras 6 Helix (immature) 1 Helix (immature) > total 36 13 total 3 24 20 Helix (immature) 18 Milax 3 Milax 11 Deroceras 3.5 Deroceras 49 total 6.5 total 4 25 42 Deroceras 12 Deroceras 17 Helix (adult) 1 Helix (adult) Helix (immature) total 1 Helix (immature) 14 total bye 28 73 Deroceras 11 Deroceras 43 Helix (adult) 11 total total 35 BULLETIN, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 The longest period that a beetle went without feeding even though a food supply was ever present was six days. Two mol- lusks were the most eaten on a single day by any one beetle: one beetle ate one Deroceras and one semi-adult Helix: one ate two Milax; and there were five instances in which ‘sito Deroceras were eaten. Two of the beetles fed on mollusks for four consecu- tive days; one of these devoured four Deroceras, and another three Deroceras and one immature Helix. The beetle showed a quite definite preference to slug food, feeding on approximtely 24% of the available Deroceras, on approximately 18% of the available Wilax, and on only .04% of the available Helix. Helix in the natural state does not come in contact with Scaphinotus as often as do the slugs. The secretion of mucous by adult Helix and withdrawal into the shell tends to discourage the beetle from predation. Foop-WEIGHT-BEETLE-WEIGHT RELATIONSHIPS The food-weight-beetle-weight relationship was computed for Deroceras and S. interruptus. The Deroceras had a mean weight of .23275 grams; the beetles a mean weight of .13620 grams. Thus in feeding on one Deroceras, a beetle ate a mean weight of .09655 grams over its own mean weight. In the five instances in which beetles consumed two Deroceras in a day, the beetles ate a mean weight of .05690 grams, over three times their mean weight. The greater part of the body of Deroceras 1s water, for the mean per- centage of weight lost when exposed to heat in a dessication cham- ber was 86.99 percent. BIBLIOGRAPHY Essie, E. O. 1926. Insects of Western North America. The MacMillan Company, pp. 1-1035. Laner, W. H. JR. 1941. The artichoke plume moth and other pests injurious to the globe artichoke. Bull. 653 of the College of Agriculture, Agri- cultural Experiment Station, University of California, pp. 1-71. BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 NOMEN CONSERVANDUM PROPOSAL FOR THE GENUS AROMIA IN THE COMPOSITAE By Bonnie C. TEMPLETON In searching the early 19th century literature, recently, with reference to a study being made on the genus Amblyopappus, the writer encountered a question of priority of nomenclature which she believes worthy of consideration by the International Botani- cal Congress. Aromia tenmfolia Nuttall and Amblyopappus pusillus Hooker & Arnott were both published in 1841. Subsequently the Index Kewensis gave priority to Amblyopappus, and reduced Aromua to synonymy. It is clear that the date of issue of the description of Aronua Nuttall is March 1841, but there is some question as to the publishing and issuing dates of Amblyopappus Hooker & Arnott. The task of searching the literature for the answer has been a long and arduous one. Although the writer has examined many publications of that period (1833-1845), she realizes that not ali of them have been consulted. The exigencies of the War have prevented travel to distant libraries, the loan of publications, and replies to queries from Europe because of their material having been stored for safe-keeping. It is believed, however, that the findings herein discussed are sufficient to support the precedence of the genus Aromia Nutt., and it is suggested that these facts and the genus name, Aromia Nutt., be submitted at the next In- ternational Botanical Congress as nomen genericum conservan- dum propositum. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the substantial help which has been received during the course of this study. I am particularly indebted to Mr. Robert C. Gooch, Chief, General Reference and Bibliography Division, Library of Congress, Washington, D. C., for his assistance ; to the libraries of the University of California and the Missouri Botanic Garden for photostatic copies; and to the Boston Public Library, Doheny and Hancock Libraries at the University of Southern California, the libraries at the University of California at Los Angeles, Pomona College, Huntington Li- brary and Art Galleries, and Los Angeles County Museum for the loan of books and other literature. Suggestions and advice by Dr. S. F. Blake, Dr. P. A. Munz, and Dr. F. W. Pennell are here gratefully acknowledged. The original description of Amblyopappus pusillus by Hooker and Arnott appears on page 321 of Volume III of Hooker's 37 BuLLerin, So. Cativ. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 Journal of Botany, in the part or section designated on the bottom of page 281, as No. 22, March 1841. This has been presumed to be the actual publication date. The description was included in Article XXIII° titled as follows: “Contributions towards a Flora of South America, and the Islands of the Pacific. By Sir W. J. Hooker, K. H. and G. A. Walker Arnott, Esq., LL.D. I. Extra-Tropical South America. (Continued from page 47, of the present volume.)” This article had been, according to Hooker (op. cit. p. 19) “Con- tinued from page 254 of Vol. I] of the Companion to the Bo- tanical Magazine” published in 1836. From this, it 1s apparent that these ‘Contributions’ were sporadic and extended over a long period of time. The question has arisen again and again, as the writer has been working on the Amblyopappus problem, as to whether Hook- er’s Journal of Botany, Volume III, was actually published sep- arately according to the numbers and dates indicated in it. If it was published in parts, where were the divisions? Were they issued when printed, or were they collected and issued several numbers at a time, or bound and issued as a volume? If the parts of the Journal of Botany, Vol. III, were printed separately but bound and issued as a whole, what was the exact date in 1841 that the volume was issued? The validity of Aroma or Amblyopappus resides in the con- ditions and dates of effective publication. The International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature™ state in Art. 36 that “Publi- cation is effected, under these rules, by sale to the general public or to botanical institutions, of printed matter or indelible auto- graphs, or by distribution of these to specified representative bo- tanical institutions. No other kind of publication is accepted as effective.” Aromia tenuifolia Nutt. appears in Article. XX, page 395-396, volume VII of the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society.’” The title of Article XX is as follows: “Descriptions of new Species and Genera of Plants in the natural Order of the Compositae, collected in a Tour across the Continent to the Pacific, a Residence in Oregon, and a Visit to the Sandwich Is- lands and Upper California, during the years 1834 and 1835. By Thomas Nuttall.” 3 Article XX begins on page 283'* and bears the statement that it was “Read Oct. 2, 1840.” This Article continues on to the end of the volume and concludes on page 453. On the top of page 357 are the words “Continuation of Mr. Nuttall’s Paper. Read De- cember 18, 1840.” This may indicate the third and last part of this volume. 38 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 There seems to have been some question as to the publication dates of volume VII of the Transactions, for Greene’, in 1895, writes : “The most important of all earlier contributions to the knowl- edge of Northwest American Compositae is Nuttall’s elaborate paper published in the Seventh Volume of the Second Series of Transac- tions of the American Philosophical Society. The volume bears on its title page the date 1841; and it was, until recently, always given as the date of Nuttall’s paper. But in 1891, Dr. Otto Kuntze found evi- dence, in some Huropean libraries, that the document in question had been in the hands of the botanists in 1840. A copy of the whole volume, now in the botanical library of the Catholic University at Washington explains the matter fully, and removes all doubt about the datem or rather, dates of Nuttall’s Compositae. The entire volume was published originally in three parts; each part being issued in a paper cover, with title and date. Part I, issued in 1840, has a long table of contents, but nothing botanical. Part Ii, also issued in 1840, contains a portion of the Descriptions of New Species and Genera of Plants in the natural Order of the Compositae, collected in a Tour across the Continent to the Pacific, etc. By Thomas Nuttall. Part III, issued in 1841, contains the remainder of the paper above-named. The dates according to the paging are as follows: Pages 283 to 356, 1840; pages 357 to 453, 1841.” Here, the writer believes, Greene has used the word “issued” to mean “printed”. Otherwise his statement in this regard does not coincide with the report in the Proceedings of the ‘“‘Society’’”’, for, on page 16 of the report of the meeting of February.5, 1841, it is stated: “Dr. Hays, from the Committee of Publication, reported that the 2nd Part of Vol. VII of the Society’s Transactions, is now ready for distribution.” And at the following meeting, held February 19, 1841, it is re- ported, page 28: “Mr. Lee, as chairman of the Committee of Publications, laid be- fore the Society a copy of Part 2, Vol. VII., of the Transactions.” This, therefore, establishes the fact that, although part 2 may have been printed in 1840, it was issued on or about February 5, 1841 which may be considered the effective date of publication. During this time (January to February, 1841) Part III of the “Transactions” was printed. This Part, which is the “Continua- tion of Mr. Nuttall’s Paper’, contains the original description of Aroma tenwfola. In regard to this, the following was recorded for the meeting, January 1, 1841, in the “Proceedings””: “The Committee, consisting of Mr. Lee, Dr. Wood, and Dr. Coates, to whom was referred, on the 18th of December last, the continua- tion of Mr. Nuttall’s communication, entitled ‘On the Corymbiferae, collected on a tour across the continent of North America,’ reported 39 BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 in favor of its publication in the Transactions, which was ordered accordingly. The Committee of Publications was authorized to print it continuously with Mr. Nuttall’s former paper on the same sub- JECtis This, in part, has been noted above in the statement “Continuation of Nuttall’s paper. Read December 18, 1840.” The “Proceedings’”'* does not mention in the records of its next two meetings, that of March 5th and March 19th, as to when Part II] was ready for distribution. It does, however, make men- tion on April 2, 1841, that: “Mr. Lee, on behalf of the Committee of Publication, laid on the table part 3, Vol. VII of the Transactions of the Society, which com- pletes the volume.” Part II] of Vol. VII was issued sometime after February 19th and before April 2, 1841. It may have been ready for distribu- tion on or about March 5, 1841, if the procedure was followed as reported in the February meetings for Part I]. These parts and others of volumes of the Transactions were well distributed in 1a) pee whereas, there is no mention of the receipt of numbers of Volume III of Hooker’s Journal. This will be discussed in de- tail in the following pages. Hooker was well informed of Nuttall’s tour across the Conti- nent to the Pacific, a residence in Oregon, and a visit to the Sand- wich Islands and Upper California, for he reported as early as 1836 in his Companion to the Botanical Magazine, Vol. 11** (p. 185) as follows “Mr. Nuttall is returned to the United States after a most inter- esting expedition across the Rocky Mountains to the shores of the Pacific at the mouth of the Columbia, and a voyage thence to the Sandwich Islands. We understand that the journey has been a very successful one in point of botanical acquisitions, and the Rocky Mountains having been crossed considerably to the southward of Mr. Drummond’s or Mr. Douglas’ route, the character of the vegeta- tion will be proportionably different, and we trust Mr. Nuttall is en- gaged in preparing an account of them for the press.” Hooker, in an early number of Vol. III of the ‘“Journal’,” makes an editorial comment on a reprint from the Transylvania Journal of Medicine, No. XXXV, of Short’s Sketch to the Progress of 3otany in Western America, in which he says (p. 97): “Tt was reserved for our valued friend and correspondent, Dr. Short of Lexington University to enlarge more particularly on the discoveries of the United States, and we gladly give insertion to his interesting sketch in the pages of our Journal. Four years indeed have elapsed since this paper was written, and Mr. Nuttall’s most extensive and important travels to the Pacific remain yet to be detailed.” This editorial note occurred in No. 18, Nov. 1840, of the “Jour- nal” and at this time the first part of Nuttall’s “Tour across the Continent” was in the process of being printed. 40 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 Further on in Vol. III of the “Journal”* Hooker writes a re- view of Parts III and 1V of Torrey and Gray’s Flora of North America. In his discussion of it he makes statements which could lead one to believe he may have seen Nuttall’s specimens as well as some of the manuscript descriptions, for he says (p. 292) : ” -. ; one of the authors (Dr. Gray) having since the appearance of the first two portions, made a very extensive tour in Europe, for the purpese of examining the various herbaria which can throw light on the species already published by different authors; and we can bear ample testimony to the great energy, untired patience, and dis- tinguished talent which the authors have employed (both Dr. Torrey and Dr. Gray, each in his respective visit) in clearing up doubtful species.” We are anxious that the names of these individuals who have So ably promoted the cause of American Botany, should be re- corded in the pages of our Journal. At the head of them justly stands Mr. Nuttall, to whom the authors are indebted (independ- ently of the immense mass of information derived from his valuable publications, which are known wherever Botany is studied), for a nearly complete series of plants collected during his recent journey across the Rocky Mountains to Oregon and California, accompanied with manuscript descriptions of his new genera and species, e Hooker then lists the botanical sources of which Torrey and Gray availed themselves, followed by a detail of the “contents of the two parts”, at the end of which he concludes (p. 299) : “We shall hail with peculiar pleasure the appearance of the sec- ond volume of this great undertaking.” This review occurred as a part of article No. XXI titled “Bo- tanical Information” and, although the description of Amblyopap- pus is included in his article No. XXIII, both are a part of the section designated as “No. 22, March, 1841”. It should be noted here, that the ““Parts III and IV” of the Flora of North America of which Hooker speaks are actually recorded as being Part III. This part was published in 1840. Volume II of the Flora of North America in which Torrey and Gray include Aromia tenuifolia Nutt. (pt. III), was published in three parts; Part I, 1841, Part II, 1842, and Part III, 1843. From these facts we may realize that Hooker was aware, for the most part, of nearly all of Nuttall’s collections, publications, and manuscripts. Now, we come to the point where Hooker pub- lished his Amblyo pap pus pusillus in his Journal of Botany, Vol. III, No. 22, March, 1841. The question has constantly confronted me as to how he distributed or issued these numbers of Volume III. Herein resides the basis of effective publication and the pri- ority status. The writer has very thoroughly searched the litera- ture that was available to her and the facts, as they were found, will be given in the following pages. These will be presented somewhat in detail and at times may seem irrelevant but on the whole will give a composite view as to why the writer believes that Amblyopappus pusillus was ineffectively published. Before 41 BULLETIN, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 these facts can be presented, something must be said of the com- position of Hooker’s Journal of Botany, Vol, ILI. Each article published in the book is given a Roman numeral. The first article has the numeral “I” and the last article is “XXXI”. The book has its contents proportioned to each month beginning with Oct. 1840. These are signified on the bottom of each page as follows: Page 1.—Jour. of Bot. Vol. III. No. 17, Oct. 1840 57.— ‘ “ No. 18, Nov. 1840 115— ‘“ a Ths 2 “No. 19, Dec. 1840 169.— ‘* sa ites i “No. 20; Jane isa 225.— “ are os “No. 21, Feb. 1841 281.— “* eae i “No. 22, Mar.1841 3387.—— me Tie ie “No. 23, Apr. 1841 393.— « tis a “No. 24, May 1841 On every eighth page following the signature of each of the above numbers is the repetition of the volume and the section number, the date being left off. These, we know are used as guides for the binder, It seems improbable that the numbers could have been issued monthly as the above mentioned designations would indicate be- cause in nearly every case each new number breaks into the mid- dle of a sentence and in the middle of the paragraph. There seems to be no breaking up of the contents as would be the case if they were issued monthly. Another confirming factor is that, in the section concerned with Amblyopappus, “Jour. of Bot. Vol. III. No. 22”, which begins on page 281, there is on the eighth page following this designation (p. 289) the error “ .... No. 21” instead of “No. 22”. This leads the writer to believe that had these numbers been printed and issued monthly, time would have elapsed sufficiently so that in all probability the printer would not still have been in the habit of printing “No. 21” instead of the rightful “No, 22”. These facts were confirmed and supported by Mr. Robert G. Gooch, Chief, General Reference and Bibliography Division, Li- brary of Congress, in his letter to me which states: “It appears, from the following facts, that The Journal of botany ... by Sir William Jackson Hooker, volume III. London. Longman, Orme & Co. (ete.) 1841, was published at one time and in one volume: The Library of Congress copy is in contemporary binding (that of the publisher). The signatures indicating the volume, number and sometimes the date in this copy bear no evidence that they were issued singly; in fact they show every indication that they were collected and bound together in one volume before issue since there is no breaking up into definite sections of the subject contents of the different groups of quires as is necessary in a periodical coming out each week or month.” Mr. Gooch further says “we have examined the English trade catalogues, book lists and reviewing journals (general and bo- 42 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 tanical) for mention of the publication date of the above volume without success”. Joseph Dalton Hooker, in his Sketch of the Life and Labours of Sir William Jackson Hooker, writes: “Regarding the conduct of this series of journals under their different titles, it is impossible to overrate the value of the assistance and encouragement which he received throughout in contributions from fellow botanists at home and abroad; especially Arnott, Bent- ham, Berkeley, Harvey, W. Wilson, Hewett Watson, and Asa Gray; and this though, owing to the limited circulation of the volumes, the publishers (of whom there were consecutively seven) gave the con- tributors neither the work nor copies of their papers, except on pay- ment. The editor contented himself with one copy, and gave his services, and in many cases the drawings on stone, gratuitously.” The “Journals” of which Joseph Dalton Hooker speaks were discussed, in some detail, in his sketch of his father’s life. Parts of it are quoted here because it will help the reader to bear in mind the chronology of the series of Hooker’s journals as well as be related to facts later on (p. 40-41). “The works published by my father when in Glasgow were very numerous ... They may be grouped under four headings—British Botany, American Botany, Miscellaneous Works and Serials. In the British Botany there was the ‘Flora Scotica’, ... ‘Flora Londinensis’ four editions of the ‘British Flora’, and many contri- butions... The more important works on American Botany were the ‘Flora Borali-Americana’; Botanical Appendices to the Narratives of Sir E. Parry’s three last voyages ... There were also, in his hotanical journals, descriptions of . .. United States and Oregon plants, and articles on the botany of Peru and Chili... Under Miscellaneous Works may be classed as most important Breville’s and Hooker’s ‘Icones Felicum’, the ‘Botany of Captain Beechey’s Voyage to Behring’s ‘Sea, the Pacific Ocean, and China’ by himself and Arnott; the third edition of Woodville’s ‘Medical Bot- any’; the botanical articles in Murray’s ‘Encyclopedia of Geography,’ and the first three volumes of ‘Icones Plantarum’... Of the Serial Works the first was the ‘Exotic Flora’... It was commenced in 1823 and concluded in 1827. ... It was followed in 1827 by his undertaking the authorship of the ‘Botanical Magazine’. Of this work thirteen volumes were issued from Glasgow. In the same year (1827), finding that his extensive correspondence with botanists and travellers abroad provided him with information of great vaiue that might otherwise never see the light, and that his herbarium was at the same time teeming with plants unknown to science, my father formed the plan of himself editing a periodical for the diffusion amongst botanists of the information obtained from these sources ... He never stopped or stooped to calculate the time, worry, and cost that this undertaking would entail upon him, which occupied him for the next thirty years of his life; for he had throughout no assistant editor, and was dependent solely on my mother, and at intervals on myself when at home, for aid in proof- reading, etc. The correspondence it entailed conducted by himself gilOMNEe 6 og 2 “Tneluding the continuation of the series issued from Kew, these periodicals embrace twenty-eight volumes ... , were issued from 43 BULLETIN, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part i, 1956 Glasgow. These were the ‘Botanical Miscellany’, three volumes (1830-3), the ‘Journal of Botany’, two volumes... (1834 and 1840), and the ‘Companion to the Botanical Magazine’, two volumes . . (1835-6). In the interval between the publication of the ‘Companion to the Botanical Magazine’ and the resumption of the ‘Journal’ he undertook the editorship with Sir William Jardine and others of Taylor’s Annals of Natural History’, which for three years (1837- 40) was the recipient of much of his botanical matter; but the latter became too copious to be included in the numbers of the ‘Annals’, and. the result proving otherwise embarrassing, that editorship was abandoned. After leaving Glasgow for Kew he resumed the ‘Journal’, three volumes (1840-42) of which were followed by the ‘London Journal of Botany’ seven volumes (1842-7) and that by the ‘Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany’, nine volumes (1849-57).*» Here we note that J. D. Hooker states that there were two volumes published, one in 1834 and the other in 1840, of the “Journal of Botany” and after coming to Kew there were three volumes published (1840-42). Since there were only four volumes published in this series, after examining the volumes, the writer believes that there was only two vo olumes published from 1840-42. Volume III**, as is noted above, has its first number designated for Oct. 1840 and the last number for May 1841. It is evident from this that, at least, a portion of this volume was published after his coming to Kew. Just what portion, however, has not been ascertained, since the title page gives his residence as Glas- gow. It was, perhaps, sometime after March, 1841 that Hooker went to Kew for,’® “It was not until the following March that my father was officially informed that the Treasury had sanc- tioned his being appointed Director of the Botanic Gardens at Ie Wares © April 1, 1841, my father received his commission The translation from Glasgow to West Park occupied my father for three months, a The writer has studied the four volumes of Hooker’s Journal of Botany, and other botanical works of his that had been pub- lished during this period, for some clue as to how he conducted his work and how each was issued, without success. It was found that Vol. I of Hooker's “Journal’”*’ (1834) did not have the same composition as Vol. III for, there were no des- ignations at the bottom of the pages as are present in Vol. III. There seemed to be some arrangement of the contents into parts. And the “Contributions towards a Flora of South America” is continued on pages 276 to 296. The fact that Vol. I was issued in parts is borne out in Lou- don’s Magazine of Natural History, Vol. VII.”* This volume was published bi-monthly until September and monthly thereafter. At the end of each issue, throughout the book, is a section devoted to “REVIEWS”. This section was then divided into “Art. I. Catalogue of Works on Natural History, lately published, with some notices of those considered the most interesting to British Naturalists”, and “Art. II. Literary Notices.’’ Notice of Hook- 44 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 ers Journal of Botany appears on page 286 of the May 1834 issue and states: “, .. being a Second series of the Botanical Miscellany. In Quarterly 8vo parts, containing 96 pages and several plates, some of them coloured. 7s. 6d. each part.” Then on page 480 of the September 1834 issue is the following no- tice: “Part 11 of Hooker’s Journal of Botany, which has reached us since the publication of our last...’ Here we notice that not only were the parts of Vol. I of Hooker’s Journal of Botany re- ported as received but also the price of each was indicated, etc. This has not been the case with Volume III, which is concerned with Amblyopappus. The Companion to the Botanical Magazine’ was checked, for any mention by Hooker as to why he discontin-- ued his “Journal of Botany’, without success. It should be noted here that on the title page of this volume of the “Companion”’ (vol. 1) is the date “1835” but on the page following that of the title is a “dedication” and dated “Glasgow. July 1, 1836.” This would lead one to believe there were irregularities in the printing, since the date of the dedication is much later than that given for the printing. The Magazine of Natural History, Vol. VIII (1835),° men- tions Hooker’s Companion to the Botanical Magazine. This pub- lication** was printed monthly. At the end of each month’s publi- cation of articles there are a few pages devoted to “Reviews” on “Titles of Subjects of Natural History, published recently” and “Literary Notices” of publications, ete. On page 528 of the Sep- tember issue the following is mentioned: “Dr. Hooker’s Companion to Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. Dr. Hooker has discontinued his Botanical Journal, under this name, and has begun to communicate the kind of information which has been applied in the Botanical Journal, which magazine Dr. Hooker edits. The first number of the Companion was published on August 1.; it is to be continued monthly, in numbers, each of two sheets and 2 partially coloured plates. 1s. 6d.; if taken stitched with the Maga- zine, 1s.” After the second volume of the “Companion” was published, Hooker joined Sir W. Jardine, P. J. Selby, and Richard Taylor in editing the Annals of Natural History,’ which was actually the continuation of the “Magazine of Zoology and Botany” and Hooker’s “Botanical Companion”’ combined. He edited, with the others just mentioned, four volumes of this series and then left it to resume his “Journal of Botany”. Volumes I to X of the Annals of Natural History’* were ex- amined, which cover the years 1837 to 1842, and nowhere was there mention of Hooker’s Journal of Botany, of either of the vol- umes or parts thereof. We do find, however, the form of designa- tion used in the ” Annals” (“Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. I. No. 1, March 45 BULLETIN, So. Cau Ir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 1838") that was carried by Hooker into his volumes 2, 3 and 4, of the “Journal”. The only work of Hooker’s that was mentioned in any of these volumes "' was that of his London Journal of Botany. The first notice of it occurred in Vol. IX, No. 59, July 1842, mentioning the fact that it was a new publication, and giving the contents of Nos. I-VI of Vol. I The Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. VII (1841), has, at the end of the volume, thirty-five pages devoted to a list of donations for the library received by the American Philosophical Society since the publication of Volume V, New Series. The items were listed as having been received from Sovereign Princes, Governments, and States, from Ameri- can and foreign Societies, Universities, and from individuals. No- where in any of the citations is there any mention of their having received any volumes or parts of Hooker’s Journal of Botany. In the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. 11,” which were for two meetings each month from January, 1841 to May 1843, there were listed donations for the library, preceding the reports of these meetings. Throughout these lists there was nothing of Hooker’s Journals mentioned as having been received. Volume II of Hooker's Journal of Botany, which he com- menced after he discontinued the editorship of the Annals of Nat- ural History, has the same composition as that of Vol. III previ- ously discussed. It begins with “ ... No. 9, February 1840” and ends with “... No. 16, Sept. 1840”. On page 102 of the part des- ignated as “Journ. of Bot. Vol. II, No. 10, March 1840” there is a statement that leads one to believe that pages in each part were printed at intervals. It reads: “Since the printing of the sheet which contains the description of Martinsia (p. 84), Mr. Bentham had received his set of Mr. Gardner’s BrazilianieplantSensnsece ete: Page 84 is still in this part (No. 10). A similar statement is also found on page 200 of Goo NOE 12. May 1840”. TheAmerican Journal of Science and Art, Vols. 39-43 (1840- 42) was the first publication, the writer has found, that mentions the numbers of Hooker’s “Journals” in any way. These refer- ences are only to Volume II and the beginning number of Volume III. The first mention appears on page 177 of Volume XXXIX’, No. 1 (April to June, 1840), in a section devoted to “Bibliographi- cal Notes’. Dr, Silliman gives, as a title to the review, all the facts printed on the title page of Vol. II, and then writes as fol- lows: “(Vol. II, Nos. 9 and 10, February and March 1840) Hooker’s Journal of Botany, which was commenced in 1834 but soon discon- tinued for want of sufficient patronage, is again resumed, and is to be continued in monthly numbers. Each number contains 52 to 56 pages, and two plates...” 46 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 He then proceeds to give the names of the publisher and the price, and a detailed account of the contents of the two numbers. Volume XL* cites on page 172-73 in its y Bibltogsaphica Notes” of No. 1 for Oct. to Dec. 1840, the following : “We sometimes since noticed the resumption of this periodical Journal, and gave a list of the contents of the first two numbers viz. Nos. 9 and 10 of the second volume, the publication of which was suspended in the year 1835. The Companion to the Botanical Maga- zine took its place for two years, but... was discontinued (for want of adequate support) or rather was merged in the Annals of Natural History, ... It is published regularly on the first of each month, and the number for October (the seventeenth) commences the third vol- me of the series...” It must be noted here that the statement just quoted,—“the num- ber for October . . . commences the third volume . . . ’—is the only instance, the writer has found, that any part of Volume III of the “Journal’’ was mentioned. This statement, the writer be- lieves, was an assumption. Her premise being that, had Dr. Silli- man been actually in possession of “No. 17”, he would have given a detailed account of its contents as he had been doing for each of the numbers preceding this one. On page 391 in the “Biblio- graphical Notices” of No. 2,° January to March, 1841, “Hooker’s Icones Plantarum, Part VII” was noted, but there was no refer- ence to the “Journal”. Nor was the “Journal” listed in the sub- sequent issues of July and October (Vol. XLI.).’ In the “Biblio- graphical Notices” of Volume XLII," page 185, the following mention is made: “Hooker’s Journal of Botany.—The fourth volume of this inter- esting periodical commenced with the number for June last; which is occupied with a translation of a paper by Martius, ... The Oc- tober number is nearly filled with a biographical sketch of the late Allan Cunningham, the botanical collector.” Then on page 189 of No. 1, April to June, 1842 of Vol. XLIII” is the following mention: “The London Journal of Botany; edited by Sir Wm. Hooker. This is the title of the new monthly periodical, commencing in January last, which takes the place of Hooker’s Journal of Botany, and is in fact, a continuation of that excellent work... ” ete. Here, we see, the American Journal of Science and Art has given us the most complete report on Hooker’s “Journal”. It has discussed Volume I] in full, and led us up to No. 17, the first number in Volume II]. It has discussed Volume IV almost in full, and the first part of the Loudon Journal of Botany, but why was there no mention of any of the other numbers of Volume III? Many other works, as well as book lists and catalogues, were searched for mention of numbers of Volume III of the “Journal”. The results of each of these will be discussed in the following pages. This is done so that the reader may know the works con- 47 BULLETIN, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 sulted, the method each used in reporting publications, and the thoroughness of these reports. Charlesworth’s Magazine of Natural History” is a new series and continuation of Loudon’s publication by the same name (pre- viously noted). Some “Reviews” are noted in Vol. [V (1840). Some comments on “New. Works in Natural History”, also, are carried in a section devoted to it but the plan is not consistent throughout the volume. Although many publications were noted, no works of Hooker’s are mentioned. In the first volume of the Transactions of the Botanical So- ciety of Edinburgh’’ there is, at the end of its introduction (‘“Re- port on the Progress and State of Botany in Britain, from March 1839 to February 1840 inclusive, by Robert Kaye Greville LL.D. President. Read at the Fourth Anniversary Meeting.” ), a “Cat- alogue of Botanical Works and Memoirs Published in Great Britain, from the beginning of February 1839 to the end of Janu- ary 1840”. The publications are listed under various classifica- tions and some of Hooker’s works are cited as follows: “FLORAS, MONOGRAPHS, CATALOGUES Harvey, Hon. W. H. and Dr. J. D. Hooker,-Musci Indici, or a List of Masses .. . ete. Journ. of Bot. Vol. ii, p. 1. Hooker, Sir W. J. and Dr. G. A. Walker-Arnott. The Botany of Captain Beechey’s Voyage. Parts VII and VIII. ILLUSTRATED WORKS Hooker, Sir W. J.—Icones Plantarum, ... Part VI. MISCELLANEOUS Hooker,Sir W. J.—The Journal of Botany, No. 9. (Nore: This No. 9 covers the same as the first item under “RWLORAS, ... ” above.) Although No. 9 is for February (1840) of the “Journal” Vol. I, it is here included in their “Catalogue ... to the end of January 1840”. No. 9 either came out before February, or if it came out during February, was included because the “Report” covered February 1840. Part 1 of these ““Transactions’’"’ gives the date of publication as 1841, but the title page, included at the back of Part 3, gives the date as 1844. The seven volumes examined, of the Edinburgh Review, con- tained a section devoted to “Lists of New Publications” at the end of each part or sometimes volume. These lists are classified, in most cases, and “Botany”, “Natural History”, and “Miscellane- ous Publications” were searched for any mention of Hooker's Journal of Botany. Hooker’s Icones Plantarum Vol. III was cited in Volume 71 (April 1840 to July 1840)** but no “Journals”. Nothing of Hooker’s was mentioned in Volume 72*°, or in Vol- ume 73.°’ The “List of Principal Works in Volume 74 (July to 48 BULLETIN. So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 11946 October 1841)*°" mentions Vol. IV of Icones Plantarum but noth- ing more of Hooker’s. There is no mention of Hooker’s works in Volume 75,°’ but in the “List of Publications for July, August, and September 1842” the following items are noted (p. 146-157) : “Icones Plantarum by Sir W. J. Hooker, Vol. I new series or vol. 5 of the entire work... The British Flora by Sir W. J. Hooker. Just ready.” The British Flora is again reported in the next part (Vol 76)” but gives a description of it, the price, and size in detail. The Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh’ Vol. I, is composed of parts No. 1 to No. 24. They covered meetings which occurred on the first and third Mondays of each month, from December 1832 to May 1844. The data for each meeting included: The name of the president presiding at the meeting, a list of “Donations” received since each foregoing meeting, a list of specimens received, and papers read at the meeting. The list of “Donations” included papers, periodicals, and books. The writer has checked carefully and nowhere in the entire volume does it make mention having received any of Hooker’s works. It does, however, mention: “No. 18—Dec. 7, 1840 Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. New Series, Vol. VII, pt. 1. No. 19—Dec. 6, 1841 Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. New Series, Vol. VII, pts. 2, 3. No. 21—Dec. 5, 1842 Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. New Series, Vol. VIII, pt. 1.. In their “lists”, the papers, books, and periodicals are recorded as having come from far places such as Bombay, Moscow, Europe and America. The Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh’ con- tained only papers on various subjects. There was no mention ot any publications. The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, Vol. XXX” (1841), a quarterly publication, contained in its lists of “New Publications” the mention of numbers, parts, and complete vol- umes of numerous publications but there was no mention of any of Hooker’s “Journals”. The Proceedings of the Philosophical Society of Glasgow,” Vol. 1 (1841-44), has a section, on page 59 and 60, devoted to “Books added to the Society’s Library in the Years 1840, 41, and 42.” The list is divided into “Periodical Publications” and Miscellaneous Books”. There is no mention of any of Hooker's works here but on page 269, under “Books added to the Society's Library since November 1842. Continued from page 60.”, is the following item under “Miscellaneous Books’—‘Hooker’s Notes 49 BULLETIN, So. Cativ. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol, 45, Part 1, 1946 on the Botany of the Antartic Voyage.”, and under “Periodi- cals”,,—‘*Hooker’s Journal of Botany, Monthly’. No volume numbers or monthly numbers were cited. It appears to the writer that it may have been received as a bound volume since it was received long after Vol. [V of the “Journal” was published. In the Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy,” Vol. 1 (1841), the volume is made up into numbers. In each of the numbers are one or more lists of “Donations”. These record the publications of numerous societies and organizations as well as private parties. Nowhere is there any mention of Hooker's “Journals”, although the parts of several volumes of the Trans- actions of the American Philosophical Society, as well as the Pro- ceedings of that Society, with dates of the receipt of each indi- vidual part, are mentioned. In volume II of these Proceedings,”’ they report for Nov. 30, 1840, the receipt of Vol. VII, pt. 1 of the Drans, Am. Philos) Soc., New Series: Viol sViliee pantec on May 24, 1841; and Vol. VII, part 3 on July 12, 1841. There was, however, no mention of any of Hooker’s “Journals.” In the Gentleman's Magazine’’ for July to December, 1841, the following items were mentioned in the September issue: Page 292—Flora Boreali-Americana, Parts IX and X, by Sir W. J. Hooker. Page 294—Hooker’s Icones Plantarum, Vol. IV. This volume and the preceding one, for January to June, 1841, were searched thoroughly for any further mention of Hooker’s publications without success. In both volumes, numerous pages were devoted to reviews of new publications, scientific and other- wise, at the end of each monthly issue. Volumes No. 124 to 134, covering the years 1834 to 1844, of the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London” were examined. At the end of each volume is a list of publica- tions received, titled “Presents received by the Royal Society with the Names of the Donors”. Volume 132, under ‘Presents Re- ceived .. . from November 18, 1841, to June 21, 1842”, states that Part III of Vol. VII of the Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. had been re- ceived. There was no mention of any of Hooker’s Journals, how- ever. The Proceedings of the Linnean Society’ (1838-48) were ex- amined without success. However, the Transactions of the Lin- nean Society of London ™ furnished some items of Hooker's pub- lications. Volume XVII, of which the first part was published in 1834 and the last part in 1837, has at the end of the volume, a list of their “Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society”. This title bears with it a note stating: “To books which are continua- tions of works included in any of the former parts of the cata- 50 BULLETIN, So. CAaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 logue, the original numbers are here affixed and the other books are numbered in the regular progression.” Numerous works and authors are listed and the following publications of Sir W. J. Hooker are mentioned: “1486—Botanical Miscellany. 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, and 9, London, 1829-33. 1763—Companion to the Botanical Magazine Vol. 1, London 1835. 1764—British Flora, 3rd Ed. 2 vols. London 1835”. In the “Catalogue” of Volume XVIII, of which the first part was published in 1838 and the last part was published in 1841. Several items of Hooker’s were listed but no “Journals”. In the “Cata- logue of Volume XIX, of which the first part was published in 1842 and the last part in 1845, the following entries appeared: “2511—British Ferns, 4th Ed. Vol. 1. London, 18388. 2512—Journal of Botany, vols. 1-4. London 1834-42. 2513—Notes on the Botany of the Antarctic Voyage. London, 1843. 2514—-Species Filicum, parts 1-3, London 1844”. It is apparent from this, that the Linnean Society received Hook- ers Journal of Botany in bound volumes and the four volumes together. Otherwise, had they been received separately, either by volume or parts of a volume, they would have been listed in the “Catalogue” with an earlier catalogue number. Volume VI of the Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester’ was published in London in 1842. Its contents began in 1832, however, for the first article in the volume is dated “February 24, 1832”. At the end of the volume is given a “List of books, &c. presented to the Society since 1831”. Among the numerous items contained in the list, there is nothing of Hook- ers but it makes mention of the receipt of “Trans. of the Am. Philos. Soc. vols. 1V, V, VI and VII (New Series).” Pritzel’s Thesaurus of Botanical Literature’ (1872) was con- sulted for some mention as to how Hooker’s Journal of Botany, Vol. III, was issued. The following statement was made on p. 148: “4220—Journal of Botany, being a second series of the Botanical Miseellany;” .... ‘vol. III, 1841, 446 p. 17 tab., effigies Jussieu. The Ray Societys** Report and Papers on Botany (1849) were consulted without success. The Botanische Zeitung’’ has the date 1843 as the publishing date on its title page but the vol- ume contains reports dated from January 6, 1843 to December 27, 1844. The only work of Hooker’s mentioned is his “London Journal of Botany, vol. I, 1842 (p. 289). In the History of Botany m the United Kingdom’ (1914), which covers the period in ques- tion, pages are devoted to Hooker’s activities but there are no particular details made regarding his “Journals”. 51 BuLLerin, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES mae , Part », 1946 Numerous catalogues were consulted but in most instances only the whole volumes of the “Journal” are cited. The “Cata- logues” examined are as follows: 1. Catalogue of the Library of the Royal Botanic Garden, Kew (1899) lists numerous publications of Hooker’s and under “Periodicals” cites “Journal of Botany’, 4 vols.” 2. A Catalogue of British Scientific and Technical Books (1921) does not list any of f Hooker's “Journals” although it does mention two books of his on “Ferns”. 3. Catalogue of the Printed Books in the Library of the Fac- ulty of Advocates’ (1876) mentions, among other items of Hooker’s, “The Journal of Botany, being a second series of the 3otanical Miscellany, 4 vols. London 1834- 42.” 4. Catalogue of Books, Pamphlets, Manuscripts, and Draw- ings in the Lindley Library™’ cites, on page 44 (1927) under “Bo tanical Miscellany” by Sir W. J. Hooker, the “Journal of oe 4 vols. 1834-42”, and other items of Hooker’s. 5. English Catalogue of Books Published from January 1835 to January 1863" (1864) gives the date of publication, size, price, edition, and publisher of each item. The books are listed under each author’s name by title in alphabetical order, as fol- lows: Hooker, Sir W. J. (A number of items preceded this point) Icones Filicum ... (gives size, price, pub. & date). Plantarum, v. 1-4 (gives size, price, pub.) 1837-41. v. 5-8 (gives size, price, pub.) 1842-52. v. 9; v. 10 (gives size, price, pub » 1854 Jour. of Botany & Kew Miscellany: v. 1-3. v. 4, v. 5, v. 6, v. 9 (size, etc). 1849-57. London Jour. of Botany, v. 1-6 ———— v.7 (size, etc) 1850. Notes on Botany of Ross’s Antarctic Voyage (size, etc) 1843.” Other items followed, but we see here that volumes of Hooker's Journal of Botany, for the years 1840-42, are not mentioned. 6. A General Catalogue of Books by Bernard Quaritch,’ Vol- 1 (1887) lists a number of Hooker’s works on pages 132-38, 170- 189, 578-82, and on pages 583-94 of a section devoted to “The Bo- tanical Library of the Late Hewett Cotrell Watson”. “Hooker’s Journal of Botany, 4 vols. 1834-42” was only cited on page 178. 7. A Catalogue of Books by Henry C. Bohn (Bookseller) ”™ (1841) has its contents classified and the items numbered. The following was found under: BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 NATURAL HISTORY Botany (p. 289-320) 3446 Hooker’s Flora Boreali-Americana; ..... (gives details of the publication and goes on to state that parts 1-10 are already published”... ete. : ” 3447 Hooker’s British Jundermaniae .. . (This was followed by other publications of his ranging in dates from 1816-37). Miscellaneous Works on Natural History, comprehending general collections, Transactions, Periodicals, ete. No Hooker’s ‘“Jour- nals” were mentioned. ENGLISH BOOKS A number of Hooker’s publications are mentioned but no volumes of the “Journal” are included. In the back of this catalogue is a separate section of 146 pages devoted to “New and Valuable, and Most Important Books of which the Advertiser has purchased the Entire Editions or Re- mainders ...” etc., with a notation stating that “The Advertiser has sole Proprietor of the entire Remainders of the books an- nounced in this Catalogue’, etc. This section is paged separately from the rest of the volume. It devoted, in some cases, a whole page to the advertisement of the items of which, Hooker’s Flora Londinensis, British Jungarmanniae, Muscologia Exotica, Botany of Captain Beechey’s Voyage, Botanical Miscellany, and Flora Boreali-Americana, were included and each separately advertised. SUMMARY From the foregoing discussion, it is apparent that Aromia tenuifolia Nuttall (Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. Vol. VII part 3, p. 395) and Amblyopappus pusillus Hooker & Arnott (Journ. of Bot. Vol. III, No. 22, p. 321) both appeared under date of March 1841. The preponderance of evidence indicates that the Transac- tions of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. VII, part 3 was in the hands of most of the botanical societies, clubs, organiza- tions, libraries, and universities in Europe, as well as in America, shortly after it was printed; while the separate numbers of Vol- ume III of Hooker’s Journal of Botany were in no case cited as having been received as such. Although many of Hooker’s works were listed in the publications examined, Volume II] of the “Journal” was infrequently cited, and then only as a volume. The validity of Aromia or Amblyopappus resides in the con- ditions and dates of effective publication. From the foregoing facts, and according to the International Rules of Botanical No- menclature, the writer believes that only Aromia was effectively published and suggests that the ‘““Committee on Nomenclature” submit the genus Aromia for nomen genericum conservandum at the next International Botanical Congress. 53 BULLETIN, So. CAattr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Greene, E. L. 1895. Facts Regarding the Publication Dates of the Parts of Transactions of The S American Philosophical Society, Vol. VII, New Series. Erythea 3: 177-178. 2. Hooker, W. J. & Arnott, Walker. 1841. Contributions Towards a Flora of South America and the Islands of the Pacific. Journ. of Bot. 3: 310. 38. Hooker, W. J. 1841. (a review) Flora of North America; Containing Abridged Deseriptions of all the Known Indigenous and Naturalized Plants North of Mexico, ete., by Drs. Torrey and Asa Gray. Journ. of Bot. 3: 292-299. 4. Hooker, J. D. 1903. A sketch of the Life and Labours of Sir William Jackson Hooker, K.H. Oxford at the Clarendon Press. a.-p. 40-41; b.-p. 41-42; ¢.-p. 54-55. 5. Nuttall, Thomas 1841. Deseription of New Species and Genera of Plants in the Natural Order of the Compositae, collected in a Tour across the Continent to the Pacific, a Resi- dence in Oregon and a Visit to the Sandwich Islands and Upper California, during the years 1834 and 1835. Trans. Am. Philos. Soe. 72 (3): 283. 6. Short, M. D. 1841. s Sketch of the Progress of Botany in Western North America. Journ. of ot. 3: 97. American Journal of Science and Art, conducted by Professor Silliman and Benjamin Silliman. New Haven. Volume 39—October 1840. p. 177. 8. Ibid. Volume 40—-April 1841. p. 172-73. 9. Ibid. Volume 41—October 1841. 10. Ibid. Volume’ 42—April 1842. p. 185. 11. Ibid. Volume 43—October 1842. p. 185. 12. American Philosophical Society, Proceedings, Philadelphia. Volume II. January 1841-June 1843. 282 pp. 13. American Philosophical Society, Transactions. Philadelphia. Volume VII. 1840-1841. 488 pp. 14. Annals of Natural History or Magazine of Zoology, Botany, and Geology, W. Jardine, P. J. Selby, Dr. Johnston, W. J. Hooker, and Richard Taylor. London. Volumes I-X . 1838-1842. 15. Botanical Miscellany by W. J. Hooker. London. John Murray. Albemarle Street. Vol. III, 1833. 16. Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Transactions Edinburgh. MacLachlan, Stewart and Co. Vol. I, pts. 1-3. 1844. 17. Botanische Zeitung by Hugo Mohl and Dr. F. L. von Schlechtendal 1: 289. 1848. 18. Catalogue of Books, A by Henry C. Bohn London. York Street, Convent Gardens. 1841. 19. Catalogue of the British Scientific and Technical Books Covering every Branch of Science and Technology. Carefully Classified and Indexed. British Science Guild. 1921. 20. General Catalogue of Books by Bernard Quaritch London. Vol. 1. 1887. 21. Catalogue of Books, English, Published from January 1835 to January 1863. With the date of publication, in addition to the size, price, edition, and Publisher’s Name. Compiled by Sampson Low. London. 1864. 22. Catalogue of the Library of the Royal Botanic Garden, Kew. London. 1899. 23. Catalogue of the Lindley Library of Books, Pamphlets, Manuscripts, and Drawings. 1927. 24. Catalogue of the Printed Books in the Library of the Faculty of Advocates. William Blackwood & Sons. Edinburgh and London. Vol. 4. 1876. Companion to the Botanical Magazine Wm. J. Hooker. Vola USS 5e me IVOlse2 aloe or 26. Edinburgh New Philcsophical Journal, The Conducted by Epbert Jameson. Edinburgh. Adam & Charles Black. Vol. 30. Oct. 1840-April 1841. Edinburgh Review, The Longman, Orme & Co., London. Vol. 71. April to July 1840. 28. Ibid: Volume 72—July to Ovtober 1840 1 bh ol bo —I 54 BULLETIN, So. CAatir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 29. Ibid. Volume 73—April to July 1841 30. Ibid. Volume 74—October 1841 to January 1842. p. 134. 31. Ibid. Volume 75—April to July 1842. 32. Ibid. Volume 76—October 1842 to January 1848. p. 146-57; 304. 33. Gentleman’s Magazine by Sylvanus Urban. London... 15:-292,-294. 1841. 34. History of Botany in the United Kingdom by J. Reynolds Green. 1814. 35. Journal of Botany William Jackson Hooker. London. Longman, Rees, Orme, & Co. Vol. 1. 1834. 36. Ibid. Volume 2—1840. 37. Ibid. Volume 8—1841. pp. 446. 38. Ibid. Volume 4—1842. 39. International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature Compiled by the Editorial Committee For Nomenclature Prepared by John Briquet. 1935. 151 pp. 40. Linnean Society of London, Transactions Printed for the Society by R. & J. E. Taylor. Vols. 17-19. 1834-1845. 41. Linnean Society of London, Proceedings Printed for the Society by R. & J. E. Taylor. Vol. 1. 1849. 42. Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester John Weale; Architectural Library, High Holbam. London. 7. 1842. 43. Magazine of Natural History and Journal of Zoology, Botany, Minerology, Geology and Meteorology by J. C. Loudon. London. 7. 1835. 44, Ibid. 8. 1836. 45. Magazine of Natural History (New Series) Edward Charlesworth. London. 4. 1840. 46. Philosophical Society of Glasgow. Proceedings of Pub. for the Society by Richard Griffin & Co. Glasgow, 1. 1844. pp. 59-60, 269. 47. Ray Society, The Reports and Papers on Botany edit. by Arthur Henfrey 1849. 48. Royal Irish Academy, Proceedings Printed by R. Graisberry. Dublin. 1: 1836-40. 49. Ibid. 2: 1840-44. Printed by M. H. Gill. 50. Royal Society of Edinburgh, Proceedings Printed by Neill & Co. Edinburgh. 1: Dee. 1832-May 1844. 51. Royal Society of Edinburgh, Transactions Pub. by Robt. Girard & Son. Edinburgh. 14: 1840. 52. Royal Society of London, Philosophical Transactions of Printed by Richard & John Taylor London. Vols. 124-184. 1834-1844 53. Thesaurus of Botanical Literature by G. A. Pritzel. Lipsiae. 1872. 577 p. Contribution from the Los Angeles County Museum, Division of Science, Department of Botany. or or BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 1, 1946 - MEETING OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES JANUARY 18, 1946 ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION Dr. R. H. Swiet, Chairman The program was opened by Dr. R. H. Swift presenting a paper on studies of ancient Egyptian glass from Tell-el-Amarna, and Deir el Bahari. A brief review of the origin of glazing from early dynastic times to fine products of the XVIIIth Dynasty was given with examples shown. Since the chemistry of the glaze was essentially the same as later and even-our modern glass, the step to the dis- covery of this product was simple and became widespread in the early 16th century B.C. The chemistry of the metallic oxides used for color and the methods of the el Amarna glass workers in fus- ing powdered quartz, natron and lime was described. Methods of bead making by winding hot glass threads about a copper wire or producing polychrome design objects by drawing hot colored rods was explained. Molds into which hot glass was pressed to make amulets were shown. Methods and resulting products of small decorated glass vase manufacture were presented, showing how melted glass rods were wound about a sand-clay core, as blown objects were not known until Roman Times in Egypt. The pro- duction of Mille fiori dishes by fused sections cut from colored rods, was described and a specimen shown. Examples of mosaic glass beads in necklaces were exhibited. The next speaker, Robert Johnston, field representative Amer- ican Museum, Haye Foundation, spoke on recent travels and work done in Mexican and Central American precolumbian cultures. The fine talk was illustrated by motion pictures in natural colors. Architectural sites were shown from the air and in dense jungles where many works of art still are imprisoned. Colorful studies of the modern descendants of these ancient artists were included in this graphic visit to the Land of the Maya, whose culture peak was contemporaneous with the late Egyptian period treated in the earlier evening studies. The Chairman expressed the hope that the Section of Arche- ology would draw to it all members of the Academy now active in the study of Art of the Past, so that frequent meetings can be held. BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$2.00 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. JoHN A. Comstock Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September- October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1945, including volumes XXIV to XLIV, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. 57 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES For Saie at the Appended Prices BULLETIN: To To Non- Members Members Complete set, Vols: 1 to 39, bound 23.22... .cecees $115.00 (Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00 VOLES INOS pl DOL tome) hale cei thevepersteheueiefaytl oreo Ae POne $ .25 50 eee AU acim lym iLO. () Fyihe stclecs serena sueyreyenevecut ele ate siete ec aera APA) 50 SOE eas el Ow 9 O ifarieraceectrenats Ricks tens “ave coe Ot eae eto 25 50 SRE oot) See LO OS tra al crors sane tces Miaka feieie olekeaeie aE 1.00 2.00 Boa cy piurcns male NOS a atin Reem SIR rye eR MN AN ai 1.00 2.00 SO Qe see lis SOTO ies sca 5 tas evobronekeun escalate omleceseie ohare 2.00 4.00 SE Eee ssa ell Oie ay apestenc ce qscsvonch a OUTe Sear OOo OOO 15 1.50 seal OY rece Me SLO IN isnar sats cv ees a coin) euensin a) smev cle retere tee oieenene 1.00 2.00 Food US antes rare i bee ak Caan ae PusSOObDbodDOUOOOUOOOOONO 2.00 4.00 beige EA caecasmerl ce BS i as eee niece Rr MrKS & Atos ROH BIS O°G.0 © C-0 1.00 2.00 Pe DY cre saglik Ort an tates ecousre ei vielaestae oho ema ero Ree 75 1.50 Sate CC feeiaeee typed a Saga NR een oa cme als cit ORS Rt OAS G-S'6 Oo 1.50 3.00 carol BS icin Gaede 74) Ja eee rset iar Neen iG Misein ia Aah bio o .50 1.00 SMG eds V2 Oi cnepaps iochtchereueitgesaecwensycuerevehore eens 50 1.00 SOs eee D MOD Die deus pers cobsda cacion or awerevelensvece miaheeele CMR 1.00 2.00 Zoe lad mond ONO 24s (Gach) etic rerio .25 50 rel Asien ual od ot 1925. ((@aChi)a aes syaessccas cus eee eee .25 .50 Pe ON Memes LO 2 Ol stats cise ceie aie tgcn cates re ei rekon oR ANeRe OR eRe .25 50 cer aye menial legen US VAT Coall (ete Ke] 01 Far atoncmcraisicterer ciao Bid Ordo. 6 .25 -50 SUD te Lata ce, ald SE CCACH) ies acterclevens oaier ie perenne .25 50 CeeOe ee Det SAL O29 i (each) may cocker yecsiacceyenere nee ooaee .25 50 AY)s = is es IK) (UGEION)) —Seauoooauccudducod .25 -00 acl jay red or yanors dea Ea ( (cy Kel il) an ow Bop eoolass oo'c PAD) 50 ESN eatncie M2 Mose locos (CACM) esriuclsrsis ctortence em eee 29 50 OYE ne Ly Spy AMOS N(CEKE IE) Soogsueu bo UoOC OOK .25 50 aR Solem ee Ib ets (GEN) SSG 60ndoUeaoGdooUK> 25 50 Sra) Pini dlperaptory deeb. (CEN) cao So ooooneaboOd CO .29 -00 COOH ht dg yy OL, HOR (CEKON) ae Sooddoudaocdoos .25 .50 EB adhe Away IR fe (GEG Gb eoagodadcncodcoc .25 -50 Oly ale Ae, NES (CEVA Susooongocccacodes .25 50 ake ly Ay Bp BO ((GAOIN) “ceoacoccacuoscdcuc .25 50 SOO suet IO LOA trie atte. elevcun i ieue ae, ayel anh Aare pec eye 25 50 AOS ies M2 ede 94 (GACH) iatect ree eeoete .25 50 Fe CAE ee 2h 8 il 42 e(each): cesar acts ceria .25 50 Gras cds lise 2ee ow LOA Sl KEACIN) mises tess nticietersrerehene hte .25 50 * 48, IL Ae Sy ALL (GRE) Veo boob dubducacocoe .25 50 “44, a: ta 1 945 a (each) exper eieciere client .25 50 (Continued on next page) 58 PUBLICATIONS (continued) MEMOIRS To To Non- Members Members WO lel SS —— APO COVED sisis eile «sleet eo cielel ei ele w/e $2.00 $4.00 meters cy. is bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00 Ci ae printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00 Coser ss printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00 Vol. 2, No. 1, 1939—paper cover ................ 1.25 2.50 Seasini Me aan cance bound in black fabrikoid.... 225 3.50 lee cfc ci ss oA printed on one side of page . ED 3.50 ree O44 —SNaner COVED.) a. eccc:ciee ce gieve cre all) 1.50 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations lLorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $31.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES DUAR IU SIQUAMEIDIS), 1a e he WebUM Soe canon ooacood0Gcoee bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .................. 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David- son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923................ 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami- lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, INeiwapVilexacoy li Sie eH Et. sMOSDERS se se ikie scree sels: : 225 Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non- WACMNDOWS: So cisco BOL OU inS CMOS Coe Ome cine Seno oid old 3.90 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis .50 AppRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Care Dr. JoHN A. COMSTOCK ) Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 59 The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf- ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this program, the following forms are suggested: Form of Legacy To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value. I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-...........2....cceceeeeeeeeeeeeees Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said Sf hore Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, dispositions and benefits thereof forever. Form of Devise To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” of the: City: of Juos: Angeles). (-::.-22.2-8.5-- ne here describe the property or ground rent.............2--..------22:ccceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeee ), together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. a @e WIS OR REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) 4pp. 8pp. I2pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies ...... $3.75 $5.75 $8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 HOO igh Aree Onto mlOWsn | MATS" sla.008. W725). 120.25) 4), 20.50 BeNO ge hcg een Seo Po SOOM io 2a. 1250 421.00). 24.50); 26:00 20, OW ea ae eee SOO OO Neon tso) \ 21:50). 2475 12875 30:50 25,0) aaa eaiel hae ee Sy 2p ely 20s 20.25 19 245/50 7 28:50) 33100,, 35.00 5100) a i ae PO sO ulosian 22 s1oIn 28/00). 4 32.25), 37:25 139/50 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1¥2c each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Ni | | Distinctive Books ® Catalogs @ Broadsides stationery and Office Forms McBRIDE PRINTING CO. PHONE: PRospect 2045 for EAST. ELEVEN BE Si. “Since 1879” Woes Ain gree suis, @ align: Lie Mer LETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences GART LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA VoL. XLV CONTENTS A CHECK LIST OF THE HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA William Marcus Ingram - - = - = 5 = 61 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM—CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY No. 83. Brief Notes on the Expeditions conducted between March 16, 1940 and December 14, 1941 John A. Comstock - - - - = = 4 os < A RECORD OF DASYPTERUS EGA XANTHINUS FROM PALM SPRINGS, CALIFORNIA D. G. Constantine - - - - = = - = - 107 A NEWLY MOUNTED SKELETON OF THE EXTINCT DIRE WOLF FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF RANCHO LA BREA Chester Stock, John F. Lance, and John O. Nigra - = 108 Issued September 20, 1946 Southern California Academy of Sciences — OFFICERS and DIRECTORS Dr. H. J. ANDREWS = «- - Dr. A. WEIR BELL - - = Dr. Wittiam L. Ltoyp - - Dr. Joun A. Comstock. - | a a - 2 vet - President — =e First Vice-President — - Second Vice-President i - Secretary and Treasurer Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. Witt1AM L, Lioyp Dr. A, WEIR BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr. JoHn A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwicut Preroz Dr. Rosert D, EMERY Dr. Curster Stock — f i Dr. JOHN HERMAN Dr. Louis C. ‘WHEELER ee) Mr. R. S. WocLum i ieee Byes ADVISORY BOARD ‘ { Mr. Frep E. BURLEW ~ Dr. Howarp R, Hae Mr. A. YorK ESCALANTE Dre. R. H. Sweet Mr. SAMUEL Moopy Haskins Dr. Suzrwin F, Woop BOTANICAL SECTION a me be . Dr. Georce R. Jounstony, Chairman . Oo. i SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION Dr. Rovert_D. Emery, Chairman | ea SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES , Dr. A. Wrrr BELL, Chairman } a aa SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES | ; Masor Jos. B. FicKLEeN III, Chairman — SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES — Dr. CHESTER Stock, Chairman SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES — Pe Dr. Lee DeFores?, Chairman [Sy Re. : SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Mr. RUSSELL S. WOGLUM, Chairman SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE Mr, A. YorK, ESCALANTE, Chairman — it ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION a Mr. ArrHuR WOODWARD, Chairman FINANCE COMMITTEE pee: ae Mr. Fred E: BURLEW, Chairman d Mr. SAMUEL Moopy Haskins Dr. Joun A. Comstock a PROGRAM COMMITTEE _ a ae Dr. Ropert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. Howagp R. Hitn HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE Dr. W. Dwicut Pierce, Chairman : i Mrs. Hunice Kine Mr. Huew D. AUSTIN COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Chairman a Dr. CHESTER STOCK Dr. Howarp R, Hin Dr. Witt1am L. Lioxp ~ COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION Dr. JoHN A. Comstock, Chairman Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Pror. J. STANLEY BropE OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 1 Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles q, alt, q Bulletin, Southern California Neademy of Sciences VoLUME 45 = - © - = - Part 2, 1946 A CHECK LIST OF THE HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA HiN@ Miro NR Ye A PIES BRYS MONOGRAPH WILLIAM Marcus INGRAM Mills College, California This list is based entirely on Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry’s monu- mental monograph on “The Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico)” (1939) (1940). The writer’s name is merely affixed because of the time consumed in sorting out and in listing to counties the Helicoid snails reported by Pilsbry from Cali- fornia. The value of such an independent list needs but little clarifi- cation: it is one that can be conveniently taken into the field and added to; and it is more readily available than a large monographic work of several volumes; too, it represents a geographic unit for the collector of land mollusks in California. Synonomy has been omitted since it is accessible in the above monograph. Type de- positories and type localities are included when available to aid one in field work. One hundred and seventy-three species and subspecies of Heli- coid snails are included from California: this number includes one species each of Helix, Theba, Cochlicella, Ammonitella, and Polygyroidea; fifteen species and subspecies of Monadenia; eighty- Six species and subspecies of Helminthoglypta; forty-two species and subspecies of Micrarionata; two species of Oreohelix; three species and subspecies of Glyptostoma; ten species and subspecies of Trilobopsis; nine species and subspecies of Vespericola; and one “lost species” is listed as an “Epiphragmophora.’ The species found only in the fossil state are not included. SIMACUGS, ISIE FA MILY—HELICIDAE HELIX AsperSA (Muller) Alameda County: Oakland, Berkeley, San Leandro, Emery- ville. 61 BOT GA BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Santa Clara County: Santa Clara, San Jose. Monterey County: Monterey, Pacific Grove, Carmel. San Luis Obispo County: San Luis Obispo. San Diego County: San Diego, La Jolla. Orange County: Fullerton, Anaheim, Santa Ana, Newport Beach. Los Angeles County: Los Angeles, Glendale, Burbank, Pasa- dena, Long Beach. (Note: The writer now has specimens from every county in the state of California). THEBA PISANA (Muller) San Diego County: La Jolla, Greenwood Cemetery, San Diego. Orange County: Seal Beach. Los Angeles County: Midway City, Garden Grove. ENV Va BIEN G De lly As COCHLICELLA VENTROSA (Férussac) Alameda County: Oakland gardens. FAMILY—HELMINTHOGLY PTIDAE MOoNADENIA FIDELIS (Gray) Type locality: Vicinity of Vancouver, Washington (Selected by Pilsbry). Siskiyou County: Siskiyou Mountains, Mt. Shasta. P Del Norte County; Endert’s Beach, 5 miles from Crescent City; Smith River, 9 miles east of Crescent City; Light- house Island, Crescent City; Requa. Humboldt County: South of mouth of Klamath River; Cape Mendocino. MONADENIA FIDELIS PRONOTIS Berry Type: 6961 Berry Collection.’ Type locality: Point St. George near Crescent City. Del Norte County: Point St. George, near Crescent City. 1The Berry collection is housed in Dr. S. S. Berry’s possession in Redlands, Calif. 62 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 MOoNADENIA FIDELIS OCHROMPHALUS Berry Type: 7767 Berry Collection. Type locality: Etna Creek, about two and one-half miles above Etna. Siskiyou County: Etna Creek, about two and one-half miles above Etna. MoNADENIA FIDELIS LEONINA Berry Type: 7687 Berry Collection: Type locality: About one mile above mouth of Beaver Creek. Siskiyou County: Beaver Creek, one mile above mouth. MOoNADENIA FIDELIS KLAMATHICA Berry Type: 6011 Berry Collection.. Type locality: Along Oak Flat Creek, near Klamath River. Siskiyou County: Along Oak Flat Creek, near Klamath River. MONADENIA FIDELIS SUBCARINATA (Hemphill) Syntypes: 5630-32 California Academy of Sciences Collection. Type locality (?): near Eureka, Humboldt County Humboldt County: near Eureka; Jordan Creek near Scotia: six miles above Carlotta. MONADENIA INFUMATA (Gould) Alameda County: Oakland (writer’s record) ; Hayward. Contra Costa County: St. Marys College (writer’s record). Marin County: Bolinas Bay. Pilsbry (1939) states, “Siskiyou County (W. M. Gabb) : all the coast counties from Humboldt to Marin; Napa, So- lano, Contra Costa and Alameda counties.” MonabENIA CHURCHI Hanna and Smith Type: 5806 California Academy of Sciences Collection. Type locality: Rock-slide 2.1 miles east of Payne’s Creek Station., Tehama County. Tehama County: Lava rock slide 2.1 miles east of Payne’s Creek; Deer Creek; near Butte Creek, 22 miles east of Chico on road to Butte Meadows. 63 BuLLETIN, So. Catnip. ACADEMY ov SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Trinity County: Grass Valley Creek; 4 miles west of summit (county line) on the Redding-Weaverville highway ; Trin- ity Alps Camp, Stuart’s Fork of the Trinity River, 12 miles northeast of Weaverville. Shasta County: Ceader Creek, 6 miles east of Ingot. MONADENIA MORMONUM (Pfeiffer) Type locality: Mormon Island in the American River, Sacra- mento County. Eldorado County: Pioneer Cave; Placerville. Sacramento County: Mormon Island in the American River. Tuolumne County: Columbia and Cave City. MOoONADENIA MORMONUM BUTTONI (Pilsbry) Type: 73630 Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Nassau Valley. Calaveras County: Nassau Valley. MOoNADENIA MORMONUM LOWEANA Pilsbry Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Type locality: Road to Huntington Lake in San Joaquin River Canyon. Fresno County: Road to Huntington Lake in San Joaquin River Canyon, MOoONADENIA MORMONUM HirSutTA Pilsbry Type: 2639 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Mountain Pass, Tuolumne County. Tuolumne County: Mountain Pass. MOoNADENIA HILLEBRANDI (Newcomb) Calaveras County: No specific locality. Tuolumne County: No specific locality; Newcomb’s type locality. Mariposa County: Mariposa; Lower Chilnuana Falls near Wawona, 5000 feet, and Alder Creek, Yosemite National Park. MONADENIA HILLEBRANDI YOSEMITENSIS (Lowe) Type: A lectotype 114782 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 64 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Type locality: Yosemite Valley in a rock-slide near Vernal Falls. Mariposa County: Yosemite Valley in a rock-slide near Vernal Falls; Camp Curry. MONADENIA CIRCUMCARINATA (Stearns) Type: United States National Museum. Type locality: Near Turlock, Stanislaus (?). Stanislaus County: Near Turlock (?). HELMINTHOGLYPTA TUDICULATA (Binney) San Diego County: San Diego; Mission Valley; Oceanside ; Murray Dam, San Diego. Orange County: Laguna Beach; Newport-Balboa Beach. Los Angeles County: Glendora; Millard Canyon near Pasa- dena. HIELMINTHOGLYPTA TUDICULATA GRIPPI (Pilsbry) Type: 105300 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Santee, 18 miles from San Diego. San Diego County: Santee, 18 miles from San Diego; San Diego River Gorge near San Diego. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TUDICULATA SUBDOLA (Hemphill) Type: Syntypes 2487 to 2490b California Academy of Sci- ences. Type locahty: San Jacinto Valley. Riverside County: San Jacinto Valley, Riverside. Los Angeles County: Cerritos ; Tujunga Wash. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TUDICULATA ANGELENA Berry Type: 8654 Berry Collection. Los Angeles County: Throughout the Los Angeles Basin. San Bernardino County: Lower end San Timoteo Canyon on northeast side near Redlands; Mill Creek Canyon in San Bernardino Mts. ; Orange County: Orange; Anaheim. Ventura County: Ventura; Bardsdale. Riverside County; Riverside; Tremont Park and Perris. 65 BULLETIN, So. Canin. ACADEMY OF ‘SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 HELMINTHOGLYPTA TUDICULATA IMPERFORATA Pilsbry Type: 91714 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Ontario, Los Angeles County: Near Claremont. San Bernardino County ; Ontario HELMINTHOGLYPTA BERRYI Hanna Type: 1492 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Eight miles northeast of Bakersfield; Kern County. Kern County: Eight miles northeast of Bakersfield, Kern River oil fields ; about three-fourths of a mile north of Kern River and four miles east of Oil City. MELMINTHOGLYPTA ALLYNIANA (Berry) Type: 4850 Berry Collection. Type locality: Jasper Point, Mariposa County. Mariposa County: Jasper Point; Bagby. Stanislaus County: La Grange, and banks of the Tuolumne River at Waterford. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ALLYNIANA KERNENSIS Berry Type: 6863 Berry Collection. Type locahty: Poso Creek, Kern County. Kern County: Poso Creek; three miles east of bridge on Woody Road, Poso Creek. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ALLYNIANA REX Church and Smith Type: 7189 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Above bend Middle Fork of Tule River, about 2 miles above east of Springville at boundary of Sierra National Forest. Tulare County: Above bed Middle Fork of Tule River, about 2 miles above and east of Springville at boundary of Sierra National Forest; 8 miles east of Porterville; Tule River Indian Reservation, 18 miles east of Porterville; Visalia, Cramer. 66 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 HELMINTHOGLYPTA CYPREOPHILA (“Newc.” Binney and Bland) Type locality: Copperopolis, Calaveras County. Calaveras County: Copperopolis. Tehama County: Tehama. Butte County: Chico. Also having the following distribution with no specific county localities : “Lower foothills of the eastern slope of the interior valley from Fresno County north to Tehama, and westward across the Sacramento River, but east of the Coast Range, into Colusa County ; known from the following counties: Fresno, Merced, Madera, Mariposa, Tuolumne, . . Placer, Sutten Colusa. .5 2) Pilsbry. (1939): HELMINTHOGLYPTA ALLYNSMITHI Pilsbry Type: 17340 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Merced River Canyon 3 miles below El Portal. Mariposa County: Merced River Canyon 3 miles below El Portal; 5.3 miles below EI] Portal. HELMINTHOGLYPTA HERTLEINI Hanna and Smith Type: 7094 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Lava rock slide 6.6 miles east of junction of Klamath Falls road with U. S. highway No. 99, Jackson County, Oregon. Siskiyou County: Near mouth of the canyon of the Shasta River. HEEMINTHOGLYPTA CALIFORNIENSIS (Lea) Monterey County: Monterey Peninsula; Point Pinos; Point Cypress; Point Lobos. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NICKLINIANA (Lea) Type: 106746 United States National Museum. Type locality: Monterey. Alameda County: Oakland, Berkeley. Sonoma County: Santa Rosa. San Francisco County: Golden Gate Park. Monterey County: Monterey. Santa Clara County: Palo Alto. 67 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Marin County: Bolinas Beach Club House, Contra Costa County: Point Isabel. Concerning the General distribution of this species Pilsbry (1939) states, “From north of Santa Rosa, Sonoma County, southward on both sides of San Francisco Bay to Monterey , . .Pinnacles National Monument.” HELMINTHOGLYPTA NICKLINIANA AWANITA (Bartsch) Type: 336831 United States National Museum. Type locality: Point Reyes on the steep southern slope at ex- treme west end. Marin County: Point Reyes, on the steep southern slope at extreme west end. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NICKLINIANA RAMENTOSA (Gould) Monterey County: Between Colinga and Parkfield. San Benito County: Upper end of Cienaga Valley. Santa Clara County: Santa Cruz Mts.; Gilroy Hot Springs; San Jose. Alameda County: Mission Peak 25 miles southeast of Oak- land. Solano County: Benicia; Mare Island. Contra Costa County: No specific locality. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NICKLINIANA BRIDGESI (Newcomb) Type: A lectotype 26132a Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Type locality: San Pablo. Contra Costa County: San Pablo; San Pablo Creek; Kensing- ton; Mt. Diablo, east slope. Alameda County: Berkeley; Berkeley Hills; Thousand Oaks, 3erkeley. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NICKLINIANA ANACHORETA (W. G. Binney) Napa County: North side summit of Mt. St. Helena; at foot of south slope of Mt. St. Helena. Sonoma County: Mark West Springs and Glen Ellen. Lake County: West of road about 4 miles north of town of Upper Lake, at north end of Clear Lake; near Clear Lake Oaks, and across from Clear Lake Highlands, three miles north of Lower Lake. 68 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Mendocino County: North of Blue Lake. Marin County: Kentfield. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CONTRACOSTAE (Pilsbry ) Type: 10712 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Byron Springs. Contra Costa County: Byron Hot Springs; San Pablo; Isabel Point. Lake County: Smali island southern end of Clear Lake about one-half mile above outlet, and on a knoll in marshland west of outlet. HELMINTHOGLYPTA DIABLOENSIS (Cooper) Alameda County: Oakland; Hills back of Berkeley; west slope of Grizzly Peak; hills back of St. Marys College, Moraga. Contra Costa County: San Pablo Creek below reservoir dam, and 2 miles east on highway to Walnut Creek; Orinda Country Club; Bay Shore at Giant ; in drift at water’s edge at mouth of San Pablo Creek. Colusa County: No specific locality. Santa Clara County: West side of Pacheco Pass near the top under rocks. Yolo County: No specific locality. Napa County : Geysers. HELMINTHOGLYPTA EXARATA ( Pfeiffer) San Mateo County: Santa Cruz Mountains; Pescadero, Santa Clara County: Los Gatos. San Benito County: Sergeant on San Benito side of Pajaro River. Santa Cruz County; Watsonville. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA (“Gld.” W. G. Binney) Concerning the distribution of this species Pilsbry (1939) states, “Coast counties from Santa Cruz to Marin, Sonoma, and as far north as the Navarro River, Mendocino County.” HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA HOLDERIANA (Cooper) Type: A Neotype 171335 Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila- delphia. 69 BuLLetTin, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Type locality: Head of Moraga Valley back of Oakland (Neo- type). _ Concerning the distribution of this subspecies Pilsbry (1939) states, “East side of San Francisco Bay along the first range of hills opposite the Golden Gate, for fifteen miles north and south (Cooper). Head of Moraga Valley back of Oakland (Ay G:, Smith), > .°. Canyon back or (7G) Claremont, (Woodbridge Williams ).” HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA STIVERSIANA (Cooper) Marin County: Tomales ; edge of Drake’s Estero and near the town of Point Reyes. Sonoma County: Head of Bodega Bay; Jenner, HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA MIWOKA (Bartsch) Type.- 336832 United States National Museum. Type locality: Point Reyes. Marin County: Point Reyes; 12 miles from the Point and near the Bell System Transpacific Radio Station, about 15 miles from Point Reyes Light. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA WILLIAMSI A. G. Smith Type: 7204 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Hog Island, Tomales Bay. Marin County: Hog Island, Tomales Bay. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA POMOENSIS A. G. Smith Type: 7208 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Big River near mouth of Daugherty Creek. Mendocino County: Big River near mouth of Daugherty Creek; Navarro River at mouth of North Fork; Russian Gulch. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA HUMBOLDTICA Berry Type: 7085 Berry Collection. Type locality: Vicinity of Bridge Creek Lumber Camp south of Scotia. 70 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Humboldt County: Vicinity of Bridge Creek Lumber Camp south of Scotia. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA MATTOLENSIS A. G. Smith Type: 7209 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: On coast between Cape Mendocino and mouth of Mattole River. Humboldt County: On coast between Cape Mendocino and mouth of Mattole River; in Shelter Cove in southwestern angle of Humboldt County ; 10 miles south of Cape Mendo- cino. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA EXPANSILABRIS (Pilsbry) Type: 7116 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Near Eureka. Humboldt County: Eureka; Capetown on coast; near Scotia; one-fourth mile north of Jordan Creek, six miles south of Scotia; north end of bridge over Eel River at Rio Dell, about one and one-half miles north of Scotia; Grizzly Bluff not far from Grizzly Bluff School; Table Bluff Light; Freshwater Canyon, near county park, and Graham Gulch, about 9 miles north and east of Eureka; near Trinidad. Mendocino County: Coast 11 miles north of Fort Bragg, Del Norte County: At “Dad’s Camp”, face of bluff south of mouth of Klamath River. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA MAILLIARDI Pilsbry Type: 2646 California Academy of Sciences. Type locahty: Ocean bluff near Crescent City, Del Norte County. Humboldt County: Beach near Orick. Del Norte County: Ocean bluff near Crescent City; south side of Kalamath River at mouth; Requa. HELMINTHOGLYPTA AYRESIANA (Newcomb) Type: A lectotype 26038a Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, Type locality: Pilsbry (1939) states, “The original locality ‘northern Oregon’ being erroneous, San Miguel Island has been selected as type locality, specimens from there agree- ing with Newcomb’s description and type.” Santa Barbara County: San Miguel Island. 71 BuLLETIN, So. Canter, ACADEMY OF ‘SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 HELMINTHOGLYPTA AYRESIANA SANCTAECRUCIS Pilsbry Type: 10682 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. ~ Type locality: Santa Cruz Island. Santa Barbara County: Santa Cruz Island. Ventura County: Anacapa Island. HELMINTHOGLYPTA WALKERIANA (Hemphill) San Luis Obispo County: San Luis Obispo; Morro Bay; Morro Peninsula. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CUYAMA Hanna & Smith Type: 7088 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Two miles west of Cuyama Service Station on Cuyama River. Santa Barbara County: Two miles west of Cuyama Service Station on Cuyama River; rock slide of Franciscan chart on south side of highway connecting Santa Maria with Maricopa, 23.7 miles east of the first. HELMINTHOGLYPTA UMBILICATA (Pilsbry) Type: 64228 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Two miles south of Piedras Blancas Light. Monterey County: Salinas River Valley; Santa Lucia Mts.; Castroville; Salmon Creek in southern edge of Monterey County; Big and Little Sur Rivers. San Luis Obispo County: Two miles south of Piedras Blancas Light; at China Springs, 5 miles north of San Simeon; Bluffs 6 miles south of Cayucos; Old Creek, 3 miles south and Little Pico Creek, 4 miles south of Cayucos; Morro Creek, Morro Peninsula. Santa Barbara County: Sandy beaches above Point Concep- tion; Cuyama River; Cuyama River Valley about 7 miles east of Santa Maria. HELMINTHOGLYPTA DUPETITHOUARSI (Deshayes) Monterey County: Monterey; Monterey Peninsula and one mile east of Cypress Point; Point Lobos; Carmel High- lands; Carmel Estero and on Wildcat Creek; Garapata Creeks seoimty Sum HELMINTHOGLYPTA DUPETITTHOUARSI CONSORS Berry Type 8653 Berry Collection. 72 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Type locality: South slope of San Juan Grade, near foot, eight miles northeast of Salinas, Monterey County. Monterey County: South slope of San Juan Grade, near foot, eight miles northeast of Salinas. HELMINTHOGLYPTA BENITOENSIS Lowe Type: 1021 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Pinnacles National Monument, western edge of San Benito County. San Benito County; Pinnacles National Monument. HELMINTHOGLYPTA SEQUOICOLA (Cooper) Type locality: Santa Cruz among decaying trees in the damp- est places. Santa Cruz County: Santa Cruz; Santa Cruz Mountains be- tween Soquel Creek and Skyland; banks of San Lorenzo River near Big Trees; Santa Cruz Big Tree Park; Felton, and Soquel Creek. San Benito County: Banks of the Pajaro River near Sargent. Monterey County: South side of San Juan Grade. HELMINTHOGLYPTA SONOMA Pilsbry Type: 153680 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Monte Rio, under redwood logs along highway, Sonoma County. Sonoma County: Monte Rio. Napa County: Rock slides on south side of Mt. St. Helena; north of Mt. Veeder; Aetna Spring. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CUYAMACENSIS (Bartsch) Type: 62381 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locahty: Near Cuyamaca Mountains. San Diego County: Near Cuyamaca Mountains; Cuyamaca Mts., three-fourths of a mile above Cuyamaca Lake, one- half mile south of road at the “beef pasture”; “San Diego Mines”. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CUYAMACENSIS LOWEI (Bartsch) Type: 216906 United States National Museum. Type locality: Palomar Mountains at 5,000 feet. San Diego County: Palomar Mountains at 5,000 feet. o 73 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 HELMINTHOGLYPTA CUYAMACENSIS AVUS (Bartsch) Type: 120588 United States National Museum. Type locality: “Los Angeles Co.” Pilsbry (1939) states, “Gregg has shown that the original indefinite locality rec- ord was probably incorrect, at least for present county boundaries.” Kern County: Tejon Ranch, foothills northwest side of Te- hachapi Mountains. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CUYAMACENSIS VENTURENSIS (Bartsch) Type: 39642a United States National Museum, Type locality: Ventura County. Ventura County: No specific locality. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CUYAMACENSIS PIUTENSIS Willett Type: 1056 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Piute Mountains, at a small spring on Piute Mt., road ten and one-half miles southeast of its inter- section with Basin-Brodfish road, at about 7,000 feet ele- vation. Kern County: Piute Mountains (see Type locality above). HELMINTHOGLYPTA CALLISTODERMA (Pilsbry and Ferriss) Type: 45307 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Margin of Kern River 2 miles north of Bakers- field, Kern County, on an island formed by an irrigation ditch. Kern County: See Type locality above. HELMINTHOGLYPTA ORINA Berry Type: 8642 Berry Collection. Type locality: Near summit of Breckinridge Mountain. Kern County: Near summit of Breckinridge Mountain. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TULARENSIS (Hemphill) Type and paratypes: 8772-8775 California Academy of Sci- ences. Type locality: “Fraser’s Mill’, Tulare County. Pilsbry (1939) states, “According to Dr. Hanna (Nautilus, 52:7) Fraser’s sawmill was burned about 1888. It stood about an eighth 74 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 ofa mile east of the packing station called Mountain Home. It is on a small flat of the north fork of the Tule River three miles west of Balch Park, a grove of giant trees owned by Tulare County and maintained as a public park. Elevation of the mill site is 6,280 feet.” Tulare County: Tule River Indian Reservation, 30 miles east of Porterville, elevation 6,000 feet; Cramer; Panther Creek Giant Forest; Camp Nelson, on the middle fork of the Tule River, elevation about 4,500 feet. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TULARENSIS SEQUOIA Pilsbry Type: 142857 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Sequoia National Park, Tulare County. Tulare County: Sequoia National Park; Whitaker Forest. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NAPAEA Berry Type: 7216 Berry Collection. Type locahty: Whitaker Forest, Tulare County. Tulare County: Whitaker Forest. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NAPAEA FRESNO Pilsbry Type: 142858 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Near Ockenden on Huntington Lake Road. Fresno County: Near Ockenden on Huntington Lake Road. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NAPAEA WAWONA Pilsbry Type: 139614 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Alder Creek, Yosemite National Park, 3 or 4 miles north of Wawona. Mariposa County: Alder Creek, Yosemite National Park, 3 or 4 miles north of Wawona. HELMINTHOGLYPTA NAPAEA YOSEMITENSIS Pilsbry Type: 114780 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Rock slide near Vernal Falls. Mariposa County: Rock slide near Vernal Falls; between Camp Curry and Vernal Falls; Camp Curry; Cascade Creek. 75 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 HLELMINTHOGLYPTA MOHAVEANA Berry Type: 6155 Berry Collection. Type locality: Victorville grade east side Victor Mountains. San Bernardino County: Rock outcrop on west bank of Mo- have River above Oro Grande; Victorville grade, east side Victor Mts.; at base of rocky cliffs on right bank of Mo- have River just above Victorville. HELMINTHOGLYPTA GRANITICOLA Berry Type: 6157 Berry Collection. Type locality: North slope of an isolated hill just south of Stewart substation of Southern Sierra Power Company. southeast of Victorville, San Bernardino County. San Bernardino County: See Type locality above; form arida Pilsbry and Field: 5 miles north of Victorville, hill oppo- site Cement quarry. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CROTALINA Berry Type: 6302 Berry Collection. Type locality: Sidewinder Mine, north end of Granite Moun- tains (all dead). San Bernardino County ; Sidewinder Mine, north end of Gran- ite Mountains. HELMINTHOGLYPTA JAEGERI Berry Type: 6300 Berry Collection. Type locality: Near Sweetwater Spring, Ord Mountains. San Bernardino County: Near Sweetwater Spring, Ord Moun- tains. HELMINTHOGLYPTA FONTIPHILA Gregg Type: 1032 Los Angeles Museum, Type locality: Little Rock Creek Canyon, north side of San Gabriel Mountains, in a rather restricted area around a spring, west side of road, about one-half mile below dam. Los Angeles County: Little Rock Creek Canyon, north side of San Gabriel Mountains; further distributional comments by Pilsbry (1939) are, “Also taken directly across the canyon below a leaking flume under leaves and rocks which were constantly moistened with cold water. Elsewhere at various localities in Soledad Canyon, Los Angeles County, ranging from 5.5 to 8.5 miles from the Mint Canyon high- 76 BULLETIN, So. CAaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 way (Solemint service station). This area might be rough- ly termed as the western half of the canyon proper. They were found in each locality near the Soledad Canyon road, under rotten logs and in piles of brush. Each locality was but a few feet from the Santa Clara Creek. By the high- way 11 miles from Palmdale, towards Saugus, under dead Vucca whipple: (S. C. Field).” HELMINTHOGLYPTA GREGGI Willett Type: 1031 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: About one-half mile west of Mohave—Los Angeles Highway. Kern County: Rock slides on the side of a hill, three and one- half miles south of Mohave. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CARUTHERSI Willett Type: 1039 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Morris Canyon, a branch of Indian Wells Canyon, Kern County: Morris Canyon, a branch of Indian Wells Canyon, HELMINTHOGLYPTA ISABELLA Berry Type. 8641 Berry Collection. Type locality: Under dead Yuccas, 2 miles east of Isabella. Kern County: Under dead Yuccas, 2 miles east of Isabella. HELMINTHOGLYPTA FISHERI (Bartsch) Type: 123579 United States National Museum. Type locality: Johnson Canyon, Panamint Valley at altitude of 6,000 feet. Inyo County: Johnson Canyon, Panamint Valley at altitude of 6,000 feet; Surprise Canyon and Jail Canyon, Panamint Mountains. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TRASKI (Newcomb) Type: In Newcomb Collection Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Type locality: (?) Point Firmin. : Los Angeles County; Point Firmin; Los Angeles; Elysian Park; “Vasquez Rocks”, about 3 miles off the Mint Can- yon highway . 77 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Ventura County: No specific locality. Santa Barbara County: No specific locality. Kern County: Old Fort Tejon; “Fort Tejon”, Grape Vine Canyon. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TRASKI COELATA Bartsch Type: 124747 United States National Museum. Type locality: Mesa, back of Pacific Beach. San Diego County: The Mesa back of Pacific Beach; Torrey Pines; La Jolla; Pacific Beach; Mission Beach. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TRASKI PACOIMENSIS Gregg Type: 1033 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Pacoima Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains. Los Angeles County; Pacoima Canyon, San Gabriel Moun- tainss HELMINTHOGLYPTA TRASKI FIELDI Pilsbry Type: 151516 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Surf, under ice plants and sage on the beach. Santa Barbara County: Surf, HELMINTHOGLYPTA TRASKI PHLYCTAENA (Bartsch) Type: 12363 United States National Museum. Type locality: Forty miles north of Santa Barbara. Santa Barbara County: Near Las Cruces, and Gaviota Pass; Toro Canyon back of Montecito; 3 miles (dead) west of Casmalia; Cuyama River near Pioneer Grove. Ventura County: Near Bardsdale. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TRASKI WILLETTI (Berry) Type: 4497 Berry Collection. Type locality: Pine Canyon, Sespe Creek. Ventura County: Pine Canyon, Sespe Creek; Sulphur Moun- tain Springs and Wheeler’s Springs. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TRASKI TEJONIS Berry Type: 2267 Berry Collection. Type locality: Two miles above Grapevine Station, old State highway, Tejon Pass. 78 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Kern County: Two miles above Grapevine Station, old State highway, Tejon Pass; Grapevine Station; San Emigdio Creek, 15 miles southeast of Maricopa. HELMINTHOGLYPTA CARPENTERI (Newcomb) Fresno County: Tulare Valley; McKittrick and Maricopa; south end of Panoche Hill, fourth large creek north of Panoche Creek; Sec. 19, T18S, R 15E, Domingene Ranch Road; Jacalitos Creek; Arroya Ciervo. Kings County: Sec. 34, T 22S, R 18E, Kettleman Hills; east flank of North Dome, Kettleman Hills; one mile south of Big Tar Canyon; extreme south end of Reef Ridge. Kern County: Kern County at northeast corner of Section 28, T25S, R1I8E on west side of road from Devils Den to Keck’s Station; Wagonwheel Mountain; Carneros Creek ; west side of Kern County; Chico Martinez Creek; north end of Gould Hills; upper end of Salt Creek, west side of Kern County; southeast side of Orchard Peak; two miles west of Maricopa. Monterey County: In the Salinas Valley. HELMINTHOGLYPTA REEDIANA Willett Type: 1030 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Lowe Canyon. Monterey County: Lowe Canyon. San Luis Obispo County: Vicinity of Paso Robles. HELMINTHOGLYPTA SIMILANS Hanna and Smith Type: 7136 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Three-quarters of a mile southeast of Oil City. Fresno County: Three-quarters of a mile southeast of Oil City; six miles above mouth of Jacalitos Creek; Eocene Reef just north of Coalmine Creek and Canos Creek. Kings County: Eocene conglomerate two miles north of Big Tar Canyon. Monterey County: At mouth of Hamilton Canyon, 5 miles southeast of King City. HELMINTHOGLYPTA PETRICOLA (Berry) Type: 3840 Berry Collection. Type locality: A rocky talus slope on the southeast wall of Mill Creek Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, near the 79 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 old road, about one and one-half miles from the canyon mouth, elevation about 3,250 feet. San Bernardino County; See Type locality. _ Orange County: Trabuco Canyon, Santa Ana Mountains. HELMINTHOGLYPTA PETRICOLA ZECHAE (Pilsbry) Type: 113426 Academy of Natural Sciences. Type locality: San Antonio Canyon in the San Gabriel Moun- tains, western edge of San Bernardino County; at about 5,000 feet. San Bernardino County: San Antonio Canyon in the San Gabriel Mountains, western edge of San Bernardino County; San Antonio and Eveys Canyon, San Antonio Range; canyons back of Ontario. Los Angeles County; Canyons back of Ontario. HELMINTHOGLYPTA PETRICOLA SANGABRIELIS (Berry) Type: 4848 Berry Colléction. Type locality: Monrovia Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains. Los Angeles County: Monrovia Canyon, San Gabriel Moun- tains; from the San Gabriel Mountains in Maillard’s and Eaton’s Canyon, north of Pasadena; from the west fork of San Gabriel River just below the divide. HELMINTHOGLYPTA PETRICOLA OROTES (Berry) Type: 3905 Berry Collection. Type locality: Near trail, south fork of Warm Spring Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, elevation 2,500 feet. San Bernardino County: Near trail, south fork of Warm Spring Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, elevation 2,500 feet; also at 3,700 feet near trail just southeast of summit, Warm Spring Canyon; at 6,500 feet west of Bridal Veil Falls Canyon, near mouth, above Forest Home, San Ber- nardino Mountains in talus. HELMINTHOGLYPTA STAGERI Willett Type: 1055 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Southwest side of Erskine Creek, Piute Moun- tains, at about 5,000 feet. Kern County: Southwest side of Erskine Creek, Piute Moun- tains, at about 5,000 feet. 80 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 HELMINTHOGLYPTA INGLESI Berry Type: 8643 Berry Collection. Type locality: Horse Meadows, on trail to Sunday Peak, Si- erra Nevada Mountains. Kern County: Horse Meadows, on trail to Sunday Peak, Si- erra Nevada Mountains. HELMINTHOGLYPTA LIODOMA Berry Type: 7160 Berry Collection. Type locality: North Fork of Cottonwood Creek on road to Breckinridge Mountain. Kern County: North Fork of Cottonwood Creek on road to Breckinridge Mountain. HELMINTHOGLYPTA FERRISSI Pilsbry Type: 134224 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Above Tehipite Valley, middle fork of Kings River. Fresno County: Above Tehipite Valley, middle fork of Kings River; one-half mile above Durrwood, in the Kern River Canyon. HELMINTHOGLYPTA PROLES (Hemphill) Type: 8681 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: “Fraser’s Mill” (now Mountain Home, a pack- ing station 3 miles west of Balch Park, at 6,280 feet eleva- tion). Tulare County: “Fraser’s Mill’ (now Mountain Home, a packing station 3 miles west of Balch Park, at 6,280 feet elevation) ; southern edge of Sequoia Park, on the south fork of Kaweah River. Mariposa County: Clark’s Ranch. HELMINTHOGLYPTA PROLES MARIPOSA Pilsbry Type 158339 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Mariposa Big Trees. Mariposa County: Mariposa Big Trees; between Camp Curry and Vernal Falls, Yosemite Park; from Signal Peak near Wawona, from Wawona Pt., above the Mariposa Big Trees; Glacier Point on the rim of Yosemite Valley; at the base of Sentinel Dome back of Glacier Point. 81 BuLietin, So. Carir. ACADEMY or SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 HELMINTHOGLYPTA PROLES SACCHARODYTES Berry Type: 8644 Berry Collection. ‘Type locality: Sugar Loaf Mountain at 6,000 feet, Sierra Ne- vada. Tulare County: Sugar Loaf Mountain, Sierra Nevada. HELMINTHOGLYPTA EUOMPHALODES Berry Type: 7266 Berry Collection. Type locality: Blodgett’s Camp, Greenhorn Mountain. Kern County: Blodgett’s Camp, Greenhorn Mountain. HELMINTHOGLYPTA TULARICA (Bartsch) Type and paratype: 70703 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: “Fraser's Mill’ (near what is now Mountain Home, a packing station three miles west of Balch Park, at 6,280 elevation). Tulare County: “Fraser’s Mill”. MICRARIONTA RUFOCINCTA (Newcomb) Type. In Cornell University Collection, Ithaca, New York. Type locality: Santa Catalina Island. Los Angeles County: Santa Catalina Island. MicrARIONTA BEATULA Cockerell Type: Lectotype and paratypes 142737 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Catalina Island, on grassy slope above Avalon. Los Angeles County: Catalina Island, on grassy slope above Avalon; slopes of canyon back of Avalon. MicrARIONTA GABBI (Newcomb) Type: 1097 California State Museum. Type locality: San Clemente Island. Los Angeles County: San Clemente Island. MicrARIONATA FACTA (Newcomb) Type: 1099 California State Collection. Type locality: Santa Barbara Island. Los Angeles County: Santa Barbara Island. 82 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 MIcRARIONATA FERALIS (Hemphill ) Type: California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: San Nicolas Island. Ventura County: San Nicolas Island. Los Angeles County: San Clemente Island (as fossil only). MIcRARIONATA STEARNSIANA (Gabb) San Diego County: Point Loma; Pacific Beach; Imperial Beach; hill back of Scripps Institution, near La Jolla; be- low Murray dam, near La Mesa; Los Coronados. MICRARIONATA KELLETTI (Forbes) Los Angeles County: Santa Catalina Island usually on or under tunas (Opuntia) ; mainland of Los Angeles County, from Point Firmin to Portuguese Point; Point Vincent. MIcRARIONATA REDIMITA (W. G. Binney) Los Angeles County: San Clemente Island. MIcRARIONATA TRYONI (Newcomb) Type: Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Type locality: Santa Barbara Island. Los Angeles County: Santa Barbara Island. Ventura County: San Nicolas Island. MICRARIONATA TRYONI CARINATA Pilsbry Type: 86804 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locahty: Santa Barbara Island. Los Angeles County: Santa Barbara Island. Ventura County: San Nicolas Island. MIcRARIONATA INTERCISA (W. G. Binney) Los Angeles County: San Clemente Island. MICRARIONATA ROWELLI Acus Pilsbry Type: 168516 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Needles Peaks near Topock, Arizona. San Bernardino County: Mountains northeast of Essex; Mo- have Mountains opposite Topock. 83 Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES MicrRARIONATA ROWELLI UNIFASCIATA Willett Type: 1023 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Newberry Springs, north end of Kane Moun- tains. San Bernardino County: Newberry Springs, north end of Kane Mountains. Riverside County; Southern end of Coxcomb Range. MicrARIONATA ROWELLI MCCOIANA Willett Type: 1044 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: McCoy Well, McCoy Mountains, Riverside County: McCoy Well, McCoy Mountains. MICRARIONATA ROWELLI BAKERENSIS Pilsbry and Lowe Type: Type and paratypes 162958 Academy of Natural Sci- ences, Philadelphia. Type locality: North slope of a small range of limestone hills west of the highway, about half a mile south of Baker. San Bernardino County: See type locality above. MIcRARIONATA ROWELLI AMBOIAMA Willett Type: 1029 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Among rocks on a small hill about six miles northwest of Amboy. San Bernardino County: See type locality above. MicRARIONATA ROWELLI GRANITENSIS Willett Type: 1043 Los Angeles Museum, Type locality: Northwest end of Granite Mountain. Riverside County: Northwest end of Granite Mountain. MiIcrARIONATA ROWELLI CHUCKWALLANA Willett Type: 1040 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: About one mile south of Corn Springs, Chuck- awalla Mountains. Riverside County: About one mile south of Corn Springs. Chuckawalla Mountains. MicRARIONATA ROWELLI CHOCOLATA Willett Type: 1041 Los Angeles Museum. 84 BULLETIN, So. CALtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Wools 45 Part 24g Type locality: Near Beal’s Well, Chocolate Mountains. Imperial County: Near Beal’s Well, Chocolate Mountains. © MiIcRARIONATA IMACULATA Willett Type: 1051 Los Angeles Museum, Type locality: Seevn miles south of the town of Vidal. Riverside County: East slope of Riverside Mountains, San Bernardino County: Seven miles south of the town of Vidal. MicraRIONATA MILLEPALMARUM Berry Type: 6502 Berry Collection. Type locality: Thousand Palms. Riverside County: Thousand Palms. MIcRARIONATA BRUNNEA Willett Type: 1042 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Near Chuckawalla Spring, Little Chuckawalla Mountains. Riverside County: Near Chuckawalla Spring, Little Chucka- walla Mountains. MIcRARIONATA OROCOPIA Willett Type: 1060 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Rock slide on south side of canyon on south slope of Orocopia Mountains, about two and one-half miles north of Rio Palmas Spring. Riverside County: See type locality above. MIcRARIONATA MELANOPYLON Berry Type: 7073 Berry Collection. Type locahty: Black Rock Hills, west side of Black Canyon near mouth, nine miles north of Hinkley. San Bernardino County: Black Rock Hills, west side of Black Canyon near mouth, nine miles north of Hinkley. MiIcrRARIONATA ARGUS (Edson) Type: A Lectotype 102457 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Inyo County: Argus Range; Iron Cap copper mine; north and midle forks of Shephard Canyon; Great Falls, Argo Can- 85 BULLETIN, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 yon; Indian Joe Canyon; Graham Jone’s mine, HLomewood Canyon. San Bernardino County: West side of canyon northward from Trona; Slate Range: at Stockwell mine; Andres Canyon; Tank Canyon; Layton Canyon; San Francisco Canyon; January Jones Canyon, 2,000-22,000 feet; Surprise Valley. In the Panamint Range at Goler Canyon and Broken-leg Canyon; Avawatz Mountains, east side, at Silver Lake. Red Pass, 10 miles west of Silver Lake; Jim Hyten’s Mt., 10 miles south of Silver Lake. MIcRARIONATA INDIOENSIS ( Yates) Type: 62145 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Indio, Riverside County on the south side of the valley among granite talus Riverside County: Indio on the south side of the valley among granite talus; Indian Wells; La Quinta; Coral Reef, west of Thermal; one and one-half miles south of Coral Reef, and Fish Traps west of Mecca. San Diego County: South slope of Santa Rosa Mountains, east of mouth of Rockhouse Canyon. MIcRARIONANA INDIOENSIS WOLCOTTIANA (Bartsch) Type: 170007 United States National Museum. Type locality: Palm Springs. Riverside County: Palm Springs; Palm Canyon about 6 miles south of Palm Springs at about 1000 feet ; Tahquitz Creek ; Murray Canyon; base of mountains west of Snow Canyon; along San Jacinto Range from Palm Canyon to Snow Creek, MIcrARIONATA INDIOENSIS CATHEDRALIS Willett Type: 1022 Los Angeles Museum, Type locality: In rock slides at head of Cathedral Canyon. Riverside County: In rock slides at head of Cathedral Canyon. MIcRARIONATA INDIOENSIS XEROPHILA Berry Type: 4888 Berry Collection. Type locality: Five miles west of Indian Well at 4,600 feet, in crevices and under stones of slope on Ocean-to-Ocean Highway. Riverside County: See type locality. 86 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 MIcRARIONATA INDIOENSIS REMOTA Willett Type: 1050 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Borego Mountain. San Diego County: Borego Mountain. MIcRARIONATA ORA Willett Type: 1018 Los Angeles Museum. Type locality: Rock slide near the north end of Fish Moun- tains, about three miles from the settlement of San Felipe. Imperial County : Rock slide near the north end of Fish Moun- tains, about three miles from the settlement of San Felipe. MiIcRARIONATA ORA CARRIZOENSIS Willett Type: 1049 Los Angeles Museum. Type locahty: Hulls above Painted Gorge, Carrizo Mountain. Imperial County: Hills above Painted Gorge, Carrizo Moun- tain. MiIcRARIONATA HARPERI (Bryant) Type: 8676A California Academy of Sciences. inpe Jocahiy; “San Jacinto Mountains.” ~“Warner Hot Springs.” San Diego County: “San Jacinto Mountains.” “Warner Hot Springs.” Pilsbry (1939), “It is at present a lost species.” MIcRARIONATA HARPERI ORCUTTIANA Bartsch Type: 175082 United States National Museum. San Diego County: South end of Laguna Mountains. Imperial County: South end of Laguna Mountains; Mountain Springs (Type Loc. ?). MIcRARIONATA MORONGOANA Berry Type: 6500 Berry Collection. Type locality: Gulch on north side of Morongo Pass, 2 miles below the Morongo Inn, Colorado Desert. MICRARIONATA BORREGOENSIS Berry Type: 6913 Berry Collection. 87 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF ‘SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Type locality: Palm Canyon, west side of Borrego Valley, San Ysidro Mountains, San Diego County; Palm Canyon, west side of Borrego Val- ley, San Ysidro Mountains. MicRARIONATA RIXFORDI Pilsbry Type: 129781 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Type locality: Foot of the Mountains on the southern edge of the Mohave Desert about 10 miles west of Twenty-nine Palms, among rocks. Riverside County; Foot of mountains on the southern edge of the Mohave Desert about 10 miles west of Twenty-nine Palms; Forty-nine Palms Canyon; Eagle Mountains; near the forks, west side of Palm Canyon, Eagle Mountains; from an isolated outlier of the Eagle Mountains, just west of the road leading south from Pinto Basin; northeast end of the Orocopia Range. MiIcRARIONATA AVAWATZICA Berry Type: 6884 Berry Collection. Type locality: Station LL, rocky point west of road in pass at junction of Barstow and Silver Lake roads, 5 miles south of Cave Spring, Avawatz Mountains, San Bernar- dino County. San Bernardino County: See type locality above; also in a rock-slide at base of hill to east of road nearly opposite type station, Avawatz Mountains. MIcRARIONATA AVAWATZICA EREMITA Pilsbry Type: 130901 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Gunsight Mountains, 3 miles south of Resting Springs. Inyo County: Gunsight Mountains, 3 miles south of Resting Springs. MIcRARIONATA BAILEYI (Bartsch) Type: 123907 United States National Museum, Type locality: Resting Springs, among rocks on a dry hill 900 feet above the Spring. Inyo County: Resting Springs, among rocks on a dry hill 900 feet above the Spring. 88 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 MIcRARIONATA MICROMETALLEUS Berry Type: 7071 Berry Collection. Type locality: Base of granite-rock slide in the El Paso Range three and one-half miles south of Petrified Forest. Kern County: Base of granite rock slide in the El Paso Range three and one-half miles south of Petrified Forest. MIcRARIONATA AQUAEALBAE Berry Type. 4890 Berry Collection. Type locality: San Bernardino Mountains among loose leaves and mould under a small tree in gulch on east side of Whitewater Canyon, near first bend to west, altitude 1,800 eet Riverside County: See type locality above; talus on west side of Whitewater Canyon, about one mile above mouth at about 1,700 feet; near Cabezon, north oe of San Jacinto Mountains. “EPIPHRAGMOPHORA BOWERSI Bryant Riverside County: San Jacinto Mountains. Pilsbry (1939) states, “A lost species.” OREOHELIX CALIFORNICA Berry Type: 7182 Berry Collection. Type locality: Head of gulch on west side of Clark Moun- tain northeastern San Bernardino County: among lime- stone fragments and fir needles in rock slides at about 7,500 feet. San Bernardino County: See type locality above. OREOHELIX AVALONENSIS “HEMPHILL” Pilsbry Type: 86671 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Santa Catalina Island. Los Angeles County; Santa Catalina Island. AMMONITELLA YATESI J. G. Cooper Calaveras County: Near the cave at Cave City ; near Murphy’ S aestivating under stones on north hillsides - about one to two miles north of Murphy’s; Mercer’s Cave; in damper talus on non-calcareous rocks below the ridges in the valley of Santo Domingo Creek. 89 BuLLerin, So. Carter. ACADEMY OF SCLENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 POLYGYROIDEA HARFORDIANA (J, G. Cooper) Type: 11451 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Fresno County: Big Trees at 6,500 feet. ‘Mariposa County: Big Trees west of Wawona Point, 6-7,000 feet; quarter mile above junction of Alder Creek with the south fork of the Merced River at 4,000 feet; Big Trees Grove at Wawona Point. GLYPTOSTOMA NEWBERRYANUM (W. G. Binney) Type locality: Around San Diego. San Diego County: Around San Diego; Mussey Grade; Jamul, about 25 miles east of San Diego, west bank of Penasquitos River below Alvarado Falls, and Ramona and Mission Gorge, about six miles northeast of San Diego; El Cajon, Foster; Lakeside. Los Angeles County ; Claremont. GLYPSOSTOMA NEWBERRYANUM MIMUS Pilsbry Type: 97745 Academy 6f Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Mountains west of Riverside. Riverside County: Mountains west of Riverside. Pilsbry (1939) states in a footnote under this subspecies, “Probably the form reported from Claremont by Ivan John- son belongs here.” Pilsbry refers Johnson’s record in his text to Glyptostoma newberryanum (W. G. Binney ). GLYPTOSTOMA GABRIELENSE Pilsbry Type: 97748 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: San Gabriel Range in canyons back of Pasa- dena. Los Angeles County: San Gabriel Range in canyons back of Pasadena; Dominguez Hills, a smaller form; Elysian Park. TRILOBOPSIS LORICATA (Gould) Sacramento County: Near the Sacramento River. San Francisco County: San Francisco. Alameda County: Oakland, Berkeley Hills. Napa County: St. Helena. Pilsbry (1939) states concerning the distribution of this spe- GieS. se andsthe Baycounties:< TRILOBOPSIS LORICATA MARIPOSA Pilsbry Type: 170911 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 90 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF ‘SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Type locality: Mariposa County. Fresno County: Fish Camp. Mariposa County: Lodge branch of Big Tree Creek; Sequoia Park, edge of forest north of Wawona. TRILOBOPSIS LORICATA SONOMAENSIS (Hemphill) Type: 8041 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Near Healdsburg. Sonoma County: Near Healdsburg. TRILOBOPSIS LORICATA PERFORATA Pilsbry Type: 11146 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Healdsburg. Sonoma County: Healdsburg. TRILOBOPSIS LORICATA LOWE! (Pilsbry) Type: 138510 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Twenty-four miles east of Placerville. Eldorado County: Twenty-four miles east of Placerville. TRILOBOPSIS LORICATA NORTENSIS (Berry) Type. 7456 Berry Collection. Type locality: Ternah, near Requa. Del Norte County: Ternah, near Requa. TRILOBOPSIS TRACHYPEPLA (Berry) Type: 6170 Berry Collection. Type locality: Near Bridge Creek Lumber Camp, south of Scotia. Humboldt County: Near Bridge Creek Lumber Camp, south of Scotia. TRILOBOPSIS ROPERI (Pilsbry) Type: 60059 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locality: Redding in drift of the Sacramento River. Shasta County: In drift of the Sacramento River, Redding; six miles east of Ingot in a slide of limestone detritus on the north side of the road between Redding and Alturas, there close beside Ceader Creek on the north side. : TRILOBOPSIS TEHAMANA (Pilsbry) Type: 73549 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 91 BULLETIN, So. Carre. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Type locality: Battle Creek. Tehama County: Battle Creek. TRILOBOPSIS PENITENS (Hanna and Rixford) Type: 692 California Academy of Sciences. Type locality: South bank of the south fork of the American River near the hamlet of Mormon Island. Sacramento County: South bank of the south fork of the American River near the hamlet of Mormon Island. VESPERICOLA COLUMBIANA PILOSA (Henderson) Type: 11142 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Type locahty: San Francisco. Contra Costa County: San Pablo. Marin County: Lagunitas, Inverness. Del Norte. County: Crescent City. San Francisco County: San Francisco. VESPERICOLA COLUMBIANA orIA ( Berry) Type: 7441 Berry Collection. Type locahty: South fork of American River Canyon near Riverton, Eldorado County: South fork of American River Canyon near Riverton; Camp Creek, three miles east of Pleasant Valley. VESPERICOLA HAPLA (Berry) Type: 7440 Berry Collection. Type locality: Butte Creek Canyon about 10 miles from Chico, Butte County: Butte Creek Canyon about 10 miles from Chico, VESPERICOLA SIERRANA (Berry) Type: 5087 Berry Collection. Type locality: Two miles north of Weed. Siskiyou County: Two miles north of Weed. VESPERICOLA SHASTA (Berry) Type: 5089 Berry Collection. Type locality: La Moine. Shasta County: La Moine. Eldorado County: Roadside spring 24 miles east of Placer- ville on Lincoln Highway. 92 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 VESPERICOLA MEGASOMA (“Dall” Pilsbry) Type: A Neotype 11140 Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila- delphia. Type locality: Humboldt County. Humboldt County: In a canyon back of Williams’ ranch, across river from Requa; about 4 miles south of Eureka, and Jordan Creek near Scotia; foot of bluff on océan side of peninsula at Table Bluff Light; Clam Beach 11 miles north of Arcata. Del Norte County : Woods near Crescent City ; east side How- land Hills, 3 miles north, and Mill Creek, 5 miles east of Crescent City. (Russian River ... County?). Marin County: Inverness. VESPERICOLA MEGASOMA EUTHALES (Berry) Type: 8972 Berry Collection. Type locality: Chaffey Ranch, 7 miles above mouth of Klamath River, in Redwoods. Del Norte County: Chaffey Ranch, 7 miles above mouth of Klamath River, in Redwoods, VESPERICOLA AMIGERA (Ancey) Type locality: Santa Cruz (?). Santa Cruz County: Santa Cruz. San Mateo County: Hills back of Stanford Unvesiy to the San Juan Grade in northern Monterey County. Monterey County: San Juan Grade. VESPERICOLA PINICOLA (Berry) Type: 3482 Berry Collection. Type locality: Back of Pacific Grove under legs. Monterey County: Back of Pacific Grove ; Salmon Creek. BIBLIOGRAPHY PiusBry, HENRY A. 1939. Land Mollusea of North America (North of Mexico). Mono- graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 1-573. 1940. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Mono- graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 575-994. 93 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM ‘-—CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY 33, BRIEF NOTES ON THE EXPEDITIONS CONDUCTED BETWEEN MARCH 16, 1940 AND DECEMBER 14, 1941. By Joun A. Comstock The first six expeditions of the Channel Islands Biological Survey were briefly reported in the “Bulletin” for January-April, 1943, Vol. XLII, Part 1. These covered the period extending from February, 1939 to November of the same year. Seven additional operations were subsequently carried through to successful conclusion embracing the period of March 16, 1940 to December 14, 1941, after which all work on the Islands had to be discontinued as a result of war restrictions. It seems opportune at this time to record a few pertinent facts concerning these operations. ExpepitTion 7. March 16 to 23, 1940, Santa Barbara Island, Santa Barbara County, California, Transportation to and from the Island was furnished by the California Fish and Game Commission, the trips being made in the “Yellowtail,” with Captain E. R. Hyde in command. The field party included M. B. Dunkle, botanist ; George P. Kanakoff, invertebrate zoologist; Lloyd Martin, entomologist; Don Mead- ows, entomologist, and Russ Sprong, cook. Jack von Bloeker, Jr. accompanied the party on the outgoing trip, and made a short stop at Johnson’s Harbor, Catalina Island, where a small collec- tion of insects was obtained on March 16. Camp was established at the shack (the only building on Santa Barbara Island) to the north of Primero Canyon. Cloudy weather, with periods of fog and rain, limited to some extent the collecting of arthropods, but in spite of this the total catch (4397 specimens) exceeded that of the third expedition. Weather conditions were favorable for botanical and concho- logical study and collecting. Mr. Dunkle began at this time his intensive study of plant ecology and meteorological phenomena of Santa Barbara Island which he has since supplemented by obser- vations made on numerous trips. He collected, among other items, the type material from which Platystemon californicus ciliatus was subsequently named. (See Channel Islands paper No. 12, in the “Bulletin” for May-August, 1940). 94 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 George Kanakoff covered many areas of the Island and col- lected arthropods in considerable variety. Part of his time was devoted to studying the insect associates of Coreopsis, Opuntia, Atriplex, Convolvulus, Mesembrianthemum and other plant gen- era, in consequence of which a number of larvae were obtained. Lloyd Martin concentrated his efforts on the lepidoptera and coleoptera, but also secured a considerable number of insects in other orders. In addition, he and Mr. Kanakoff collected a num- ber of snails. (Micrarionta gabbi Newc. and M. tryon Newc.). On March 22 sea elephants were observed on the beach near North Hill by several members of the party. Expepition 8. April 10, 1940. San Nicolas Island, Ventura County. Transportation to and from the Island was generously fur- nished by Captain Allan Hancock, who was host, as well as Cap- tain and navigator of the Velero III. Landings were made through the surf at Ranch Landing on the morning of Thursday, April 11. Mr. Denver C. Spencer, U.S.N. (Radio-man in charge) gave our party welcome assistance in the landing of personnel and supplies. Equipment and dunnage were moved from the beach to quarters at the Agee Ranch, with the help of Mr. and Mrs. Roy Mc- Waters and their son James. The excellent accommodations pro- vided by the McWaters family were an important factor in mak- ing the expedition a success. The field party consisted of Arthur Woodward, archeologist ; Harry Geiger, archeological assistant; Chris Henne, entomologist ; Leo Kartman, assistant entomologist and botanist; George P. Kanakoff, invertebrate zoologist ; Jack C. von Bloeker, Jr., verte- brate zoologist, and Ona B. von Bloeker, cook. The writer ac- companied the party on the outing trip, but returned on April 12. An archeological survey of the island was conducted by Mr. Woodward and his assistant on the north and south shores. Test trenches were dug in Site 1 W. near the ranch house to determine thickness and composition of the original kitchen midden which had been left in an undisturbed condition. It was learned that the debris was only 12”-15” in thickness and artifacts were extremely scarce. Surface surveys were made along the north shore toward the east end and in one instance excavations were made and artifacts were obtained from a cremation burial. Several dog skeletons were encountered in another test excavation. The most important work done at this time was the recon- naissance and partial excavation of Dutch Site No. 1 on the south shore of the Island. From this initial dig were obtained a num- ber of fragments of eel grass textiles and enough indications were found to warrant further and more intensive work, which was carried out on the same site Nov. 23-Dec. 12, 1940. 95 BuLierin, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Jack C. von Bloeker, working at Cow Creek, Mineral Creek, Coney Island Point, Dutch Harbor, Salt Creek, Corrall Harbor, and near the North Point Light, was successful in trapping a number of foxes (Urocyon littorahs dickeyi Grin. & Lind), He also secured many examples of mice (Peromyscus) and a few lizards ( Xantusia ). Inclement weather made insect collecting difficult, but the com- bined efforts of Chris Henne, Leo Kartman and George Kanakoff brought results that ran ahead of expectations. The relative pau- city of species on this island is probably explained by the many years of sheep grazing with resultant erosion, and the strong winds which prevail in this area. ExpepITIon 9. August 15 to 30, 1940. Anacapa Island, Ven- tura County. Transportation was furnished through the cooperation of the California Fish and Game Commission, by means of the “Yellow- tail.” Captain E. R. Hyde in command. Personnel included: Jack C. von Bloeker, Jr., vertebrate zo- ologist ; Chris Henne, entomoligist; George V. Kanakoff, inverte- brate zoologist ; M. B. Dunkle, botanist and meteorologist ; Don C. Meadows, entomologist (Aug. 15 to 24 only); Jack H. Van Nordheim, student assistant biologist, and Ona B. von Bloeker, cook. Headquarters was established on West Island at Fish Camp. The territory covered included accessible portions of East Island, Middle Island and West Island. These three small and rugged islands collectively constitute Anacapa. They are outcroppings of a submerged mountain range, many portions of which are inac- cessible. Their flora and fauna are relatively rich considering their size. In spite of difficult terrain collecting proved unusually profitable. Mr. Dunkle secured a large variety of plants, and subse- quently published as paper 27 in the “Bulletin” for September- December, 1942 a list of the reported species found on Anacapa and Santa Barbara Islands which included Eriogonum giganteum v. compactum Dunkle (for Santa Barbara I.) and Castilleja ana- capensis Dunkle for Middle and West Anacapa Islands. Jack von Bloeker took several examples of the black rat (Rattus rattus rattus) on West and Middle Islands, and two specimens of Rattus rattus alexandrinus on West Island, thus establishing the fact of the introduction of these two common pests there. His series of mice (Peromyscus) from all three islands was unusually fine. These proved to be a new subspecies which was later described as P. maniculatus anacapae von Bloeker in paper 22 of the Survey, “Bulletin” So. Calif. Academy of Sci- ences, Voll US Pts, 194i: 96 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 George Kanakoff made collections in several orders. His field notes include 530 separate entries with miscellaneous lots of in- sects predominating. On August 21, 1940 while collecting on the central portion of West Island he secured specimens of a leaf- hopper, Xerophloea vanduzeci. Dr. Pierce examined this material and discovered in the segments of one example two specimens of a Strepsipterous parasite which he later published as Diozocera comstocki n. s. This was recorded in Vol. XL, Part 1, p. 6 of the “Bulletin” So. Calif. Academy of Sciences. Chris Henne collected numerous larvae of an Arachnis on Middle Island. These were reared to maturity in the Museum laboratory. The colorful moths which emerged were sent to Dr. J. F. Gates Clarke of the U. S. National Museum and were de- termined by him as a new subspecies (imsularis), the description of which was published in Vol. 39, Part 3, pp. 187-188 of the “Bulletin.” Mr. Henne also secured examples of a new robber-fly which Wilcox and Martin described as Erax anacapai in the issue of the “Bulletin” for January-April, 1945. In addition, Chris Henne, Don Meadows and George Kanakoff caught 102 specimens of a new myriapod on Middle Island which Dr. Pierce published as Polyxenus anacapensis in Vol. 39, Part 2, p. 164 of the Bulletin. A large amount of material from the ninth expedition still remains to be studied. ExpepiTIon 10. Nov. 23, 1940 to Dec. 12, 1940. San Nicolas Island, Ventura County, California. The trip to San Nicolas Island was made in the “Velero IIT,” Captain Allan Hancock as the host, navigator and director of transportation facilities. The Museum party consisted of Arthur Woodward, archeologist; Miss Marion G. Hollenbach, assistant archeologist ; John Shrader and Howard Keller, student assistant archeologists; Christopher Henne, entomologist ; George P. Kan- akoff, invertebrate zoologist; Jack C. von Bloeker, Jr., verte- brate zoologist, and Mrs. Ona B. von Bloeker, cook. A stop was made on the outward trip at Santa Barbara Island in order to allow Mr. M. B. Dunkle to go ashore there in pur- suance of his ecological and meteorological studies. Dutch Har- bor, on the south shore of San Nicolas Island was reached at 4 o'clock P. M., and the dunnage and camp supplies run through the surf and landed without mishap before dark. The chief purpose of this expedition was to carry on arche- ological studies in the vicinity of Dutch Harbor as a continuation of the program initiated on the eighth expedition. Digging was concentrated on site No. 1, but some tests were made of other sites in the immediate area. The sum total of material found was considerable, and included many pieces of eel grass cord of vary- ing types, eel grass fabrics made in open-work twined technique, 97 BuLLETIN, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 bone harpoon heads, fishhooks of bone and abalone or red topped sea snails, and stone sinkers. There were also many chipped stone points, blades, scrapers and drills, and a number of bone awls and other implements. Mr. Henne gave a portion of his time to assisting the arche- ologists particularly during the periods of inclement weather. On Nov. 27, 1940 he secured 28 examples of a robber-fly which turned out to be a new species. This is recorded by Wilcox and Martin in the issue of the “Bulletin” for January-April, 1945 and was named Cophura hennei in recognition of its discoverer. On Dec. 1, 1940 Mr. Woodward reported four sea elephants (three cows and one cub) on the beach close to the site on which Juana Maria, the “lost woman of San Nicolas’ had formerly built her whalebone shelter. Photographic record was made of the occurrence. The San Nicolas fox was abundant, and a good series was secured by Jack von Bloeker. On December 7 and 8 a flight of scarabaeid beetles of the genus Phobetus was encountered and a long series taken. Camp was broken on December 11, 1940 and all equipment and materials were on board the Velero III by 4 P. M. The re- turn trip was made on the following day. ExpepiTion ll. January 20 to 27, 1941. Santa Catalina Is- land, Los Angeles County, California. The record of this expedition can best be made by quoting in its entirety the written report submitted by the late George Willett at the conclusion of the operation. “This expedition to Santa Catalina Island was undoubtedly the most unpretentious of those so far made, the entire personnel consisting of George Willett, Curator of Ornithology, and his wife, Ora A. Willett, who acted as field assistant. “Our primary purposes were to examine the terrain for the most satisfactory locations for future work, and to make contact with such persons as would be able and willing to render assist- ance. “We left Terminal Island on the regular Santa Catalina Is- land steamer the morning of January 20, 1941, and reached the island about noon. We were met on the dock by Mr. Lester G. Smith, Assistant County Fire Warden, who had been notified of our coming. Mr, Smith placed himself and his truck at our dis- posal, and during our entire stay furnished transportation to the various sections of the island we desired to visit. He had also made arrangements with the management to permit our use of firearms in obtaining specimens. “On the afternoon of January 20, after having secured an apartment in Avalon to use as headquarters, we were driven up Avalon Canyon by Mr. Smith. Here we found birds fairly plenti- 98 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 ful and collected several. During the next six days, to and includ- ing January 26, our itinerary was as follows, with Mr. Smith fur- nishing transportation: Cape Canyon, Jan. 21 and 25; Avalon Canyon, Jan. 22 and 24; Middle Ranch Canyon, Jan. 23, and hills east of Avalon, Jan. 26. We also collected in Avalon Canyon on the morning of January 27, while awaiting boat-sailing time. “Although, on the whole, desirable birds were not too plentiful and we were handicapped somewhat by rainy weather, we ob- tained 59 birds, as follows: Lophortyx ec. catalinensis........ 9 Carpodacus m. frontalis......... 3 Thryomanes b. catalinae........ 1 Sayornis nigricans ............. al Calhypvewamnareerca tec ccck els cin ces 1 - Hylocichla g. guttata............ 6 Selasphorus a. sedentarius...... 2 Passerella i. monoensis......... 2 Turdus m. propinquus........... 2 Passerella i. altivagans......... if Mimus p. leucopterus........... 3 Passerella i. unalascheensis..... 6 Otocoris a. insularis............. 7s IDEN) Ih MNEEWANEI 5 bblolo oo bo oo cos 8 Pipilo m. clementae............ 12 “These are all fine specimens, taken at the time of year when the plumage is good. One bird, the Alberta Fox Sparrow (Pas- serella 1. altivagans) has not been previously recorded from any of the islands. From the above birds 380 parasites were secured and turned over to the Department of Entomology. They were: PANG ANGINA ne Ne sissies) 4 aos me Oy IMIBVUIKOOINE oo baoeosccGo5oco% 317 SIpPMOnaptenawacreises assis acs: AD 2D SOL KeH eyes se eee Gua ey enn sation wer Oa ieeent 1 “Further specimens secured were 9 foxes, in the flesh, trapped by Mr. Smith and his assistants, and one rattle-snake taken Janu- ary 23, an unusual date for this reptile to be out. “While on the island, I called on Mr, Renton, Superintendent of the Santa Catalina Island Company. He was very friendly and assured me that his staff would cooperate with us in our work. I also met Mr. White, in charge of stock-raising on the island, and found him interested in our operations and willing to help in any way possible. I believe that our relations with the Santa Catalina Island Company are very satisfactory, and that their representatives are ready to aid us in any manner possible. “A summary of the birds seen on Catalina will be included in the report on Expedition No. 12 to the same island.” GEORGE WILLETT Senior Curator of Ornithology. ExprpiTion 12. February 14 to March 28, 1941. The original plan for this expedition contemplated a trip to each one of the eight islands but inclement weather and difficulties in arranging for transportation resulted in a change of schedules. The opera- 99 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 tions carried through to conclusion were reduced to five, as follows: San Clemente Island, Feb. 14 to 22, 1941. Santa Catalina Island, Feb, 23 to March 15, 1941. Anacapa Island, March 15 to 22, 1941. Santa Cruz Island, March 23 to 28, 1941. Santa Rosa Island, March 29 to April 9, 1941. Mm & wh — Operation 1. San Clemente Island, Los Angeles County. The Museum party left San Pedro at 8 A. M., February 14, 1941, in the Velero III, Captain Allan Hancock in command. Museum personnel consisted-of Jack von Bloeker, Jr., mam- malogist ; Ona B. von Bloeker, cook; Chris Henne, entomologist ; John Shrader, archeologist; George P. Kanakoff, invertebrate zoologist; Reid Moran, botanist; George Willett, ornithologist, and Ora A. Willett, assistant ornithologist. Wilson’s Cove, San Clemente Island, was reached shortly after noon and landing was made during a rain storm. The rains had rendered roads outside the Naval Post impassable and the party was quartered in barracks at the air port for the night. Lieutenant Selby, who had extended many courtesies to the field party during the 1939 expedition, was still at the post, and was most coopera- tive. Through his good offices trucks were furnished to transport supplies, equipment and personnel. The morning of February 15 was rainy, but a small amount of sunshine in the afternoon dried the roads sufficiently to allow of moving the party and dunnage to Middle Ranch, where quar- ters were established in vacant cabins. The ensuing week was a period of almost continuous rain, and collecting was greatly hampered thereby. In spite of personal discomfort and difficulties incident to the sodden terrain, the members of the party collected assiduously. George Willett, with the assistance of Mrs, Willett and Jack von Bloeker, secured 28 birds, as follows: Otocoris a. insularis.............5 Salpinctes obsoletus ............ 2 Zonotrichia coronata ........... 2 Thryomanes b. leucophrys ...... 2 SAVOLNISESAV AIO: 1 MHylocichla g. guttata............ 2 Melospiza m. clementae......... 4 Carpodacus m. clementis........ 9 Melospiza lincolni (in trap)..... 1 Mr. Willett’s field notes also record the observations of a few San Clemente shrikes, numerous mourning doves and large flocks of ravens (200 birds in a single flock on Feb. 16). Several small covies of the introduced Gambel’s quail were observed. Near the military post, but not elsewhere, were a few ring-necked pheasants which had been previously introduced by some of the Naval officers. 100 BuLLeTiIn, So. Catir. ACADEMY Or SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 From dissection of specimens it was noted that horned larks, rock wrens and San Clemente wrens were breeding, and house finches were beginning to do so. Jack von Bloeker secured long series of the two species of lizards that commonly occur on that island (Xantusia riversiana and Utastansburiana hesperis) and a considerable number of the San Clemente white-footed mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus cle- mentis. In addition, several examples of Peromyscus, Reithro- dontomys and Microtus, not yet determined, were taken, and are being given further study, Entomological collecting was greatly hampered by cold and rain. Very few species were on the wing, but Mr. Henne man- aged to pick up a miscellaneous assortment of specimens repre- senting several orders. Collecting was done chiefly by turning over rocks, old boards and debris, and by beating. This material, and also most of the plants collected by Reid Moran still remain to be studied. However, in a preliminary checking of part of the collection made by Mr. Moran, a Lupine was noted by M. B. Dunkle, which had been collected at Middle Ranch Canyon on February 18, 1941, and which was apparently a new species. This was published as Lupinus Morani Dunkle in the Bulletin So. Calif. Academy of Sciences, Vol. 42, (1) 33, 1943. On February 22 two Navy trucks managed to reach the camp at Middle Ranch, in spite of the bad condition of the roads. Equipment and personnel were loaded and driven through a heavy rain to Wilson’s Cove. The Velero III shortly put in an appear- ance and the party with all paraphernalia sailed for Johnson’s Landing, Santa Catalina Island. Operation 2. Santa Catalina Island, Los Angeles County. Johnson’s Landing was reached in the late afternoon of Feb- ruary 22. Supplies were transferred to the beach, and the mem- bers of the party moved into cabins which were generously made available by the Santa Catalina Island Company. Inclement weather prevailed through four of the seven days spent on this island. The ornithologists had planned to supplement and round out the observations made on the eleventh expedition to Catalina in January, 1941. Of the 32 birds collected by Mr. Willett and his issistant, one was a new record for the island, i.e. the lutescent warbler (Ver- mivora c. lutescens). A series of 22 examples of the Island humming bird (Selas- phorus alleni sedentarius) proved a needed and valuable addi- tion to the Museum collection. Included in the species collected were the following that were not taken on the eleventh expedition : 101 BULLETIN, So. CAanir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Suurmellay meglectan sence we ci cles 1 Troglodytes a. parkmani........ 1 Zonotrichia coronata ........... 1 Spizella passerina stridula....... 1 Observations and notes were made on the habits and occur- rence of the birds on Santa Catalina. These will be reserved for future publication by the Los Angeles County Museum. Lloyd Martin of the entomological staff joined the expedition on February 22, and Chris Henne returned to the mainland. How- ever, he managed to secure a few larvae of an Arctiid moth be- fore leaving. These were reared to maturity in the Los Angeles Museum laboratory and proved to be a new race of Arachnis picta. Examples of the same moth had previously been taken at Avalon by Don Meadows. The writer therefore named the race meadowsi, and it was subsequently published in Paper No. 26 of the Channel Island series, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. of Sciences, Vol. 41, p. 83, 1942. George Kanakoff’s field notes show that he ranged widely over the island and characteristically collected nearly every animate object that came under this observation. Much of this material still remains to be classified and studied. The same is true also of the botanical specimens gathered by Reid Moran. John Shrader prepared reports and a map of certain prehis- toric Indian sites. Details of these and his subsequent studies on Anacapa, Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Islands are on file in the Department of History of the Los Angeles County Museum where they will be held for use in subsequent field operations. Mr. and Mrs. Willett returned to the mainland March 2, 1941, leaving the other members of the party on the island. Operation 3. Anacapa Island, Ventura County. On March 15, 1941 George and Ora A. Willett and Chris Henne left the mainland on the Velero III, Captain Allan Han- cock in command. The boat proceeded to Avalon, Santa Cata- lina Island, and picked up Jack C. von Bloeker, Ona von Bloeker, Lloyd Martin, Reid Moran, George Kanakoff and John Shrader, and then left Anacapa Island, arriving there after dark. Landing was made on the east side of West Island and quarters were es- tablished in two unoccupied cabins. Lloyd Martin returned to San Pedro on the Velero III, and Chris Henne took over the entomological work for the ensuing six days. The camp site was isolated by impassable cliffs from the main portion of West Island and it was necessary to rent a fisherman’s rowboat in order to carry on collecting. During part of the time the wind was so strong that the use of this boat would have been hazardous, in consequence of which time spent in active field work was somewhat limited. Birds secured by Mr. and Mrs. Willet were: 102 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 Arenaria melanocephala ........ A SENVOMOUIS BAW, oooocoondanacooons 1 Sayornis nigricans ............. i Zonotrichia coronata {290-255 ..). 2 Zonotrichia 1. gambeli .......... 1 MHirundo erythrogaster ......... 1 Aeronautes saxatilis ............ 1 Otocoris s. insularis.:........... 1 Salpinctes obsoletus ............ 3 Vermivora c. sordida........... 12 Passerculus s. alandinus......... 2 Thryomanes b. nesophilus.......3 Selasphorus alleni sedentarius..15 Carpodacus m. frontalis......... 6 Mr. Willett was not able to find the Rufous-crowned Spar- row, an example of which, in very poor plumage, had been taken by Jack von Bloeker on a previous summer trip. New records of occurrence for Anacapa were noted as follows: Pacific Loon Red-breasted Merganser Santa Cruz Wren Western Mourning Dove Single birds of the loon and merganser were seen on the ocean near camp on March 16 and 17; the wrens were fairly plentiful on brushy hillsides, although very shy, and a single mourning dove was seen on West Island March 17. Brown Pelican’s nests containing newly hatched young were observed on March 17, indicating an unusually early nesting for the species. A Western Kingfisher was noted on two or three occasions, and several Barn Swallows and White-throated Swifts were seen March 19, one specimen of each being taken. A pair of Black Oystercatchers showed up on rocks near camp almost daily. Jack von Bloeker’s collecting covered portions of Middle and West Islands, and consisted principally of lizards (Gerrhonotus and Uta) and salamanders (Batrachoceps) together with a few birds. Chris Henne collected a considerable number of insects in many orders, and made painstaking notes with reference to their ecology. This included a variety of lepidopterous larvae, a few of which were reared to maturity. The plants obtained by Reid Moran, and a large amount of miscellaneous material collected by George Kanakoff have not been mounted or studied to date. On March 22, 1941 the Velero III arrived and the Museum party was transported to Pelican Bay, Santa Cruz Island. George and Ora Willett returned to the mainland. Operation 4. Santa Cruz Island, Santa Barbara County. The chief objective of this operation was to supplement the materials taken on the fourth expedition of August, 1939, with collections made in the spring, in order to note the seasonal changes and associated ecological factors, particularly as related to the flora and insect fauna. The field work was concentrated mainly on collecting plants 103 BULLETIN, So. CAantir, ACADEMY OF ‘SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 and insects, and such other forms of life as were needed to fill out certain series in the Museum systematic collections. Lloyd Martin confined his efforts to the area adjacent to Peli- can Bay. He secured a total of 1940 specimens, made up pre- dominantly of Lepidoptera, Coleoptera and Hymenoptera. George Kanakoff collected around Pelican Bay, in Ironwood Canyon, above Twin Harbors, near Prisoner’s Harbor and in in Ranch Canyon. Jack von Bloeker covered the territory about Middle Ranch and Prisoner’s Harbor in addition to his collecting around Pelican Bay. He secured a good series of the Santa Cruz Fox, a limited variety of birds and small mammals and a considerable number of lizards representing several genera. John Shrader confined his efforts to mapping Indian sites for future investigation. Reid Moran worked assiduously on plants but his field notes are not available for a summary of results. The California Fish and Game boat “Schofield” put into Pel1- can Bay on the morning of March 29, and the Museum party with all paraphernalia was transferred to Becher’s Bay, Santa Rosa Island. Chris Henne had previously boarded the Schofield at San Pedro and joined the party for work on Santa Rosa Island, and Lloyd Martin left the island on the return trip and was put ashore on the mainland at Santa Barbara. Operation 5. Santa Rosa Island, Santa Barbara County. The group of Museum staff members and associates which carried through to the conclusion of the fifth operation of Expe- dition 12 consisted of Jack C. von Bloeker, Ona von Bloeker, Chris Henne, George Kanakoff, Reid Moran and John Shrader. Jack von Bloeker’s trapping and collecting operations covered the areas adjacent to the camp site at Becher’s Bay, and in addi- tion included Elderberry Canyon and Skunk Point (April 2nd and 3rd), Windmill Canyon (April 4), Cherry Canyon and Black Mountain (April 5, 6, and 7). The material taken included prin- cipally mice (Peromyscus), lizards (Sceloporus), salmanders (Batrachoceps), tree toads (Hyla) and a few foxes (Urocyon) trapped at Becher’s Bay, Cherry Canyon and on Black Mountain. Chris Henne concentrated his efforts on the larvae associated with various native plants. A considerable number of immature forms were taken and field notes made of their habits. Unfavora- ble weather conditions made it impossible to carry more than a very few larvae through to maturity. A general collection of in- sects was gathered principally by the use of beating and sweeping techniques. The salamanders taken on this trip and on prior operations formed the nucleus of materials studied by Dr. William A. Hilton, 104 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 as reported in the Bulletin, Vol. 44, Part 3, pp. 101-129, 1945 under the title “Distribution of the Genus Batrachoseps, especially on the Coastal Islands of Southern California.” Field reports for Operation 5 were not filed with the depart- ment by Mr. Moran, George Kanakoff and John Shrader, but the collections made by them are included in the reservoir of island materials marked and set aside for further study. Work was concluded on Santa Rosa Island on April 9, 1941, and the party returned on the “Velero III.” EXxpepDITION 13. November 8, to December 14, 1941. Santa Rosa Island. The first contingent of the Museum party left Terminal Is- land at 8:00 A. M. November 8, 1941, sailing on the “Velero III,” as guests of Captain Allan Hancock. The museum group con- sisted of: Kenneth Stager, mammalogist and ornithologist; Mrs. Stager, as field assistant to her husband, and camp cook; King A. Richey, paleontologist; Harry Fletcher and John C. Stock, assistant pale- ontologists, and the writer, as coordinator. Anchorage was made in Becher’s Bay just before dusk, in a high wind. Landing dunnage and camp supplies proved difficult, but was finally completed without mishap. Mr. N. R. Vail furnished a tractor and trailer to move the equipment and supplies from the pier to a cabin which was generously placed at the disposal of the Survey party. Mr. Alexander Vail, and the ranch foreman, Mr. George Haise, were very helpful in organizing facilities for the convenience and comfort of our group. The four main objectives of the 13th expedition were: (a) to excavate an Indian site and make further exploratory samplings in the Skunk Point area; (b) to rough out and possi- bly remove significant portions of a dwarf Pleistocene elephant known to occur in Tecolote Canyon, and to further explore the area for fossils; (c) to secure a series of study skins of certain mammals for the Museum collection, and more specifically to complete the series representing the indigenous subspecies of spotted skunk, Spilogale gracilis amphialus; and (d) to make notes on and collect as large a representation as possible of the late fall and early winter insects. With these objectives in mind it was necessary for the first small contingent of Survey workers to make preliminary arrange- ments for Mr. Woodward and his assistants prior to their arrival, and also to work out details of transportation and supply for the paleontologists. The latter required pack horses and specialized tools and dunnage. The paleontologists were properly outfitted, provisioed and packed on the morning of November 11, and 105 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 the pack train left for Tecolote Canyon at 1:30 P. M. just as a light drizzle set in. This party consisted of King A. Richey, John C. Stock and Harry Fletcher. They set up a temporary camp and spent three days prospecting. On their return, November 14, they reported a number of exposures suitable for working. The following day, Nov. 15, the writer, together with King Richey and John Stock, returned to the mainland on the “Yel- lowtail” with Capt. John J. Barry at the wheel. Plans had been made for the second contingent of Survey workers, consisting of Mr. Woodward and his assistants to leave Port Hueneme for the Island Friday, November 21, but heavy storms in the Channel made a crossing impossible until the follow- ing Tuesday, November 25. The Fish and Game boat “Yellow- tail,’ Captain Barry in command, anchored at Becher’s Bay about 9:00 A. M., and our party of archeologists, including Arthur Woodward, Marion Hollenbach and Barbara Lummis were put ashore. The third contingent of the Museum Survey party arrived in Becher’s Bay on the “Schofield” at 8:00 P. M. of November 28, the hour being too late forthe party to go ashore. Landing was made early the following morning. Included in the group were: George Willett, ornithologist; Ora A. Willett, assistant ornitholo- gist; Richard Case and Jack Couffer, assistant paleontologists. On the return trip of the “Schofield,” November 29, Arthur Woodward was landed at Hueneme. The archeological work was thereafter carried on by Marion Hollenbach and Barbara Lum- mis, with the occasional assistance of Harry Fletcher, Richard Case and Jack Couffer, A site previously designated as “5 E” had been chosen for a test excavation. This was on a bluff above the sea, about three miles east of the ranch house, on Becher’s Bay. The archeologists’ report describes the work carried on there and elsewhere as follows: “Measurements were taken and work begun on November 26th by Mr. Woodward, Miss Hollenbach and Mr. Fletcher. The site proved to consist of loose earth, very black with sifted char- coal, containing burned shells, particularly mussels and barnacles, and the bones of sea mammals, fish and birds. Cultural material was not very abundant, but a few items were found, such as a bone barb for a harpoon, bone awls, bone beads, and tarred peb- bles for waterproofing baskets. About four feet below the sur- face a whole scapula and pieces of whale ribs were unearthed. These were probably the remains of a whale-bone house. “A number of other sites on the north side of the island were ‘surfaced.’ One series of ten sites west and south of Skunk Point yielded large numbers of chipped stone scrapers, choppers, blades, points and drills and also bone awls and barbs for harpoons. In 106 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 2, 1946 contrast to the other Channel Islands, shell and bone fish hooks do not appear on Santa Rosa. Only one broken bone hook was found. One of these sites (‘14E’) was covered with innumerable tiny stone drills and olivella shell beads in all stages of manufac- ture. Two hundred and thirty little stone drills were picked up in a few minutes. “Another site at the mouth of Lobos Canyon west of Carring- ton Point had been exposed by rains since the previous survey. Burials, some bone implements and many beautiful flint blades and points were washing down the beach. “We also explored Old Ranch Canyon and Water Canyon, find- ing two sites near the head of the latter. “On December 7 Pearl Harbor was bombed and shortly after- wards the Fish and Game boats were taken over for patrol duty, and the use of the radio telephone forbidden, so that there was some uncertainty as to how and when the party would leave, especially as the Santa Rosa Ranch’s own boat was out of com- mission. However, arrangements were made for the motor schooner Santa Cruz to arrive on December 14 with Mr. Wood- ward aboard and take the remaining members of the Museum staff to the mainland.” A RECORD OF DASYPTERUS EGA XANTHINUS FROM PALM SPRINGS, CALIFORNIA The Sierra Laguna bat, Lasiurus ega xanthinus, was de- scribed as a new subspecies by Thomas (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, vol. 20, p. 544, 1897). All existing locality records of this bat are from the southern or tropical half of the peninsula of Baja California, Mexico. It is, therefore, of special interest to record the occurrence of this bat at Palm Springs, Riverside County, California. On the morning of November 3, 1945 a Mrs. Robert Haynes was in the back yard of her home at Palm Springs when she ob- served a bat attempting to fly against a northwest wind. The bat soon fluttered to earth, however, and was collected by Mrs. Haynes and presented to Dr. T. D. A. Cockerell of the Desert Museum, Palm Springs, California. Dr. Cockerell forwarded it to the Los Angeles County Museum, and, as the curator was absent at this time, I was requested to prepare and identify the specimen. The skin, an adult ¢, No. 8153, Los Angeles County Mu- seum, was compared with a series of Dasypterus ega xanthinus in the collection of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, and it ap- pears to be of this race.—D. G. Constantine, 2662 Ellendale P1., Los Angeles 7, California. 6/17/46 DGC: 107 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF ‘SCIENCES Vol. 45, ant: 2, , 1946 A NEWLY MOUNTED SKELETON OF THE EXTINCT DIRE WOLF FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF RANCHO LA BREA By CHESTER Stock, JoHN F. LANCE AND JoHN O. NiGRA Introductory remarks: Eugene J. Fischer, veteran osteologist of the Los Angeles County Museum staff, recently completed the preparation of a second mounted skeleton of the dire wolf for the Museum exhibit collections (see Plate 8). The skeletal ele- ments selected in the preparation of this specimen were larger than those of average size, although the completed skeleton is not the largest that can be constructed from fossil materials available in the Pleistocene asphalt. Comparison with skeleton of modern gray wolf: Through the kindness of Dr. Remingtor’ Kellogg, Division of Mammals, U. S. National Museum, a photograph has been supplied of the side view of the skeleton of a gray or timber wolf. No. 3138, U.S.N.M. Coll. This specimen was collected at Yellowstone, Wyoming, in December 1856 by Lieutenant G. K. Warren. It has been identi- fied as Canis lupus irremotus Goldman. No. 3138 represents an individual of average size. It is mounted with the back more strongly arched and with the shoulders somewhat lower than in the dire wolf skeleton. In Plate 9 the gray wolf skeleton is shown in outline,’ while that of the Pleistocene dire wolf is reproduced in silhouette. Both specimens are drawn to the same scale. This brings out clearly the relative size and proportions of the extinct form in comparison with the modern wolf. The dire wolf, while not much taller than a present day wolf, was of sturdier build generally, with a particularly long and heavy skull, strong should- ers, deep chest, and massive pelvis. While the feet appear to be as large as those of Camis lupus, they are in proportion to the overall size of the dire wolf, somewhat shorter than in the pres- ent day species. The number of vertebrae in the tail of the dire wolf is not definitely known. In constructing this appendage Mr. Fischer was guided by the number of caudal vertebrae given for Canis lupus in Flower’s Osteology. This number is 20. In the U. S. National Museum specimen, however, only 17 vertebrae appear to be present in the tail. 1In the drawing the position of the sternum is placed lower than in the mounted skeleton (in the latter its high position seems due to shrinkage of the cartilaginous connections with the ribs), with consequent greater display in lateral view of the costal cartilages. Moreover, no attempt is made to show the lesions present in the skeleton, particularly those of the left fibula and right tibia. 108 BULLETIN, £0. CaLir. ACAD. OF SCIENCES Canis dirus. Stock et. al. PLATE 8 Canis (Aenocyon) dirus Leidy. Skeleton as viewed from left side; approximately 1/14 naturai size. Los Angeles County Museum collec- tion; Rancho La Brea Pleistocene. Specimen prepared by E. J. Fischer. Concluding remarks: In 1918 Merriam’ established the genus Aenocyon as distinct from Canis, to include the three species, dirus, milleri, and ayersi. The characters given for the genus related exclusively to the skull and dentition, although Merriam stated that probably additional features would be found in the skeleton based on other material than that collected in the tar deposits of Rancho La Brea. Thus far, however, only the dire wolf from the latter locality is known by mounted skeletons. Furthermore, some doubt has been cast upon the validity of the species Aenocyon milleri from Rancho La Brea. Some authors have come to regard the dire wolf as not generically distinct from Camis. However, on the basis of the skull characters stated by Merriam and on the skeletal features given in the present paper it seems desirable to retain Aenocyon as of at least subgeneric rank. The common dire wolf of Rancho La Brea may then be known as Canis (Aenocyon) dirus Leidy. 2 2Merriam, J. C., Univ. Calif. Publ.. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 10, no. 27, pp, 5381- 533, 1918. Contribution No. 394, Division of the Geological Sciences, California Institute of Technology. 109 al. tock et. x =] ¢ x Canis dirus. CaLir. ACAD. OF SCIENCES So. BULLETIN, ‘SODUSIONIP OTSMo}OeIeYO SUIMOYS UOTJdeT[09 UMesny_ AjJUNOD sejesuy soy oY} UI pues oUdd0ISTe[ad Borg eT] O1eyoueYy 94} WOIy (APleT snup (wohd0uay) siupO) JIOM aAIp JO UOJs[eYS JO ayenoyTIs pue “PWN'S'D SELg Usutyads UO paseq ‘(URUIP[OY snzOWas. SNAN)] SUD) JIOM KIS UlapoU JO UOJ]OYsS JO SUIMBIP SUTTINO 6 ALVId 110 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES For Sale at the Appended Prices BULLETIN: To To Non- Members Members Complete set, Vols. 1 to 39, bound ............... $115.00 (Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00 WO B, IN@s. Wp A eee S Cie Oa EOS RCE eae nine $ .25 50 eae A I ey MIL) () Nido an averse biashcsielsies, 461 Ses reparele Bi avee ee 6 25 50 ein Gee me OMUEILO) (iiviceie reco Jato le cate ezeyar gia Sioueia lavas Cvemeiereveles 25 50 scams ( ommtecammtets | OPEN) () Sa a ret stial < is. see ieee ave. s lapeuebe- codes ssecete 1.00 2.00 omen eam eres) () Dee S| CR Eas: ator ne ee atier sale Quels ecbue 1.00 2.00 pn) seer eee HON) ies s coves ci cisceke cereus. «icilebevese ecevereoseeers woes 2.00 4.00 Scene S emcearee 2 MeI ON) 0\e0 < foi-care crs) casos clscelrs feel ei ovecalnie ere ses 75 1.50 same) remeerii| BaeHOEINT oki ek citcsS,.c)/cp/aiip, cs vice wigs ol et aiiaile wirelove ove brave 1.00 2.00 iota \) erica 2 sme Gru rere. ratayrer erste vel eveneues eves sisue er susehsea s 2.00 4.00 eat lo eam emmen EM) [FS vost ay sis ca\lellayre te i) auereu e/a velo: acs lei Oieceverscouers 1.00 2.00 ell yee OSI Ohiies clavate aye aievovarece cela ecevese acieiw. cue eas 15 1.50 pamela eterno LOM Seu -ccacy ccc cu sia ge are eerie «Rlaeiguarave'e ce € os 1.50 3.00 ieee lh) Saeecemeeee rmsltO) 2 (NIavcn shes. siteia wi shane) ateroue e°se owe coc iaveiedeensts 50 1.00 eat) rmmmaronmnenn deh) 2 (DM ces: Ae Sativa soe. snes euerste Sous Gs econ alte 50 1.00 Se pl einen 2 SUNIL) OV, Csrcclcare taaiotict sy sehe Crea. gteiebens. se ceuese wrecese 1.00 2.00 ceo enn em mes aA. 9240" (CAH) icc.5 sc.cc ee chan ae 25 50 A melee O25. \(CCACH) 255 is cieueie cis acw es diss fh 90 et SMM URI) 2 Gist ceece aay Siaiiaiicct'asalessesiovera eeimieis sheaelispereiiede 25 50 eer 2 GO eammaeiem ree Ol) 271 (SACI) 29 sks Saavials'ai's bei sree os oue eieneices 25 50 ae eel Ss O28 “((CACH)! arc 5 Gucuste oe citreveln cre 25 50 aie Orman ete) et 29) (K@ACHM)) . caeevercveveus, ace ls ee sadlonecseins 25 50 7 7) SAL, By Bp ORO (GEEIN) Go geipaodacoouneaKoOS .25 .50 ems een te sl ole ((CACH)! tiers suste cisie eenecorsiee ave .25 50 iat =3h] aaa er 27a} | Zp (ACI)! peperalctelereioxclelsieie levers iene 25 50 at meee DO SH (CACI) Nb evss/e\c) sve creisiee sieiei sie 25 .50 sae, © I a 8 Geel (GhI@n)) Seocsudcodedocu0ec 25 50 ~ BA STL Be IBS (CEVA) NG od docadonoodddoGG .25 50 SBS, I, B, By dB (EGA) Soscoccodsoodcdodd 25 50 ~ 80, ~ iL 2 Be IBY (GEREN) sdéoocc0cc000500000 25 -50 7 Bi, Tl, Be By ORS (Geen) “ohabeauessugdoqoG] .25 50 SOS ONO NOS9) (CACII) isis 4) 6 sue) aversion ciate ler .25 50 eet) etme oe YA (niece oslovonsne citi e Gisns/onsin austere) isis eescel 25 50 ae (eats ear 2 eS el AST (GACH) cele eccrevsvere eke ete 6 61ete .25 50 GOL ST By IME (GEO) SodoasoodgcodocUdC[ .25 .50 AD TL Be IBIS (CGENEIN)) Se oogoucdg0c000000 25 50 OB TL RS Bo UG! (GBI) “Soo paecodconuoddu 25 50 CAML Bie IS (CAO) “Gousodgcadaposebood 25 50 (Continued on next page) 111 PUBLICATIONS (continued) MEMOIRS To To Non- Members Members VO] 1, (FU9SS—PAPENMGCOVEN ec ss iets vere) crepe wits, loneenete $2.00 $4.00 a g bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00 ei teins printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00 eee i printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00 Vols 2) No: 2) 1989—paper COver =... 2 1. + «cle crete 1.25 2.50 aca tht bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50 Co See peace age es printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50 rile< Vee e238 944——paner “cover. .\..kis deere no 1.50 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES B/N ae MAUNA Int, “NM Iebil so ocosobaccbouccsonnec bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomological, incoloredsplate-2--e eee eee 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David- son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923................ 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami- lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New, Mexico; 1931s “ER, Mosberg®, 4525.5 ene .20 Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non- 100\:3000 0\=) heer ne a ICE EM ERIE Co Go0.0.0b0 00 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50 ApDpRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Care Dr. JoHN A. CoMSsTOcK ) Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 112 REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) 4pp. 8pp. I2pp. 6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies ...... $3.75 $575 $850 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 1 OO mage is 94s 4. SO TeO ve lOsa M24>.. mis OO LaZo yeu o et 21D BD Mek oti ake pee Oa 00), nls 25 18:25) 2 2100) » 24-50)" $2600 Deere, 100. 15.25 1795 2150 2475 28.75. 3050 DSR aera eas ea it 5Ok.-20:258 +2475 77 28'50), 33:00), =35:00 meen 50. 1450 19.75 22.75 2800. 3225 3725. 3950 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1 Yc each.. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. i Distinctive mel NTIING Books @ Catalogs @ Broadsides Stationery and Oittice Forms @ McBRIDE PRINTING CO. PHONE: PRospect 2045 415. EAS eeeEVENTRE Sie “Since 1879” Kos: Angeles la: Galit: LIDAR & NEW YORK BOTANICA) Meet ETIN OF THE ‘as Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA VoL. XLV SEPTEMBER-DECEMBER, 1946 Part 3 CONTENTS FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA No. 10. Exploring the Minute World of the California Asphalt Deposits 113 No. 11. Descriptions of the Dung Beetles (Scarabaeidae) of the Tar Pits 119 No. 12. Description of a Sericine Beetle from the Tar Pits = = 131 W. Dwight Pierce AN ANNOTATED LIST OF CARABINZ] KNOWN TO OCCUR IN NEVADA Page Ira LaRivers - - = = = = = A FEW PESTS OF SUNFLOWER IN CALIFORNIA John A. Comstock = - = = 2 tS PHLEGETHONTIUS RUSTICA Fabr. IN CALIFORNIA John A. Comstock = = - = = 5 AGARICUS VERSUS PSALLIOTA Louis Cutter Wheeler = - = - - 2 fs = THE EUROPEAN BROWN SNAIL IN OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA William Marcus Ingram - - - - = = = 2 g Issued January 10, 1947 Southern California — Academy of Sciences: | —— OFFICERS and DIRECTORS Dr. H. J. ANDREWS - - - 1) Ss - President. Dr. A. WEIR BELL - - - - ” First Vice-President Dr. Witt1AM L. LioypD - -~— - = Second Vice-President Dr. Jonn A. ComMsTOcK. - - Secretary and Treasurer — Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. Witt1am L. Lioyo i Dr. A, WEIR BELL Mr. THroport Payne ‘a Dr. JoHN A. ComsTook Dr. W. Dwicut Prmror ' Dr. Rospert D. EMERY Dr, CHEsTeR STOCK Dr. JoHN HERMAN Dr. Louis C. WHEELER Mr. R. S. Woatum ee ADVISORY BOARD Mr. FreD EB. BURLEW Dr, Howarp R. Hint Mr. A. YoRE EScALANTE Dr. R. H. Swirt Mr. SAMUEL Moopy Haskins Dr. SHERWIN F’. Woop BOTANICAL SECTION aie Dr. Grorce R. JOHNSTONE, Chairman , SECTION OF HEALTH AND SAN ITATION Dr. RozertT D. Emery, Chairman — SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES Dr, A. WEIR BELL, Chairman SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES a Magog Jos. B. FIcKLen III, Chairman ; § SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES has Dg. CHESTER STOCK, Chairman / SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES Dr. Let DeForust, Chairman SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Mr. RUSSELL S. WoeLum, Chairman SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE — Mr. A. YoRK, ESCALANTE, Chairman ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION 7 Mr. AgTHUR WoOoDWARD, Chairman Gg FINANCE. COMMITTEE Mr. Freep E. BuRLEw, Chairman a Mr. SAMUEL Moopy Haskins Dr. JoHN A. Comstock _ Mi): PROGRAM COMMITTEE act mr Dr. Rospert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman _ Dr. Howarp R. Haw 2 a HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE ~ “a Dr. W. Dwicut Pierce, Chairman Mrs. Eunice King Mr. Huew D. Austin COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. JoHN A. Comstock, Chairman . Dr. CHESTER STOCK Dr. Howagrp R. HI Dr. WILLIAM L. lige D COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION a Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Chairman ee Mg. THEODORE PAYNE a Pror. J. STANLEY BRopE ‘a OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY ie Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition sf ch Los Angeles 7, Cal Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 45 - - - - - - Parr 3, 1946 FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA 10. EXPLORING THE MINUTE WORLD OF THE CALIFORNIA ASPHALT DEPOSITS By W. DwicutTt PIERCE The larger mammals and birds, whose bones have been found in the Rancho La Brea asphalt deposits at Hancock Park, Los Angeles, are well known, and have become a vital part of the early story of this region. But, strange to say, with the exception of the passerine birds reported by A. H. Miller in 1929 and 1932, and the rodents and rabbits reported by Lee R. Dice in 1925, no one has critically studied the small life of the pits. Some plants, a few insects, a toad, and other small animals have been reported incidentally. The same may be said of the asphalt deposits of McKittrick and Carpinteria. Many people have thought that the story of the deposits was a closed book, but, in reality, it was less than half the story, and a new chapter is opening as the micro- fauna and microflora are studied. In the early days of the Rancho La Brea explorations a few large beetles were found in the marginal diggings and were listed. All, however, were species still existent. A few years ago, Miss Jane Everest began a more detailed analysis of the asphaltum and isolated many insect remains from pits A, B, and Bliss 29, and other scattered excavations. These will be reported upon in the present series, group by group. About 30 years ago, the entire solidified bone and asphaltum mass exposed in Pit 81 was boxed and brought to the Los Angeles County Museum. This deposit was located less than 5 feet from the surface of the ground, and measured in all only 4 by 5 feet in girth and 4 feet in depth. Bones of sloth, bison, horse, camel, saber-tooth cat, and wolf, examined in the course of the excava- tion, indicate the Pleistocene age of the accumulation. Within the last year this bone-laden block of asphaltum has been unboxed and prepared for exhibition. In the course of preparation it was necessary to chip away certain portions of the matrix to insert reinforcements. The material thus removed consisted of clumps of asphaltum, some bearing obvious fossil fragments, but some appearing to the naked eye to be unfossiliferous. Several boxes of this material were turned over to the writer for study by Mr. Eugene J. Fischer, osteologist, and preparator in the Department of Paleontology. 113 LIBRAF NEW YO BOTANI GARDI BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 Later a considerable quantity of small material was handed to the writer from Pit A. These two lots of material were treated in the same manner, which was at the time a distinct advance over previous methods. We will consider this as Process No, 1. In October 1945, the writer visited the tar field 16 miles north of Taft in Kern County, and 8/4, mile south of McKittrick. The asphalt has vitrified into a very hard surface layer, but at the upper end of the great field, a few hundred yards from where the University of California excavations were made, a new road had been cut through, giving a direct straight road to McKittrick. A portion of the tarry bank had split, recently, making a clean ex- posure of the tar, and in this were layer after layer of insect re- mains, with a few small bones and considerable plant material. About 42 pounds of this material were bagged and examined. The final treatment was by a new and greatly improved technique, which we will call Process No. 2. Process No. 1 used on material from pits 81 and A was as follows: The asphalt clumps were first soaked in jars of kerosene for preliminary softening and separation. After a week in the jars, the softened contents were poured into trays which progressed in series. The oldest tray was repeatedly washed in benzene, or benzole, and the washings were poured over tray after tray. This continued washing with benzene finally removed most of the tar, leaving only the sands and biological material. The remaining tarry liquid was strained through a double thickness of cheese cloth to catch any floating particles, and was then filtered through Johns-Manville Celite, and could be used again for softening new lots of asphaltum. The solid material was allowed to dry and be- came the color of brown earth. The process to this point took two or three weeks for any particular bit of material. The dry earth was passed through several sieves to divide it into convenient sizes for examination. In the coarser material, excluded by an 8-mesh screen, were larger bones, teeth, stems, etc., all easily sorted out. The 14-mesh screen excluded material which had to be sorted with a low-power lens. In this were many bones and teeth of small birds, mammals, lizards, snakes, toads, and turtles; stems, leaf fragments, seeds; insect and millipede fragments; hairs, plant fibres, etc. Finer meshes were used and disclosed many tiny bones and insect fragments, until the 60-mesh passed a fine, powdery dust, in which no specimens have yet been found. A headpiece binocular greatly facilitated the preliminary classification of the material. In the course of this work, the writer has had the assistance of a number of students, and Mr. George P. Kanakoff, Assistant Curator in the Department of Paleontology, has aided in the last phases of the treatment of the asphaltum from Pit 81, and in all of the Pit A work. All bones were turned over to him for arrange- ment by elements in Riker mounts on cotton, to hold them in place, 114 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 and prevent breakage. This material will be studied by vertebrate paleontologists. There are certain factors to be taken into consideration in interpreting the results of the separation of the material from Pit 81. The block of asphaltum was enclosed in burlap in the field before boxing, and later the matrix fragments removed from the block were put in cardboard or small wooden boxes. Frequently, chips of fresh wood, burlap fibres, and pieces of cardboard were found mixed with the fragments of asphaltum. A number of fly- ing seeds of a modern grass, which had never been saturated with tar, were found in the course of the washings. These were sep- arated out, for it is believed that they either blew into the pit at the time of the excavation, or were on the burlap when it was being placed around the block of asphaltum, As a final check, in an effort to eliminate introduced material, a number of large chunks of asphaltum were treated separately, after the washing of the smaller fragments. These chunks were carefully brushed off on all sides to eliminate extraneous material, and thoroughly examined externally before being washed in clean pans with fresh liquid. The specimens obtained from them were distinguished as from Pit 81X, and will be examined later. The materials recovered from the general washings included a great variety of elements and species. The immense quantity of insect parts will. be reported upon in detail in this series of ar- ticles. Many of the best of the tiny bones were found within the capsule-like bodies of Eleodes beetles, in the ring-like thoraces, and even in the head capsules of beetles. These were carefully washed out in xyline (xylol), as they always contain treasure. Among the interesting non-arthropod specimens found were leaf and stem tissues, seeds, buds, scales, spines and glands of many kinds of plants; a few shells of small fresh-water mollusks, many limb, spine, girdle, and skull parts of small batrachians, lizards, snakes, turtles, birds, and mammals; tiny pin feathers, animal hairs of many kinds. All of these, with arthropod chitin, and even a few pieces of insect wing tissue, have survived the chemical action of the tar, and the agents of disintegration, though con- nective tissues, muscle, and flesh have been removed. It has been observed, also, that while bones, and wood take up the tar, chitin, feathers, hair, and the shells of mollusks do not absorb it, and it can be completely washed off, leaving the original surface finish. Occasionally on insects the tiny hairs and setae remain. Color is not always destroyed by the tar. We find natural colors in the hair when it is washed in xylol. Leaf and plant ma- terial has, of course, lost its chlorophyll, and is either brown or yellow. The xylol wash discloses the original gloss of insect chitin, and the red, blue, purple, green, yellow, brown, and black colors correspond with the colors of the nearest living species. 115 BULLETIN, So. Canir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 Process No. 2 was initiated by a suggestion and the loan of equipment by Major Joseph B. Ficklen III of the United States Public Health Service and Los Angeles County Health Depart- ment, who felt that the open tray method of handling benzene was a double hazard to health of the worker, and to safety from acci- dental combustion. He provided a small Soxhlet degreaser outfit, consisting of a flask, a treatment chamber, and a water-cooled condenser. The material to be treated was placed in porous filter cups in the treatment section. An electric heater with completely closed heating unit gave the heat. The liquid in the flask boils and passes as a gas up a side tube into the upper portion of the treat- ment section, where it enters the condenser, and is returned as a clear distilled liquid through the filter cup of asphalt material. There is an obvious movement of tar out of the filter cup, and when a certain amount of liquid has accumulated it is all drawn off by a siphon, which returns it to the flask. Thus the tar is finally all removed from the filter cup to the flask. When the siphoned liquid is clear the process is finished, and the cup can be removed and a new one inserted. After drying on filter paper the contents of the cup is so powdery that much of it acts almost as an aerosol, and passes a 100-mesh screen, The particular apparatus used in the tests included thimbles 45x123 mm., flask capacity 300 ml. Much larger Soxhlet appa- ratus is available, and the principle can be applied in making equipment to handle 25 to 30 pounds of material at a time. Hence- forth this type of apparatus will be used in all extraction of tar to obtain the smaller elements in the asphaltum, from all fields, although cruder methods will be necessary in the first separations. The solvent found most satisfactory in the 300 ml. apparatus was benzine (petroleum derivative). Carbon tetrachloride was tested, and the tar dissolved, but remained at the top of the liquid and hence was not completely siphoned off. Toluene had too high a condensing point in the apparatus, and some gas escaped. Xyline was fairly satisfactory, but was superseded by the cheaper benzine, which worked perfectly in three hours or less for each lot. Thus the cup could be filled three times a day. As this rate was faster than the material could be studied, the small apparatus will serve amply in the entomology laboratory. Instead of the filter cups, some small lots of particular importance were merely wrapped in ordinary filter paper packages, and several could be treated without mixing. The Soxhlet extraction system does away with the health hazard of breathing the fumes. It reduces the fire danger, as the system is entirely closed and the flask sits on a sand layer in a pan, so that if it should break the liquid would not come in con- tact with the heating element. There is no chance of pollution of the material, as there is in open trays, for everything can be done under cover. 116 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 The separation of the insect fragments must all be done with the aid of lens or microscope, and great quantities of the sand must be studied, a spoonful or less at a time. It is slow and tedious work, and the insect remains are very fragile, easily broken. The second step is to sort the insect material, dividing it in boxes into bodies, heads, mandibles, prothoraces, sternites, legs, elytra, etc. Often the specimens have to be rewashed in xylol, and gently brushed with camel’s hair or probed with fine needles to remove dirt and other particles. Some of these particles re- moved are quite valuable. In order to preserve the sorted material it is first placed on cotton in Riker mounts for species sorting and primary classifica- tion. Long series of larger material are laid out in Riker mounts, but smaller more delicate material and short series are mounted under transparent plastic in pill boxes, with the most delicate, and minute material in dry cells cut from cardboard, between two microscopic slides, sealed with cellulose tape, and properly la- belled. Thus mounted it can be studied on all sides. The beetle species are numbered, using the elytra as the basic criterion, for this element has excellent diagnostic characters, and can usually be classified to the species. The elytra so far found range from 1 mm. to 25 mm. in length, and belong to well over 100 species. By much searching through the collections, the family, and finally the genus of the elytron is located. A specimen of the nearest California species is then chosen as the basis for com- parison, and is completely dissected and the parts laid out on cot- ton for study in a little mount. This leads to the discovery of the appropriate head, thorax, sternites, and other parts, which can be given the temporary species number pending critical descriptive study. The problem of association of these parts is difficult, and only the students of bird stomach contents have ever had to meet it. It immediately became apparent that there is a vast amount of work to be done in comparative morphology in insects and other arthro- pods. The usual keys are not of much value when one has only a head, a mandible, or a sternite to identify. With better studies of our modern insects it can be done. The insects of the tar pits belong to several distinct categor- ies: (1) the water insects which lived in the water above the tar; (2) the scavenger insects which lived in the flesh of the animals dying in the tar before submergence; (3) the land crawling in- sects, which may have walked on the exposed tar; (4) strays, which got into the pools by accident; and (5) fragments of in- sects in the stomach contents of birds and reptiles caught in the tar: 117 BuLLerin, So. Carnie, ACADEMY OF SCTENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 Perhaps because chitin is harder, beetle fragments and mil- lipede rings are most numerous; fly puparia, wasp heads, ant heads are occasionally found. Of perhaps special interest is the fact that an Hemipterous egg, the carapace of a spider, and the front end of a small centipede were found. There are definite relationships between the Rancho La Brea and the McKittrick insects, although the proportions of the vari- ous families appear to differ greatly. In the McKittrick field the tar flowing over the bottom of lakes or pools has deposited large numbers of water forms in layers. At Rancho La Brea the tar seeping upward was often covered with water to form pools, in which many of the insects undoubtedly lived, while others lived on the carrion or the plant life which occurred in the pool. The study of these insect fragments will have great value in modern taxonomy. Three important morphological facts have al- ready come to light: 1. In the course of evolution beetle elytra are now seen to have been oriented upside down, with the costal margin median, and anal margin lateral, reversing the position of the veins in the under wings; and with this clear, all striae of the elytra can be properly named. This was first brought out in Article 2 of this series (Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 43 (1) :5-7) in the study of a Miocene elytron, but is many times corroborated in the new ma- terials. 2. The Silphid head must be redescribed, because of misin- terpretation of the frontal and clypeal regions. 3. The Coprine head must be redescribed for the same reason. The work will continue with studies of material from other pits at Rancho La Brea, and from the Carpinteria and McKit- trick fields as well, so that these three localities can be compared in a manner comparable to the mammal and bird studies of these areas. Some light may be thrown, by the insect remains, on problems that relate to the antiquity of the deposits, and on climatic condi- tions that prevailed during the periods of accumulation. An in- teresting clue, for example, is furnished by fossil material of the genus Copris (Scarabaeoidea) found in Pit A and Pit 16. This genus does not now exist in the Pacific Coast States, and the species nearest to that found in the asphaltum occur in southern Arizona and in central Mexico. The first of the critical studies to be made will therefore be a description of this interesting insect, and other related forms. 118 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 11. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE DUNG BEETLES (SC AR- ABAIDA) OF THE TAR PITS By W. DwicuT PIERCE Illustrations by the author In sorting the vast amount of insect material extracted from the asphaltum of Rancho La Brea, Hancock Park, Los Angeles, the most exciting material so far segregated is a series of frag- ments of five or six species of Scarabaeidae, or dung beetles, be- longing to the genera Canthon, Copris, and Onthophagus, and one which must be separated as a new genus between Copris and Phanaeus. Considering the great numbers of ungulate and other large animals which must have congregated around the water holes covering the treacherous asphaltum, it is not surprising that dung beetles should have been present. It is interesting that three or four of these species come from Pit 81 and two from Pit A, one of which was also recovered from Pit 16, and Pit 13. Many things indicate Pit 81 to be older than Pit A. The absence today of Copris, Onthophagus and the new Paleocopris from California, and the presence of all the genera, except the new one, in Arizona, may be one of the clues we are seeking in the problem of Pleistocene climate. By table we indi- cate these distributional facts. DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES OF COPROPHAGOUS BEETLES PLEISTOCENE MODERN GENERA Pit 81 Pit 16 Pit A Arizona | California |Baja Calif. Scarabaeidae Scarabaeinae Scarabaeini Canthon..... 2 0 1 5 4 1 Coprinae Coprini Choeridium 0 0 0 1 0 0 Palaeocopris . 1 0 0 0 0 0 Copris...... 0 1 1 2 0 0 Phanaeus... 0 0 0 3 0 0 Onthophagini Onthophagus 1 0 0 5 0 1 i 119 BuLLETIN, So, Canir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 In the study which led to the identification of the genera of the fragments, another error in American descriptive literature was found. LeConte and Horn, Blatchley, Bradley, and others differentiate Phanaeus from Copris on the grounds that the former lacks tarsi on the front legs. This is not true for any North American species of Phanaeus seen by the writer, and only for some Central American species, as all have a small tarsus hidden by the spur. A separate article giving details on this point will be prepared in this laboratory. I. THE CANTHONS OF THE TAR PITS Elytra of three distinct sizes were found, three of the smallest size in Pit A, and one each of the two larger sizes in Pit 81. Also in Pit A was found a thorax with legs attached. The genus Canthon contains about 135 species, with 16 in the United States, and 4 in California, and ranges from 41°N. to 41°S. The species recorded from California are C.. puncticollis LeConte 1866, C. simplex LeConte 1857, with varieties humeralis Horn 1870, and militaris Horn 1870, C. laevis (Drury 1770), and C. perplexus LeConte 1847. C. simplex occurs in Los Angeles County. The material from Pit A appears to belong to C. simplex and will have to be so designated under subspecies name until head and other parts are found to validate or invalidate the decision. CANTHON SIMPLEX ANTIQUUS, new subspecies The specimens are labelled as follows: one left elytron— C1l4a; two right elytra—C114b, c; prothorax and legs—C114d. The last is designated as holotype, and illustrated in Figures 2 and 3; and elytron a is illustrated in Figure 1 of Plate 10. The three elytra measure as follows: length a—4.3mm., b.—3.5 mm., c—3.5 mm.; width a—2.7 mm, b.—2.5 mm., c.—2.5 mm. At base there are four tiny tubercles, each in the center of interspaces 2, 3, 4, 5. The surface is very minutely and regularly granulate with dispersed clusters of 4 granules more shiny, and appearing as bare spots except under high magnification. The striae (Subcosta or sutural, Radius I, II, Medius I, II, Cubitus I, II, Postcubitus) are faintly impressed, with very faint punctures. The Vannal or lateral area is vertical, sharply marked on both edges, and with one row of deep punctures, and extends to the apex. Pronotum 4.7 mm. in width, smooth, but with very minute reticulate granulation. An interesting point which would not be observed in a mounted specimen is that the fore coxae are at- tached at their lateral end only, and fit tightly into a transversely 120 BULL. Fic. 1. Fig. 2. TGeoe So. Can. Acap. Scr. 45: 3, 1946 Fossil Arthropods. Pierce Ft ‘ ~-------2? mm-- Dito | v 1 « Ste, ee ‘ {--~~-~-- 4.8mm ~~~-2% 3 PLATE 10 Elytron of Canthon simplex antiquus, n. ssp. Axv.—axillary re- gion; C.—costa; SC.—subcosta; RI, RlI—radius; MI MII—me- dius; Cu I, Cu IIl—cubitus; PC.—posteubitus; V I, V I]—vannal veins. Posterior view of first coxa, femur and tibia of Canthon simplex antiquus, Nn. ssp. Posterior view of prothorax of Canthon simplex antiquus, n. ssp. Co.—coxa; Epm.—epimeron; Eps.—episternum; PN.—postnotum; S.—sternum; SA.—sternal apodeme; Stc.—sternacosta; T.— tergum. 121 BuLLETiIn, So. Canime. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 grooved sternum, being minutely separated on the center line by a fine ridge, so that when in the groove they are almost in con- tact. Figure 3 shows from the rear view the right coxa opened out, and the left coxa reposing in its groove. The postnotum is an infolded perpendicular plate edged all around by ridges. The epimeron is vertical, separated only by rounded edge from the triangular episternum, which lies ventral, at the sides of the coxae, and separated by the sharp lateral margin from the tergum. Within the sternum is the sternocostal plate i which are attached two vertical sternal apodemes, spearlike 1 form. Casual observation of dissected parts of various species in this group indicate that the comparative morphology of these beetles will afford much better taxonomic characters for separa- tion of genera and species than are now in use- We must be able to separate any genus or species on the merits of any of its struc- tural parts. CANTHON PRATICOLUS VETUSTUS, new subspecies This name is given provisionally to two elytra from Pit 81, which may ultimately prove to belong to two species. The speci- men C117a is considered holotype, and C118q as paratype. While there is a great disparity in size the disparity is not greater than that between the largest and smallest specimens of C. praticola in the Museum collection, from Albuquerque, New Mexico. This species does not now occur in California. The only other species with granulate elytra of a similar nature, C. laevis, exceeds in its smallest specimens, the size of the elytra of the larger of the two. Elytron C117a measures 4.5 mm. in greatest length, and 3.25 mm. in greatest breadth. Elytron C1l1l8a measures 6.2 mm. in greatest length, and 5.00 mm. in greatest breadth. The holotype is much more pronouncedly granulate than the larger paratype. Microscopically the surface is very minutely granulate with interspersed larger and obvious granules. At the bases of the third, fifth and eighth interspaces are tiny tubercles. The vannal area is vertical and defined by two raised lines, and ex- tends from humerus to apex. No drawing was made of this sub- species. Il. THE COPRINE SPECIES OF THE PITS The finding of two large coprine beetles in Pleistocene deposits in California is of great significance. One is definitely a Copris, the other has some characteristics of Phanaeus, but in the absence of any specimens of that genus with its main characters it is called Palaeocopris. 122 BULLETIN, So. CALIr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 The genus Copris has an interesting distribution. There are about 80 species, five occurring in Europe from Russia to Spain, others in Asia and Africa, but it is absent from Australia and the Oceanic Islands. In North America, north of Mexico there are eight species from Canada to Florida and Arizona, and eight spe- cies in Mexico and Central America. It is completely absent from the Pacific Coast States of the U. S. A., and does not occur in South America. The genus Phanaeus, with about 80 species, is exclusively American, extending from Kansas to South America, but it is absent from Washington, Oregon and California. The material in the first species was found in Pit 16 and Pit A, and consists of 2 ? heads and 4 prothoraces from Pit 16; and 6 2 heads, 1 g horn, 2 prothoraces, 2 prothoracic fragments, a few prosternite fragments, 1 femur and 2 tibiae of the fore legs, 1 femur and 3 tibiae of the middle legs, 1 femur and tibia of the hind legs, 1 almost complete elytron, and 3 elytral fragments, from Pit A, and 1 thorax from Pit 13. One head capsule (C49p) is complete, lacking only the oral appendages, antennae and eyes. This is therefore selected as holotype @. The other material which is considered undoubtedly of this species must therefore be considered as paratype parts. In paleontology the words syntype and cotype are often used, but they are now held to be synonymous with paratype. The reconstruction of the insect would indicate a species much larger than any Copris in the United States, Mexico or Central America, but somewhat resembling Copris rebouchei Harold of Mexico, and the much smaller Copris remotus LeConte of Florida to Arizona. In size and proportions it equals the largest Copris lunaris Linnaeus I have seen from Russia, and is almost as large as Pinotus carolinus Linnaeus of the Eastern States. By its shape of head it is eliminated from Pinotus, and allied to Ontherus, Copris, and Phanaeus. The generic classification of this group is based on antennae, mouthparts, legs, and elytra, but this type of material cannot be keyed out in the usual manner. The anterior tibiae show articulation of a tarsus, which eliminates true Phanaeus. Thoracic characters, sculpture, and the absence of teeth on the anterior margin of the head narrow it to the first group in the genus Copris. A study of the head capsules of these fossil species and of modern beetles discloses an error in all descriptive work on this group of beetles. The flattened dorsal part of the head is not the clypeus, but the frons and parietals. The frontal suture is clearly visible on all of the specimens, and in one is actually somewhat cleft. It extends from the anterior margin almost to the frontal horn. In Phanaeus vindex the frontal suture passes through the frontal horn. The true clypeus is under the ledge of the frons, 123 BULLETIN, So. Canrr, ACADEMY OF Screncres Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 and completely united, but distinctly demarked from the frons. It is arched, with lateral extensions reaching the small piece bearing the anterior mandibular articulation, located at the junctions of genae, frons and clypeus behind the antennal fossae. In a com- plete insect the clypeus is entirely concealed by the mouthparts. Therefore the horn is not a clypeal horn but rather a frontal suture horn. This correction should be made in all descriptions of Coprini. No fossils in this genus are reported from North America, hence the name pristinus 1s quite appropriate. CopRIS PRISTINUS, new species Color black. Approximate mean size 26 mm. in length, 13 mm, in breadth. Measurements of the 8 9 heads are as tabulated. MEASUREMENTS OF HEADS OF COPRIS PRISTINUS FEMALES Specunen Greatest RWacch Che, ae sea ee Source Nurmber Width Re ep ca center erest crest Pit line a 11.5 mm 6.5 mm.| 7.5 mm.| 1.7 mm.} 2.5 mm.| Pit A b 8.7 5.7 5.8 1.5 2.0 Pit A e 9.5 6.0 6.0 1.8 2.5 Pit 16 g 8.2 5.2 5.6 1.2 1.6 Pit 16 k 9.5 6.5 6.5 2.0 2.5 Pit A ] 8.5 6.0 6.2 2.5 2.6 Pit A (type) p 8.8 5.5 6.2 2.2 D2, Pit A aa 9.7 6.0 5.7 2.0 2.5 Pit A Minimum 8.2 5.2 5.6 1.2 1.6 Mean 9.3 5.92 6.18 1.85 2.3 Maximum IIb) 6.5 7.5 2.5 2.6 The head (Figure 4 of Plate 11) is definitely transverse in its entirety, and would appear even more so in a complete insect. Dorsally, it has a narrow basal occipital and postoccipital area, a convex vertex, most of which is normally covered by the thorax, and the visible dorsum is a flattened disc laterally projecting far beyond the eyes in a rounded 60 to 70° angle. There are deep emarginations at the base of the parietal ledge for the eye sock- ets, which are dorsally elliptical while ventrally the ocular sclerites are spiralled around the eye sockets. The frontal suture is deep and the cleavage extends clear through the ledge to the under side. The broad frontal horn occupies the normal position of the cen- tral ocellus (when it occurs). This horn is a hollow process, elliptical at base, flattened antero-posteriorly, concavely truncate at apex like a saddle. The anterior margin is broadly curved from 124 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 parietal angles, emarginate at frontal suture, and also slightly in- dented on median line. The head is hypognathous, with all mouth parts, antennae, and the major portion of the eyes ventral (Figure 5 of Plate 11). The broad plate-like extension of frons and parietals extends far beyond the insertions of all appendages. The frontal suture passes just in front of the antennal sockets and makes sharp 30° angles with the epistomal suture, which extends forward in par- allel lines and then abruptly arches in front of the slightly de- pressed clypeus. The frons is coarsely punctate beneath. In front of the clypeus there is a narrow arched band bordering the buccal cavity. Its apical angles meet the apical angles of the frons and the subgenae. The antennal sclerites are oval with kidneyform sockets. The parietals are broad in front of the eyes, narrow be- tween the eyes and gular suture, with a broad genal area behind. The broad gula and submentum are separately convex, inserted between the genae at posterior base of head, and are present in only one specimen, there being a definite cleavage, with infolded edges, which separates them from the remainder of the head capsule. The elongate posterior tentacular pit is on the gular suture. The gula and submentum are connate, but distinguished by texture, gula being smooth, dull surfaced, while submentum is finely, closely, shallowly punctate. Anteriorly submentum is medi- anly lobate truncate, laterally excavate for maxillae. Posteriorly (Figure 6 of Plate 11), the triangular subgenal areas with a narrow occipital and postoccipital band, and the gula enclose the subquadrate foramen magnum. Fragments of 10 prothoraces are at hand, of which 6 are measureable as follows: MEASUREMENTS OF PROTHORACES OF COPRIS PRISTINUS Specimen Greatest Greatest Length on Source Number Width Length Center Pit _ C49— Line c 14.5 mm. or 7.7 mm.|Pit A d 12.5 8.5 mm. 6.8 Pee REA f 13.0 9.5 8.0 Pit 16 g 12.0 9.0 Coll ENG h 13.0 8.5 7.5 ee LG (fig. 19 of Plate 13) i AG n eee (0) Bites pale Bee ee A Yr cee Say Save Seon cc Baile Beate Books Seo yAN dd 15.5 11.0 9.0 6G 1183 (fig. 18 of Plate 13) Minimum... 12.0 8.5 6.8 Mean....... 13.4 9.3 Aol Maximum. . 15.5 11.0 9.0 125 Butierin, So. Canir. ACADEMY oF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 Fia. Fic. Fic. Fia. Fic. Fic. vmili(): 11. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON PLATE 11 . Dorsum of head capsule of Copris pristinus, nu. sp. Cr.—crest; Fr.—trons; Fs.—frontal suture; Oc.—occiput; Os.—ocular scle- rite; Pa.—parietal; Pge.—postgena; V.—vertex. . Venter of head capsule of Copris pristinus, n. sp. As.—antennal sclerite; C.—clypeus; Es.—epistomal suture; Fr.—frons; Fs.— frontal suture; Ge.—gena; Gs.—gular suture; Gu.—gula; Hs.— hypostomal suture; I Cr.—interior of crest; Os.—ocular sclerite; Pa.—parietal; Ps.—-pleurostomal suture; g—subgena; Sm.— submentum; Tp.—tentofial pit. Posterior view of head capsule of Copris pristinus, n. sp. Gu.— guia; Oc.—occipital; Pa.—parietal; Pge.—postgena; Poc.—post- occipital. . First tibia of Copris pristinus, n. sp. Inner side of second femur and tibia of Copris pristinus, n. sp. . Inner side of third femur and tibia of Copris Pristinus, n. sp. Dorsal view of fragment of head capsule of Palaeocopris labreae, n. sp. Fr.—frons; Fs.—frontal suture; Os.—ocular socket; Pa.— parietal. Ventral view of fragment of head capsule of Palaeocopris labreae, n. sp. As.—antennal sclerite; C.—clypeus; Es.—epistomal suture; Fr.—frons; Fs.—frontal suture; Os.—ocular sclerite; Pa.— pa- rietal. 12. First tibia of Palaeocopris labreae, n. sp. 13. 14. Second tibia of Palaeocopris labreae, n. sp. Third tibia of Palaeocopris labreae, n. sp. 126 Pierce Fossil Arthropods. 1946 9 oO, Butt. So. Can. Acap. Scr. 45 wo) —= Sy —Os { \-~-"Ge k- --------- 33 mm ------------ «ot Oc 8.7 mm--—F-- - = t ' ' ' Moin 9 *) 1 mmr- eee eee [eeeceiere ato (6 5.2 mm. e+ —2---------5 Gishimmies=——s~ se 1 ‘ ‘ 5 mm. ===> f----- at i) 1 1 ‘ ‘ ‘ f 1 ‘ a ‘ 2 J ri --=- -~-----57 mm. ~~--- PLATE. 11 127 Bu LLETIN, So. CAnir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Pe }, 1946 The dorsum of the pronotum is divided medianly into three visible transverse areas, the narrow anterior marginal acrotergite, with a deep antecostal suture; the anteriorly sloping prescutum bounded by the transverse notal suture, a more or less distinct eee Ww hich may be broken on the median line (but in specimens d, f, g, i, n, 0, cc and dd the ridge is complete as in figure 18 of Fy tee 13), and again on a line with the interior edges of the an- terior lobes (these depressions corresponding in position with the notaulix ) ; and the large scutum with the lateral depressions made by notaulix in the anterior half. The depressions of the median line and the notaulices cause the anterior ridge to appear quad- rituberculate in specimens c and / (figure 19 of Plate 13), where- as in the others it is laterally bituberculate. The anterior margin is laterally lobate, medianly straight; posterior margin is broadly convex; sides convex, marginate. The surface is very shallowly pitted, with lateral ridges a short distance from margin. The postnotum is a narrow infolded band, concave transversely. , Four fragments of the elytra have been found, one almost complete. The length exceeds 13 mm., and the basal width ex- ceeds 10 mm. for each elytron. The striae are about 1 mm. apart. In the largest fragment there are 8 striae, the ninth being at the edge of the break ; ; another fragment has 9 striae. First femur is 5.5 mm. long, 2.8 mm. broad at broadest point before middle; externally punctate; beneath 3-carinate; apically concave with two condylar teeth to engage the tibia. First tibia (Figure 7 of Plate 11) measures 5.8 to 6.1 mm. in length; is di- agonally truncate at apex, outer margin with three broadly rounded teeth, the margin being gently wavy, 3-emarginate ; the outer side is inwardly convex, ‘coarsely punctate, and outwardly abruptly, concavely declivous from a sinuate median edge, with ridges crossing the declivity from the median line to the apices of the teeth; the apex surpasses the tarsal attachment; the base fits into the femur with an internal and external condylar pit. Second femur (Figure 8 of Plate 11) is 6 mm. long, 2.5 mm. broad at broadest point before middle, externally convex, coarsely punctate ; beneath 3-carinate ; apically concave with two condyles for attachment of tibia. Second tibia measures 5.5 mm., is slender at base, flared at apex, with 6 small teeth on outer edge; apically with 2 pits, one for tarsus, the other for the spur. Third femur (Figure 9 of Plate 11) is 6 mm. long, and 2.5 mm. wide just before the middle; dorsally sparsely punctate ; externally shining with two impressed punctate lines, and internally with one impressed punctate line; ventrally bicarinate; apically con- cave with two condyles for attachment of tibia. Four third tibiae measure 6.0, 6.1, 6.4, 6.4 mm. in length; are diagonally truncate at apex; dorso-externally with two large teeth, beyond the middle; and dorso-internally with 6 or 7 small 128 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 ee ‘| 17 PLATE 12 Fie.15.Dorsal view of head capsule of Onthophagus everestae, n. sp. Cr.—crest; Fr.—frons; Fs.—frontal suture; Gu.—egula; Oc.—oc- ciput; Ocs.—occipital suture: Os.—ocular sclerite; Pa.—parietal; Pge.—postgena; Po.—postocciput; Pos.—postoccipital suture. Fic.16. Ventral view of head capsule of Onthophagus everestae, n. Sp. As.—antennal socket; C.—clypeus; Es.—epistomal suture; Fr.— frons; Fs.—frontal suture; Ge.—gena; Gu.—gula; M.—mandible; Os.—Ocular sclerite; Pa.—parietal; Pge.—postgena. Fic.17. First tibia of Onthophagus everestae, n. Sp. No7~ \ PLATE 13 Fic. 18. Pronotum of Copris pristinus, specimen C49dd. Acs.—Ante- costal suture; Atg.—acrotergite; Le—lateral carina; No.— notaulix; Prse.—prescutum; Sc.—scutum; Tu.—tubercule. F1c.19. Pronotum of Copris pristinus, specimen C49h. Atg.—acrotergite; LC.—lateral carina; Prse.—rescutum; Tu.—tubercles. 129 BULLETIN, So. CALtr, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 teeth before the middle and two large teeth beyond the middle ; the dorsal surface is sharply margined, and with transverse ridges connecting the margins at the two large teeth. PALAEOCOPRIS, new genus Closely related to Copris, but with the frontal suture a raised ridge instead of crest, abruptly declivous behind. Tibial struc- tures as in Copris. PALAEOCOPRIS LABREAE, New species A head fragment of a Coprine beetle female (C1ll6a) found in Pit 81 is the basis of this genus and species. Four tibiae of Coprine character are assigned to this species, as no true Copris parts were found in Pit 81. These consist of one first tibia (C1166), one second tibia (Cll6c), and two third tibiae (Cll6d, ec). The complete absence of horn indicates an approach to Phanaeus, but other evidences point to Copris. Based on half measurement the head is 10 mm. wide (Figure 10 of Plate 11), and in general shape and size is very much like Copris pristinus but there is a complete absence of horn, the frontal suture forming instead a broad angled ridge as illustrated, sharply declivous behind, slowly sloping in front. Beneath, the smooth clypeal area 1s more ogival than in C, pristinus. (Figure 11 of Plate 11). The antennal sockets are somewhat peanut-shape. Only a part of the eye socket is pre- served. The tibiae attributed to this species are typically Coprine and are illustrated in Figures 12, 13, 14 of Plate 11. The first meas- ures 5.7 mm., the second 4.5 mm., the third 6.5 mm. The first 1s undulately three toothed. The second tibia flares at apex, and has four minute teeth on outer margin. The hind tibiae has two large teeth (apical and post median), and seven tiny teeth in basal half. All three tibiae have tarsal sockets. Ill. AN ONTHOPHAGINE BEETLE FROM THE TAR One little head, and one small front tibia from Pit 81 belong to the genus Onthophagus. This genus contains about 600 species, mostly Old World, although many occur in North, Central and South America. But the genus is completely absent from Wash- ington, Oregon and California. This species is dedicated with pleasure to Miss Jane Everest, who initiated the modern study of the Rancho La Brea fossil in- sects in 1941-42, extracting hundreds of insect fragments, which are only now being critically studied. 130 vo, BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 ONTHOPHAGUS EVERESTAE, new species Recovered by the writer from Pit 81. Holotype head (C115a), and paratype first tibia (C115D). The head (Figures 15, 16 of Plate 12) measures 1.96 mm. in greatest width, and 2.12 mm. in length. Dorsally it is characterized by a low arcuate ridge on the frontal suture, and two transverse ridges behind the eyes, on the occipital and postoccipital sutures. There is a short median ridge extending forward from the post- occipital ridge. The eye sockets are laterally open, dorsally di- agonal, and ventrally lentiform. The parietals are not extended far beyond the eyes, but form with the frons an anterior process, which makes the mouth parts entirely ventral (hypognathous). In the specimen found, it is fortunate that the flat, ensiform mandi- bles, and the broad gula-submentum are in position. Clypeus is, as in Copris, a smooth arched plate, completely concealed when the mouth parts are in position. The anterior tibia (Figure 17 of Plate 12) is typical, and has three large rounded teeth, two small teeth between the first two large ones, and five rounded teeth of diminishing height in basal half. The length is 4 mm. 12. DESCRIPTION OF A SERICINE BEETLE FROM THE TAR PITS By W. DwicutT PIERCE Among the scarabaeoid fragments isolated from Pit 81, Rancho La Brea, Hancock Park, Los Angeles, was one tiny head, which differed quite materially from the coprophagous beetle heads dis- cussed in Article 11. Studies of heads of beetles in the Museum collection has resulted in assigning this head to genus Serica (Scarabaeoidea. Melolonthidae, Sericinae). This genus is not unexpected, as the beetles are tree defoliators, and the larvae feed at the roots of trees. In California, Serica anthracina LeConte, is a serious defoliator of oak, manzanita, and other trees. The head capsule found in the tar is quite close to this species, which is also black. Oaks were present in the Pleistocene period, and many fragments have been found in the tar. This species is described in honor of Mr. George P. Kanakoff, who has assisted the writer in the washing, sorting, and assembling of the vast amount of minute biological material from the asphal- tum of Pits 81 and A. His help has been invaluable, and there are few men with the patient, untiring persistence that he has shown in this work. 131 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCreNCcES Wee 45, Part 3, 1946 SERICA KANAKOFFI, new species Described from specimen Cl07a from Pit 81. Head capsule black, 2.7 mm. wide and almost as long. The dorsum (Figure 1 of Plate 14) is divided into three areas: occiput, vertex, frons. The broad occiput, normally completely covered by the pronotum, is convex and occupies over one third of the dorsal area. The occipital suture is only indicated by a change of texture. The ae is convexly curved behind and concavely in front, and laterally emarginate by the eye sockets, in front of which are the parietal processes guarding the eyes anteriorly. The frontal suture is broadly curved, separating the vertex from the plate- like frons, which is sharply ridged on its anterior and lateral margins, making the frons somewhat depressed. 4.7 in ees PLATE 14 Fic. 1. Dorsal view of head capsule of Serica kanakoffi, n. sp. Kr.—frons; Fs.—frontal suture; Oc.—Occiput; Os.—ocular sclerite; Pa.— parietal; V.—vertex. Fic. 2. Ventral view of head capsule of Serica kanakoffi, n. sp. AS.—an- tennal sclerite; C.—clypeus; Es.—epistomal suture; Fr.—frons; F's.—frontal suture; Ge.—gena; Gu.—egula; Os.—ocular sclerite; Pa.—parietal; Pge.—postgena; '‘Sm.—submentum; Tp.—tentorial pit. A front view of the head discloses a vertical concave triangular area broadest above, with apex ventral. This is probably part of frons. Ventrally (Figure 2 of Plate 14) this head differs from the Coprine heads in that the arched clypeus reaches the anterior margin at the apex of the above mentioned vertical area. The frons appears as lateral frontal triangles on the under side, with a second large triangular area bounded by clypeus, frons and gen, with apex at the tentorial pits, and base in contact with the an- tennal sclerite. Behind the more or less flattened frontal lobe the head suddenly deepens, so that the genae in the zone of attach- ment of the mouth parts, antennae and eyes are sharply declivous. The gula-submentum is very broad and convex. The posterior popes of the head is closed at the sides of the foramen magnum by the postgenae. 132 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF ScIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF CARABINA’ KNOWN TO OCCUR IN NEVADA (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDZ) By Ira La Rrvers Berkeley, California CARA BIDZ# CARABINA: To this group belong the largest carabids in the State, distinc- tive in appearance, active in habits, and widespread in occurrence. Many are of importance in working out problems of speciation, distribution, and probable ports of entry of special groups. Spe- cies now isolated on montane islands throughout the State throw considerable light on the significance and effect of Pleistocene glaciation on animals of the western Great Basin, information which is more directly traceable to its antecedent factors than such data usually sought in more conspicuous but less significant groups such as birds and mammals. I am indebted to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke of the California Acad- emy of Sciences for aid and suggestions. TRACHYPACHINI 1. Trachypachus inermis Motschulsky 1845. Washoe County (Verdi, 16/V/40, el. 5000 ft—LaR). My single specimen was taken in the needle matting on the floor of a Jeffrey pine forest (Pinus ponderosa jeffreyi) on the extreme eastern slope of the Sierra Nevadas, and the species is apparently not common on the Nevada side of the range. Inermis is very closely allied to the Palearctic zetterstedti (Gyllenhal) 1827. Hatch (1933) regards them as co-specific, which would assign an Holarctic distribution to the species. Previously known from Nevada (Leng 1920). CYCHRINI 2. Scaphinotus obliquus convergens (Casey) 1897 (Brennus). Washoe County (near Verdi, 9/X/45, el. 4800 ft—T. J. Tre- lease). Casey described the species from four specimens from “California (Siskiyou Co.)” and this Nevada record seems_to be the easternmost known locality. According to the collector, Thomas J. Trelease, the solitary specimen was taken near the mouth of Truckee Cafion, along the banks of the Truckee river, 133 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCTENCES Mor 45, Part 3, 1946 under a rock. Nothing is known of its food habits in this area. No previous records. CARABINI 3. Carabus taedatus oregonensis LeConte 1854. Elko County (Ruby Mountains, Lamoille Canon, 25/VI/41, el. 7000 ft—Lak & G. C. Christensen). Oregonensis, smaller than franciscanus, is a high montane form of the Great Basin, first described from eastern Oregon, and known from British Columbia, Washington, Idaho, Utah, Arizona and New Mexico. This is the only Nevada record, first reported by Dr. Van Dyke (1944). The small series was taken under logs littering a grassed cirque at the head of Lamoille Canon—although it was midsummer, snow still lingered in the shade, and the environment was correspondingly chilled. Carabus taedatus franciscanus Casey 1913. Douglas County (Lake He near Zephyr Cove, 6/VIII/41, el. 6400 fit = le Cadel plinele ease). This form barely enters Nevada at the State’s deepest penetration of the Sierras. In 1944, Dr. Van Dyke men- tioned “Glenbrook, Nevada.’ The original description was based on a single male from the coast region of California, near San Francisco. 4. Carabus nemoralis Mull. 1776. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 1/VI11/40, el. 4500 ft—LaR). This is the only record of this European species in Nevada, but it is well-established along the Pacific Coast, being especially abundant about Puget Sound where I have taken large series preying extensively on earthworms. That the Nevada record is not merely representa- tive of a single isolated instance of nursery stock introduction, its generally-accepted method of transport to new, distant regions, is attested by the fact that the specimen was taken in an alkaline saltgrass area several miles from Reno at the junction of a sage- brush-saltgrass association, actively associated with such indi- gents as Cicindela willistoni amargosae, C. plutonica leach, Ed- rotes ventricosus, and various species of Eleodes. In a short note on the species, Horn (1892) mentioned seeing, in 1875, a single specimen in a London collection labelled “Hud- son’s Bay,” but remained rather dubious of the locality until 1891, when he obtained two specimens collected the previous year by C. B. Riker at St. Johns, New Brunswick, where it was common. In 1944, Dr. Van Dyke wrote: “Among my specimens, my oldest record is St. Johns, N. B., 1870.” It has been well-established on the Pacific Coast for the past quarter century, appearing first in the northwest. 5. Calosoma frigidum Kirby 1837. Elko County (Ruby Moun- tains, Lamoille Cation, 25/V1/41, el. 7000 ft—LaR & G. C. 134 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 Christensen). Two specimens were taken séveral feet above ground in Quaking Aspens (Populus tremuloides), one while feeding on remnants of one of the many cicadas (Okanagana bella) then swarming over trees and surrounding brush. Frigidum is a north- ern United States—southern Canada species, common east of the Rockies, but known, to my knowledge, from only two States in the West. The California Academy has seven specimens from Utah: (Wasatch Mountains, Provo Cafion, 2/V1/30, two speci- mens; Timpanogoa, 16/VI/38, one specimen; same, 6/V1/26, four specimens), all in the Van Dyke Collection. The Nevada record is the species’ westernmost known penetration, and the first notice for the State. 6. Calosoma parvicollis Fall 1940. Humboldt County (Para- dise Valley sand dunes, 18/V1/41, el. 4800 ft—LaR & G. C. Christensen) ; Lincoln County (Alamo, 18/V1/40, el. 3800 ft.— LaR); Mineral County (Walker Lake, south end, 7/VII/41, el. 4050 ft—LaR & G. C. Christensen). This interesting desert species shows an almost statewide distribution, possibly sur- passing the so-called “Callisthenes” group in this respect. It was originally described from southern California, and from what is known of its distribution in Nevada, gives evidence of having worked northward into the western Great Basin from southwestern desert stock, its known Nevada occurrences coinciding in gen- eral with the extent of a conspicuous route of biological ingres- sion known as the Sonoran Trailway which enters the southwest- ern border of the State and extends northward to the basin of extinct Pleistocene Lake Lahontan. From this point, emigrant species have access to another trailway angling diagonally across the State from southwest to northeast, the Valley of the Hum- boldt, once largely inundated by Lahontan waters. The conspicu- ous lack of water in Nevada renders such biological routes easier, perhaps, to trace than in more humid regions. The species reaches its climax population in southern California and Arizona, and no Utah penetrations are known. At the southern end of Walker Lake, parvicollis was found preying on the very numerous Acheta assimilis and the common spider Arctosa littoralis, the latter being available in large series hiding under cowchips along the littoral zone during daytime. The California Academy has three specimens from Nye Ceunty (Tonopah, June, el. 6000 ft—) in the Blaisdell collection No other records are known. 7. Calosoma elemens Casey 1914. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 4/V11/40, el. 4500 ft-—LaR). I have specimens only from the vicinity of Reno, taken about lights at night during the summer. The California Academy has one specimen from Nye County (Tonopah, June, el. 6000 ft.) in the Blaisdell collection, 135 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 probably taken by F. W. Nunenmacher during his collecting trip of 1908. Casey described the species from one specimen taken at Las Vegas (Clark County) by Spalding. 8. Calosoma parviceps Casey 1897. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 9/111/41, el. 4500 ft—LaR). A small species, appar- ently another southern form working northward along the So- noran Trailway. The California Academy has three specimens from Esmeralda County (25/I11/08, F. W. Nunenmacher). 9. Calosoma obsoletum Say 1823. Elko County (Elko, 26/- V/39, el. 5000 ft—LaR). I have but one specimen. No previous records. 10. Calosoma tepidum LeConte 1852. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 13/V/41, el. 4500 ft—LaR). This species, of sporadic occurrence in the Great Basin, is of Pacific Coast stock, commonly found from southern California to British Co- lumbia. The California Academy has one specimen from Utah (Ogden, d’ Alene—H. F. Wickham) representing, respectively, the eastern and northernmost known records for the Great Basin. It was de- scribed from Oregon, and is also known from Montana and Colorado. 11. Calosoma cancellatum Eschscholtz 1829. Lander County (Buffalo Valley, 22/V1/41, el. 4600 ft—T. J. Trelease) ; Min- eral County (Walker Lake, south end, 7/VI1/41, el. 4050 ft.— LaR & G. C. Christensen) ; Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 3-11/V/41, 1/VI/41, el. 4500 ft—Lak). This is the commonest member of the subgenus Calosoma about Reno. The California Academy has one specimen from Utah (Brigham, 4/V1/11 (edge of salt water)—J. M. Aldrich) and three specimens from Idaho (Coeur d’ Alene, 11/V1/27—E. C. Van Dyke) ; as in the case of tepidum, these represent extreme known penetrations of the Great Basin of this West Coast species. At Walker Lake, cancel- latum was found feeding on Acheta assimilis in company with parvicollis. Both Calosomae avoided the multitudinous, large Eleodes armata (E. Striatipennis Blaisdell) which were every- where about the sanded margins of the lake. 12. Calosoma zimmermanni monticola Casey 1897. Humbobdt County (Paradise-National Summit, 20-22/V1/41, el. 7600 ft.— Lak & G. C. Christensen) ; Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 19/11/40, 16/111 /40, 7/1V/40, 18/V/40, el. 4500 ft—LaR). Zimmermanni, in its two phases, is by far the commonest Cal- osoma in Nevada, and probably the most widely distributed. While it is readily taken in sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata) areas about Reno, elsewhere in the State has usually been found only as 136 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 a montane species. In the Santa Rosa--Mountains (Paradise- National locality), it was found preying upon the common Coni- ontis lariversi and hunting Aphodius fimetarius under cowchips in an open meadow. The former species, like zimmermanm, is common to sagebrush habitats about Reno, but montane else- where. The California Academy has several monticolae from Washoe County (Pyramid Lake, 30/V/38, el. 4000 ft.—D. Til- lotson; Ross Ranch, 20 miles north of Reno, 15y/ Vi 3ey el approx. 4500 ft.—(?); Spanish Springs Valley, 1938, el. approx. 4500 ft.—R. Saarni; Verdi, April (probably taken by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell) ; Winnemucca Valley, 25 miles northeast of Reno, 26/V1/38, el. approx. 4500 ft—(?) ; also Reno). In 1943, Dr. Van Dyke mentioned the Winnemucca, Reno and Verdi localities for the form. About Reno, I have found it prey- ing upon various insects during daytime, such as Eleodes hirsuta, E. pimelioides, E. tenebrosa, Coniontellus ampliatus, Philonthus furvus califormcus, Hippodamia convergens, Meloe, and various cutworms, wireworms and scarab larvae. Monticola was de- scribed from a single specimen taken at Reno by Casey. Calosoma zimmermanni nevadense (Casey) 1913. Lander County (Buffalo Valley, 26/V1/41, el. 4600 ft—T. J. Trelease) ; Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 11/1X/40, el.4500 ft—LaR). A smoother form than monticola, nevadense has not been taken in any numbers, and is not as abundant as the rougher variety. Casey’s type was a solitary specimen from “Nevada (near Reno) —Wickham.” 13. Calosoma lariversi Van Dyke 1943. Elko County (Ruby Mountains, Lamoille Canton, 25/V1/41, el 7000 ft.—LaR & G. C. Christensen). Apparently the predominant Calosoma of eastern Nevada, and a marked montane isolate. In his discussion of the species, Dr. Van Dyke (1943) places it close to Juvatum, a mid- west species, so that its affinities lie east, and not with the west- ern Pacific species. As such, it would indicate that the two “‘Cal- listhenes,” zimmermanni and luxatwm probably share the Great Basin between them, the former predominating in the western half, the latter’s stock appearing more strongly as the Rocky Mountains are approached. Beyond the Rockies, /uxatum is the only species present. Lariversi seems to be a remnant of luxatum stock, isolated on montane areas of eastern Nevada by Pleistocene glaciation and cut off from its neighbors in post-glaciation periods by the increasing aridity of the Great Basin. Dr. Van Dyke (1943) points out that our wingless, stubby species of Calosoma “do not belong at all in the Old World genus Callisthenes,’ but appear to be of west American origin. 137 BuLLEeTIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF ScreNnces Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 ELAPHRINI 14. Elaphrus laevigatus LeConte 1849. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 12/V/41, el. 4500 ft—LaR). I have but one specimen of this rare species (in Nevada) ; originally described from California, it is apparently limited to the Pacific area, and this is its easternmost known record. It is intermediate in size between the two following species, and much darker. Like them, its typical habitat is sandy bars and beaches along the Truckee river. 15. Elaphrus lecontei Crotch 1874. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 11/V/40, 29/III/41, el. 4500 ft—LaR). Common along sandy beaches of the Truckee river about Reno. No previ- ous records, 16. Elaphrus riparius Linné 1761. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows, 28/1V/40, 2/V1/40, el. 4500 ft—LaR). This is the smallest of the three species, and the commonest of the group. No previous records, NEBRIINI 17. Nebria eschscholtzi Menetries 1844. Washoe County (Pyramid Lake, 31/V111/41, el. 3800 ft—LaR & T. J. Trelease ; 6/V/45—LaR). In a discussion of the species, Dr. Van Dyke (1943) mentions it as being common “along the streams flowing into the Pacific ocean from Alaska to southern California but ex- cept in the north where it follows the branches of the Columbia and other streams inland, it does not extend much east of the Cascades or Sierra Nevada mountains.’ He mentions the Pyra- mid Lake occurrence, and, referring to its relationship with the extinct Pleistocene Lake Lahontan, suggests that the species entered the Great Basin from the Pacific area via an “outlet to the northwest” (of Lake Lahontan), which furnished contact with the Columbia river drainage system. While there is no geo- logical evidence that such a contact existed, the Lahontan waters generally being regarded as an euendorheic system, this northern divide separating the Lahontan basin from the extreme northern Great Basin in its widest sense is the lowest of the barriers the species would have to surmount to effect entry. Other passes to be considered, which at this time seem improbable but not im- possible points of entry, are all openings in the Sierra Nevada mountains bordering the Great Basin to the west; 1) Up the North Fork of the Feather river to the source of the Susan river which flows east into Honey Lake, the western- most remnant of Lake Lahontan— BULLETIN, So. CAnir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 2) Up the American and Yuba rivers for contact with the Truckee which flows eastward as the Lahontan basin’s chief con- tributor— 3) Up the Stanislaus and Tuolumne rivers to the headwaters of the Walker river system, the latest Lahontan tributary. Since only a slight increase in annual rainfall over what now exists in western Nevada would be sufficient to initiate filling of the Lahontan basin, it seems probable that the Pleistocene lake shores were as barren of vegetation as are the present-day rem- nants, Pyramid, Honey and Walker lakes and consequently would present much the same xerophytic aspect they do today. This would mean that eschscholtzi would have to spread over several hundred miles of xerosere to reach its present distribution in west- central Nevada, which it may have been able to do by utilizing the vast lake shores to satisfy its water requirements. Much more collecting will have to be done before any significant data bearing conclusively on the problem will be available, but perhaps it 1s significant that the best-known Nevada locality for eschscholtzi, that at Pyramid Lake, and the only one yet known to me, is but a few miles from the mouth of the Truckee river, and but a little farther removed from the Sierras, an easily-followed route had the species surmounted the Sierras in its easterly expansion. About Pyramid Lake, it is entirely confined to the lake shores, exemplifying its water needs, and in the spring of 1945, was found preying upon Hippodamuia convergens as well as eating the exuviae of freshly-emerged libellulides. I suspect their food in this situation may be, at times, predominantly herbivorous. PROMECOGNATHINI 18. Promecognathus laevissimus Dejean 1829. Washoe Coun- ty (Truckee Meadows, 13/1V/41, el. 4500 ft—LaR). I have but one specimen of this unique species from Nevada, the first record. It has previously been known only from the Pacific coast. Its associates are those of a typical Jeffrey pine forest. 139 BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 BIBLIOGRAPHY CasrEy, Tuos. L. 1897: Coleopterological Notices—VII. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 9:285-684. 1913: Studies in the Cicindelidae and Carabidae of America. Memoirs on the Coleoptera 4:1-182 (private publication). 1914: Some observations on the Carabidae including a new subfamily. Memoirs on the Coleoptera 5:25-44 (private publication). Fatt, H. C. 1910: Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of North Ameri- can Coleoptera. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 36:89-198. HatcH, MELVILLE H. 1933: Notes on Carabidae. Pan-Pac. Ent. ai/e)e INE 121. Horn, GeorGeE H. 1892: Carabus nemoralis. Ent. News 3/3: 60-61 La Rivers, IRA. 1941: Carabus nemoralis. Nev. Acad. Nat. Sci. News Letter 2/1:2. 1943: A list of the Hleodes of Nevada, with the description of a new subspecies. Pom. Col. Jour. Ent. & Zool. 4/35:53-61. Lr Contr, JoHn L. 1848: A descriptive catalog of the Geodephagous Coleoptera inhabiting the United States east of the Rocky Mountains. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 4:173-474. 1852: Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera, from Cali- . fornia. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 5:125-216. VAN Dyke, Epwin C. 1943: New species and subspecies of North Ameri- can Carabidae. Pan-Pac. Ent. 1/149:17-30. 1944: A Review of the North American species of the Genus Carabus Linnaeus, Ent. Amer. 3/24:87-137. 140 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 A FEW PESTS OF SUNFLOWER IN CALIFORNIA By Joun A. Comstock In 1874 Grote described a noctuid moth, Stibadium spumo- sum, from an example taken by Prof. Snow in Kansas. Dr. Holland states’ that the insect “ranges from New York to Colorado and southward,” and reports it as “very abundant in southern Indiana, where it comes freely to sugar.” Dyar’ gives the range as So. Atlantic states and Colorado. Actually the moth ranges across the United States from the Atlantic to the Pacific. Its rarity in western collections is due to the fact that it very seldom comes to light, and, since sugaring is not effective as a collecting method in arid regions it is not pro- curable by that means. The only reference to its life history that I have found in the literature is that of Mary E. Murtfeldt,* published in 1894. Therein she states that she “found a large proportion of the heads of the sunflowers infested with some insect which ejected its castings upon the surface of the flower, which, mingled with PLATE 15 Larva of Stibadium spumosum Grt. in the flower head of Helianthus annuus L. 141 . Butietin, So. Canir. ACADEMY oF ScreNces Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 the withered florets, formed a dry, matted crust that in time be- came more or less moldy. Upon breaking open the injured disks one or more short, thick, and grub-like lepidopterous larvae were disclosed. These had been feeding upon the achenia from the under side and forming cavities and channels in the spongy re- ceptacle.”’ Miss Murtfeldt found her larvae in flower heads of the Rus- sian Sunflower at Kirkwood, Missouri. The very large heads of that species of sunflower probably accounted for the occasional presence of more than one larva to a flower. With our native western species of Helianthus, including the introduced H. annwus, the flower heads are too small to harbor more than one larva. The position of the larva in its chamber at the base of the seeds is shown in our Plate No. 15. Miss Murtfeldt’s description of the mature larva is brief, but accurate. She writes: “The full grown larvae were about one inch in length by one- fourth inch in diameter, with very large golden brown head and broad corneous collar of a darker shade of the same color. Other- PLATE 16 Larva of Stibadium spumosum Grt. A. Head enlarged X 12. B. Mature larva, lateral aspect, enlarged X 2%. Drawing by J. A. Comstock 142 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 wise they were of an opaque cream white, in some cases with a slight dorsal rosy suffusion.” To this I can add a few details. The upper portions of the cheeks are mottled with dark brown dots. Mandibles, black. Ocelli concolorous with head, a few slightly darker on the tips. Figure A of Plate 16 shows an enlarged draw- ing of the head. A lateral view of the larva is shown on Figure B of the same plate. Further details of the larval appearance are given by Miss Murtfeldt, but of the pupa she notes only that it is “short, thick with a glassy appearance, of a shaded brown color with tinge of green on the thorax and abdomen.” Our figures of the pupa given on Plate 17 will furnish other details. As previously stated by the above quoted author, the larva “when full grown—dropped from the flowers and burrowed into the earth to the depth of two or three inches, where they enclose themselves in broad, oval, thick, felt-like cocoons, which were outwardly encrusted and disguised with earth.” PLATE 17 Pupa of Stibadium spumosum Grt. a. dorsal, b. lateral, and c. ventral aspect, enlarged X 31,4. Drawing by J. A. Comstock Larvae are procurable in the fall when the sunflower seeds are maturing. They remain for a year in the chrysalis. Many other lepidopterous larvae occur on sunflower, among which may be mentioned: Chlosyne lacinia, of three forms, namely, rufescens Edw., crocale Edw., and nigrescens Ckll., the caterpillars of which may be found in the fall throughout the Imperial and Coachella Val- leys, feeding on the leaves. 143 BULLETIN, So. Canin. ACADEMY or Screncres Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 The best description of the life history of this species was published by W. H. Edwards in 1893.’ Both the larva and pupa are extremely variable in pattern and color. Our Plate No. 18 illustrates the two extremes of pattern in the chrysalis. PLATE 18 Pupa of Chlosyne lacinia, enlarged X 3%. Suleima baracana Kft., was reared from larvae boring in the upper parts of the stalks of Helianthus annuus. Our examples emerged in August, 1944. They were collected from sunflowers growing wild in fields near Van Nuys, Calif., and were taken at the same time that considerable numbers of the larvae of Stibadi- um Spumosum were secured. J. F. Gates Clarke recorded the habits and life history of this species in 1934° from examples collected at Pullman, Wash. Along with the last named species a number of larvae of Suleima helianthana Riley were reared from borings in the stalks. These emerged on various dates in September, 1944. Other species reported as feeding on or in sunflower, but not as yet recorded for California are: Homoeosoma electellum Hlst., in flower heads; Eucosma rorana Kft., boring in roots; and S. cinerodorsana Heinr., boring in stalks. . Bull. Buff. Soc. 2: 74. 1874. Holland, W. J., The Moth Book, p. 234. Pl. XXVIII, Fig. 3, 1998. . Dyar, H. G., Bull. 52, U. S. Natl. Mus. p. 197, 1902. . Murtfeldt, Mary. Insect Life. VI: (4) pp. 301-302. 1894. Edwards, W. H., Can. Ent. 25: (11) 288-291. 1893. . Clarke, J. F. G., Can. Ent. 66: (8) 179-180. 1934. DWP wN-H 144 BULLETIN, SG. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 PHLEGETHONTIUS RUSTICA Fabr. IN CALIFORNIA (LEPIDOPTERA ; SPHINGIDZ ) By Joun A. Comstock It is not generally known that the large black and white sphinx moth, Phlegethontius rustica, occurs in southern California. Commander Dammers captured a freshly emerged example in the San Felipe wash, San Diego County, on August 19, 1936, and Don Meadows took a single specimen at Laguna Beach on Au- gust 15 of the same year. Dr. Holland records its range as extending from the New England states, through the southern states, to Central America, and reports having taken it “not infrequently” in southern Indi- ana. Dyar reports it for the southern states and South America. Prof. Carlos C. Hoffmann, in the Anales de Instituto de Biologia, XIII: (1) 219, 1942, lists it as occurring in all parts of Mexico, from the coldest to the most tropical zones. E. Graywood Smyth states that 1t is a common species in the coastal arid regions of Peru. The Biologia Centrali Americana records it from numerous countries of Central and South America. It is obviously there- fore one of the most widely distributed sphinges of the American continent. Many papers have been published on the life history of the species, as will be noted in the bibliography at the end of this article. A black and white drawing of the imago, larva and pupa by Titian R. Peale was published in the Entomological News, Vol. 2, p. 192, 1892, and a colored plate by Ellison A. Smyth, Jr., together with descriptions of the egg, larva in various instars, and pupa, was published in the Entom. News, Vol. 11, pp. 485- 488, 1900. Eight mature larvae were collected by Lloyd Martin and the author on September 15, 1945. These were feeding on Chilopsis linearis DC. (Desert Willow) in Box Canyon, at the north end of Mason Valley, San Diego County. They pupated and emerged on various dates in April, May and June of the following year. Photographs were taken of the larva and pupa which are here reproduced as Plates 19 and 20. The larvae are fairly easy to locate owing to the fact that Chilopsis usually grows in sandy washes where the ground is free of vegetation under and around the trees. The larval droppings are very conspicuous on the light colored sand and the cater- pillars will be found directly above the freshest excreta. 145 Butter, So. Canm. ACADEMY or SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 PLATE 19 Mature larva of Phlegethontius rustica Fabr., lateral and dorsal aspects. Figures slightly reduced . The foodplants thus far recorded for P. rustica are: Privet, lilac, heliotrope, crape myrtle, Jasminium, Helianthus annuus, Callicarpa americana, Chionanthus,and in South America, several species of the family Anonaceae. d’Almeida reports the larva feeding on Verbena triphylla in Brazil. Our record of Chi- lopsis is new. 146 BULLETIN, So. CArir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 PLATE 20 Pupa of Phlegethontius rustica Fabr. natural size __ The following bibliography is probably far from complete, but it gives the important works dealing with the metamorphosis of Phlegethontius rustica. BIBLIOGRAPHY Larva, pupa (col’d. figs.) Abbot-Smith. Lep. Ins. of Georgia, p. 67, Pl, 34: Larva (cold. fig.) Duncan, Nat. Library, Vol. 22, p. 102, Pl. 6. Larva, pupa. Clemens. Jour. Acad. Nat. Se. Phila. (quotes Abbot), July. Larva, pupa. Morris (quotes Clemens). Synops. Lepid. N. Am., p. 187. Larva, pupa. Bdv. Spec. Gener. Sphingidae, p. 83. Larva, pupa. H. Dewitz. Wiegemann Archiv. Naturgesch, p. 10. Larva, pupa. Gundlach. Entom. Cubana, p. 209. Pupa. Hy. Edwards. Entom. Americana, Vol. 3, 164. Larva, pupa. Drawing by Peale. Entom. News. Vol. 3, p. 192. Larva, pupa (col’d. figs.), egg. HE. A. Smyth, Jr., Entom. News. XI, p. 485. Pl. XI. = Egg, larva (5 instars), pupa. R. F. d’Almeida. Arquivos de Zoologia, 1V (2) 55-57. Pl. 1, fig. 7 (poor figure of larva). Sao Paulo, Brazil. 147 BULLETIN, So. Canin. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 4D, Part 3, 1946 AGARICUS VERSUS PSALLIOTA By Louts CurrerR WHEELER Department of Botany, University of Southern California The common edible mushroom, which has long been known as Agaricus campestris, has been referred to with increasing fre- quency as Psalliota campestris. The Nomenclature Committee of the British Mycological Society states that “.. chiefly owing to the use of works such as Ricken’s Blatter pilze [1910- 1915] and Rea’s 3asidiomycetae [1922], the name Psalliota has come into very general use in recent years, and is now found even in academic textbooks.” (Wakefield 1940 pp. 290-291). There is an obstacle to the use of Psalliota. Since Fries (1820) used Agaricus in a very inclusive sense, division of the genus into many genera by: subsequent mycological writers was virtually in- evitable. During this process of division Agaricus was abandoned by some authors, which is a violation of the provisions of the In- ternational Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, Article 51: “When a genus is divided into two or more genera, the generic name must be retained for one of them, or (if it has not been retained ), must be re-established. When a particular species was originally designated as the type, the generic name must be retained for the genus including that species. When no type was designated, a type must be chosen according to the regulations given (Appendix I).” (Briquet 1935). Unhappily “Appendix I’ has never been published. However, the criteria used are to some extent a matter of agreement especially among American authors who pioneered in the field of formal typification. See Wheeler (1943 pp. 457- 458) for discussion and synopsis of literature. Agaricus was applied by Karsten (1879) in a restricted sense, which might be taken as typification by implication since Psalliota Fr, and “Pratella Gill.” are cited as synonyms of “Agaricus (Linn.) Karsten” (p. 483). Agaricus and Psalliota were accepta- bly typified by the same species (Agaricus or Psalliota campestris ) by Clements and Shear (1931 p. 350), consequently these two genera are precisely identical nomenclaturally. The two genera thus typified being identical, and since Agaricus must be used for something, Psalliota must be relegated permanently to synonymy under Agaricus. This opinion is not without precedent. Hotson & Stuntz (1938) used Agaricus because of the provisions of Art. 51. The Nomenclature Committee of the British Mycological Society concurs with these statements: “There is no doubt that the name Agaricus, according to the current Rules, ought to have been re- tained when the group was divided, and there seem to be good 148 BULLETIN, So. CAatir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 reasons for applying it to the genus containing Agaricus cam- pestris Linn, ex Fr., which may be chosen as lectotype .. . Recom- mendation: The majority opinion of this committee is that Agari- cus should be typified by Agaricus campestris Linn. ex Fr. Agari- cus Linn. ex Fr., with the date from 1821, will then be the valid name for the genus that includes the common mushroom, and need not be conserved against either Psalliota (Fr.) Quel. (1872) or Pratella (Pers.) S. F. Gray emend. Gillet (1874.” The attribution, of many authors, of Psalliota in generic rank to Fries, is an error even though it may be customary. If, as these authors imply, Fries published Psalliota as a genus at the same time that he published the genus Agaricus, the two genera would be likely to have different type species and, if so, both might be used, though not to include the same species. Fries (1820) divided Agaricus into several named series and divided the series into “tribes.’””’ Among these “tribes” was Psalliota (pp. 11 and 280). All the binomials under this, as well as under all the other “tribes” of Agaricus, begin with A. for Agaricus. Since Fries specifically stated (p. 280) the rank of Psalliota to be that of “Trib.” and since the binomials under it begin with A. for Agaricus, it is obvious that Fries did not publish Psalliota as a genus. Dodge (1934) discusses the invalid custom of many my- cologists of erroneously ascribing to Fries as genera the Friesian “tribes” of Agaricus, and Heim (1934 p. 16) defends it. Although Agaricus was included in the list of “Nomina ge- nerica conservanda proposita”’ (Briquet 1935 p. 123) it was not, as supposed by some, conserved. The only action taken by the last International Botanical Congress concerning this list was to refer all the genera proposed in it for conservation to the appropri- ate Special Committee, in this case, for Fungi (Sprague 1936 p. 77 (15) (18)). Assuming typification of the genus by Agaricus campestris, conservation of Agaricus is entirely superfluous, and the effect of conserving Agaricus would be mainly to confer a sort of Torren’s title on it since its use is already required by Art. 51. Violent exception to this simplification of the problem by typification will probably be taken by some authors who feel that the nomenclature of the fungi is particularly esoteric. In order to present both sides of the case it should be mentioned that, as noted by Wakefield (1940 p. 289): “The converse proposal, to con- serve Psalliota Quel. against Agaricus Fr., was made by the late Professor Jaczewski in a list which was sent in too late for in- clusion with the other proposals in the Rules. It was published by Briquet in his Rec. Syn. 1930, p. vii.” It is wholly unlikely that Jaczewski’s proposal will ever be accepted and the proposal is obviously an admission that Agaricus takes precedence over Psalliota. ; The effect of Art. 13 (Briquet 1935), which provides that the order of categories sanctioned by custom must not be altered and 149 BULLETIN, So. Cattr, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 that systems in which the customary order is violated are inad- missible, on Fries, Systema is uncertain. Since there seems to be no penalty provided for violation of this rule and no example of the application of the rule is known to the writer except where binomials were directly involved, it seems best to accept Fries’ genera and species. It is pretty certain that mycologists would not tolerate the rejection of the entire work on the ground that it was an aberrant system of classification, The exact meaning of Art. 20 (Briquet 1935) which specifies the dates to be taken for the commencement of the nomenclature of the various groups of plants is a moot question in the case of the following part: “(f) Fungi caeteri. 1821-32. (Fries, Systema mycologicum).’ Ramsbottom (1934 pp. 314-315) has ably ana- lyzed the three possible interpretations : “(1) The date (7. e. year) is the important point. (2) As in (1), but a start is not made until the mentioned work appears. (3) The work itself is the important point, the date being sig- nificant only 1n so far as it specifies the work from which the nomenclature begins.” Ramsbottom favors the last interpretation, since, as he main- tains, the beginning date was obviously derived from the work. Ramsbottom (in Anonymous 1935 p. 67) made a formal proposal to have Fries, Systema taken as the basis of the nomenclature of the “Fungi caeter’” with the emphasis on the work rather than the date. Dodge (1934 p. 709) made a diametrically opposed pro- posal favoring (1) of Ramsbottom’s analysis quoted above. Martin (1943, p. 78) favors Dodge’s proposal. Both proposals were, according to Sprague (1936 p. 77) referred to the Special Committee for Fungi which means that action on the matter is indefinitely postponed. If the rule is interpreted as meaning the date, Fries, Systema volume one, and all the genera (including Agaricus) and the species published in it were issued prior to the beginning date for the nomenclature of these fungi, which would mean that none of these names would be considered valid. Rogers (1941) presents fairly convincing evidence that volume one of Fries, Systema was published late in 1820. In addition to the evi- dence presented by Rogers is the (prepublication?) announce- ment of the work in Flora, Regensburg 3(2 No. 27): 426. 1820 (July 21) which supports Roger’s contention. However, it is obvious that mycologists would not allow volume one of Fries, Systema to be excluded merely because of an error in the date of publication stated on the titlepage. If 1821 were rigidly enforced as the beginning date the valid name for the concept otherwise known as Agaricus or Psalliota would be Pratella S. F. Gray (1821 p. 626) and the name for Agaricus campestris, Pratella campestris S. F. Gray, 1. c. 150 ’ BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 SUMMARY Agaricus is the valid generic name for Agaricus campestris. Conservation of Agaricus is unnecessary since the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, by the provisions of Article 51, require the use of Agaricus for something, and A. campestris is the type species which fixes the application in the customary sense. The substitution of Psalliota for Agaricus is an error. Fries, Systema volume one seems to have been published in 1820 rather than 1821 as stated on the title-page. If the date (1821) is deemed more important than the work (Fries, Systema) given by the Rules, Art. 20 (f), for the commencement of the nomenclature of the “Fungi caeteri,’ the nomenclature of the Agaricaceae will be further needlessly complicated since Fries, Systema volume one will be excluded. BIBLIOGRAPHY Anonymous. 1935. Additions and amendments to the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. Kew Bull. Misc. Inform. 1935: 65-92. BrRIQUET, JOHN. 1935. International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. Dritte Auflage. Jena. CLEMENTS, F. E. and C. L. SHEAR. 1931. Genera of Fungi. New York. DopcE, C. W. 1934. Proposals for amendments of Article 20 of the In- ternational Rules of Nomenclature. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21: 709-712. Fries, Evias. 1820. Systema Mycologicum, vol. 1. Gryphiswalde. Gray, S. F. 1821. A Natural Arrangement of British Plants, vol. 1. London. Herm, Rocer. 1934. Fungi Iberici. Observationes sur la flore mycologique Catalane. Treb. Mus. Cién. Nat. Barcelona 15(3): 1-148, Pl. I-IV. Hotson, J. W. and D. E. Sruntz. 1938. The genus Agaricus in western Washington. Mycologia 30: 204-234. KARSTEN, Peter ADOLF. 1879. Mycologia Fennica. Pars quarta. Hypo- dermii, Phycomycetes et Myxomycetes. Bidr. Finl. Nat. Folk 32: 1-571. Martin, G. W. 1943. The generic name Auricularia. Amer. Midl. Nat. 77-82. RamsBottom, J. 1934. Notes on mycological nomenclature. Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc. 18: 314-319. Rea, CarRLeton. 1922. British Basidiomycetae. Cambridge, England. RICKEN, ADALBERT. 1910-1915. Die Blatterpilze (Agariceceae) Deutsch- lands und der angrenzenden Lander, besonders Oesterreichs und der Schweiz, vol. 1 text, vol. 2 plates. Leipzig. Rocers, D. P. 1941. Relative dates of S. F. Gray’s Natural Arrangement and Fries’s Systema. Mycologia 33: 568-570. Stncer, Roitr. 1936. Das System der Agaricales. Annales Mycologici 34(4/5): 286-378. Spracug, T. A. 1936. Principal decisions on nomenclature at the VIth International Botanical Congress (1935). Journ. Bot., London 74: 75-78. WAKEFIELD, HE. M. (Secretary). 1940. Nomina generica conservanda. Contributions from the Nomenclature Committee of the British Mycological Society. III. Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc. 24: 282-293. WHEELER, Louris C. 1943. The genera of the living Euphorbieae. Amer. Midl. Nat. 30(2): 456-503. 151 BULLETIN, So. CALtr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 THE EUROPEAN BROWN SNAIL IN OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA By WiLLtiAM Marcus INGRAM Mills College, California The data included here were based on field and laboratory studies on the serious garden pest, the European Brown Snail, Helix aspersa Miller, in the gardens in Oakland, California. Lists of plants found to be eaten or ignored as food plants by the Euro- pean Brown Snail are included. Additional information on this pest to that already available in North American publications con- cerning human-snail relationships, life history data, and behavior were gathered between January 1, 1941, and December 6, 1945. Basinger, 1923; 1931; 1940; Ingram, 1942; Lang and MacLeod, 1941; and Hanna, 1939). The most generally comprehensive of the above publications is that by Basinger (1931) ; thus observations made by him were especially noted by the writer, to discover variations in the yearly life of the European Brown Snail. Because of numerous, not readily understood ecological factors, several of my observations differ from those of Basinger’s (1931). This is not to be taken as criticism of his fine paper, but merely indicates that the re- sponses of Helix aspersa Miller are apparently greatly varied. Thus these observations, as Basinger’s, should be considered as adding general data, without specifically accounting environmental factors. COPULATION AND NEXT LOCATION Concerning copulation Basinger (1931) states, “During mating mutual fertilization takes place and both individuals may lay eggs.’ Mutual fertilization does not always take place, although it may be the rule. Pairs of Helix aspersa have been observed both in the field and in the laboratory where fertilization was not mutual, one individual acting as a male and the other as the fe- male. Mating does not necessarily begin during the night as Bas- inger (1931) indicates when he states, “Mating requires from 4 to 12 hours, and begins during the night, but snails are often seen in coition in the morning because the process of fertilization was not completed before the presence of the day.” The writer has observed eleven pairs start coition during the daylight hours. In three instances snail pairs were observed to start copulation be- tween the hours of from one to three in the afternoon; these pairs + continued into the night. The snails observed copulating in the field have continued coition between 6 and 9 hours. The length of coition in terraria was not recorded. Copulation in terraria in the 152 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 laboratory took place at all hours, although pairs most commonly began the act during the hours of darkness. Twenty-five egg masses were found in the field. With the ex- ception of three, these were left undisturbed for specific life his- tory studies not yet completed. The nests were generally found in the well-worked ground of cultivated areas; four were found in the loam soil of a creek bed. Grassy fields were avoided by snails about to lay eggs. Basinger (1931) states concerning the final concealment of the nest by snails on completion of egg laying, “As a final effort in concealing the nest, a quantity of excrement is placed on top, and the operation of nest-making and oviposition is completed.”” The writer found that a Helix may deposit from four to six fecal strings in a period of twelve hours after food has been removed. Snails in the act of egg laying quite naturally deposit fecal strings during the egg laying process and when they are scraping soil back into the egg cavity in the ground. It seems to the writer that no effort is made by the snail in depositing strings of fecal matter on top of a newly filled nest to conceal it. When strings do appear in such a position they are quite naturally deposited in the process of normal defecation. BEHAVIOR Helix aspersa is not strictly nocturnal; Basinger (1931), “The species is distinctly nocturnal. Occasional individuals may be seen moving about during the daytime, but they are the exception, for most snails leave their hiding places after dark and retreat before daybreak.” In Oakland hundreds of individuals have been ob- served during the spring, autumn, and winter months slowly crawling about, idly distended, copulating, feeding, or depositing fecal strings during the daylight hours. It may be that during the daylight hours in Basinger’s (1931) Southern California region one may not expect to find as many snails active in the daylight hours, because of a generally higher temperature and lower hu- midity ; however, Helix aspersa is both diurnal and nocturnal in its movements. In fact a good many land snails which have been called distinctly nocturnal are qnite active during daylight hours, although it is quite true that they are not as obvious to collectors as those seen by a spotlight at night, because many tend to crawl beneath humus, logs, grass, or to move in deep forest areas and weedy fields away from the direct sun’s rays. Ingram (1941). SEASONAL AESTIVATION AND MOVEMENT Enthusiastic gardeners in the region of the Mills College cam- pus, Oakland, have observed that snail populations have decreased 1. I wish to thank Miss May Lee, Miss Barbara Merritt, and Miss Mary Isabelle Gifford for aiding me in making possible the laboratory observations on potential food plants of Helix aspersa. BULLETIN, So. Cari, ACADEMY oF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 by as much as from fifty to seventy-five per cent in garden areas during certain seasons. A question was often asked the writer, “If snails nez arly disappear in the summer months why are our gardens so infested in the fall after the first rains or during moist summer days?” A part of the answer to this question was soon revealed locally and was reported by Basinger (1931) in his study in Southern California. During the dry summer months the snails aestivate. They do not feed extensively, and because of a cessation of activity gardeners do not observe them, although many are about in secluded garden areas. With the first rains when mois- ture is precipitated the snails come out from their hiding places and begin to feed in the garden. Thus there is a startling “over- night” invasion of a garden by snails that had secluded themselves during adverse weather conditions in the garden, but whose pres- ence was not ascertained by the gardener. Certain gardens were over-run more than others when snails appeared from aestivation with raised summer humidity or in the fall with the first rains. This happening called for further in- vestigation to reveal possible “garden snail reservoirs.” It was found that gardens with numerous low-lying plants, with dense upright ones, and with extremely broad leafed ones supported the greatest population of Helix. Plants notably sought after by Helix for a summer shelter were : low -lying mosses, ivy, wandering jew, dense privet hedges, calla-lilies, and petunias. Old lumber piles, loose flagstones, meter boxes, walls with overhanging tops, and the undersurfaces of window sills also provide shelter from the sun’s rays and dry summer conditions. Helix aspersa, more than the native snails, needs a broad flat surface to seal its aperature to conserve the body moisture, for unlike the native snails, Helix rarely forms complete epiphragms. If a complete epiphragm is formed, the moisture conserving property is poor, for in Helix the epiphragm is extremely thin and fragile, while members of the common native Helicidae, Helminthoglyptidae, secrete rela- tively thick epiphragms; if sudden temperature changes bring about even drier weather it is not uncommon for the Helmin- thoglyptidae to secrete successive epiphragms to seal the aperture. Several species of Helminthoglypta have been taken with from nine to five epiphragms placed at the aperture of the shell. Ingram (1941). By marking snails it was ascertained that from 50 to 80 per cent of the population of garden snails may move from certain gardens to more appropriate aestivating areas during the summer and fall months. Mortality among snails remaining in such gar- dens has been as high as 30 per cent of the population. Snails occupying newly landscaped gardens where plant shelter is not adequate and where general garden debris has not as yet accumu- lated have been observed moving into uncultivated plant areas during the start of dry periods. In this region Helix under favor- 154 BULLETIN, So. CaLir, ACADEMY or SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 able conditions avoids uncultivated areas, preferring to remain associated with the delicacies provided by the gardener on cared- for ground. On the resumption of moist weather snails have been observed to return to the gardens. In an experimental garden plot forty-five marked snails were observed in their early summer and early fall movement. A stream whose banks were covered by grasses, poison oak, and grass and branch debris piles passed within fifty feet of this plot. The clay making up the stream bed remained moist throughout the sum- mer and fall. With the onset of hot weather the marked snails moved as far as 300 feet from the experimental plot to take shelter in selected areas in the stream bed. The snails, reaching the moist clay bottom, did not all aestivate, but moved about; some in less favorable areas of the stream’s banks sought shelter under plant debris piles and aestivated. Numerous fecal string masses found in the creek indicated that the active snails feed throughout the summer on uncultivated plants; these were un- determined. RELATIONSHIP OF Helix TO CULTIVATED AND UNCULTIVATED AREAS In the Mills College region of Oakland, Helix has not been ob- served to make any great attempts to establish itself in the “wild plant areas” bordering cultivated ones. In this respect the intro- duced Helix is not as adaptable as the common local native snails which, moving from native plant areas, have apparently adapted themselves well to planted and cultivated areas. Native snails found on the Mills College campus in cared-for plant areas are: Haplotrema ninimum Ancey, Helminthoglypta arrosa hold- ertana Cooper, Helminthoglypta diabloensis (Cooper) and Arioli- max columbianus Gould. Ingram (1942). These mollusks, with the exception of the slug Ariolimax, have been commonly taken from under eucalyptus bark lying on the ground or from sprung bark attached to trees. All have been taken from beneath wander- ing jew, and from beneath brush piles, and stacked cord wood, PLANT FOOD To test certain plants found in Oakland that Helix might feed on, snails were brought into the laboratory and were placed in glass covered terraria filled with moist earth; some of the most readily available plants were added to the terraria from time to time. Three snails were placed in each of many terraria. The terraria were kept at room temperature. The feeding experi- ments were carried on from March 15, 1944 to December 6, 1945. Seventy-nine species of plants were tested. Of this number four- teen were fed upon with apparent relish (i. e., as lettuce 1s); eleven species were partially consumed; twenty species were merely nibbled at; and thirty-four species were not touched. The 155 Buiierin, So. Canim. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 8, 1946 writer has found from several years of experience that land snails and slugs do not always “perform” consistently; thus it may be that certain of the plants listed here as eaten might on occasion not be fed on, and to the contrary, some of the plants not eaten might possibly be eaten on another occasion. The tested species of plants are listed below in the above categories, PLANTS MADE AVAILABLE TO HELIX ASPERSA FOR FEEDING ACERACEAE—Maple family Acer macrophyllum Pursh—Big-leaf maple (C) AIZOACEAE—Carpet-weed family Mesembryanthemum crystallinum L.—Ice plant (D) ANACARDIACEAE—Sumac family Rhus integrifolia B, and W.—Lemonade-berry (D) APoCYNACEAE—Dogbane family Vinca major L. (D) ASCLEPIADACEAE—Milkweed family Asclepias sp.—Milkweed (C) BERBERIDACEAE—Barberry family Berberis nervosa Pursh—Oregon grape (C) BeTuLAcEAE—Birch family Betula fontanalis Sarg—Water birch (C) BorAGINACEAE—Borage family Cynoglossum grande Dougl.—Western hound’s tongue (C) CARYOPHYLLACEAE—Pink family Silene californica Dur.—Indian pink (C) ComposiITaAE—Sunflower family Agoseris hirsuta (Hook.) Greene (A) Artemisia vulgaris discolor Hall, Var. heterophylla Jepson— California in mugwort (D) Chrysanthemum segetum L.—Chrysantheum (C?) Lactuca pulchella DC.—Wild lettuce (B) Lactuca scariola L.—Prickle lettuce (B) Picris echioides ..—Bristly ox-tongue (A) Senecio fremontu T. and G. var. occidentalis Gray (C) Senecio vulgaris L.—Common groundsel (D) Taraxacum laevigatum (Willd.) DC.—Red-seeded dandelion (A) 2. In the plant list A stands for relished; B for partially consumed; C for nibbled at; D for not touched. 156 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 CoNnvoLvULACEA—Morning-glory family Convolvulus luteolus Gray—Bindweed (A) Convolvulus occidentalis Gray (D) Convolvulus subacaulis Greene (A) CRUCIFERAE—Mustard family Brassica arvensis B.S.P—Charlock (A) Brassica campestris L—“Common yellow mustard” (A ) Brassica mgra (L.) Koch—Black mustard (A) Capsella bursa-pastoria (L.) Moench.—Shepards purse (D) Lepidium mtidum Nutt.-—Common pepper-grass (D) Raphanus sativus L.—Wild raddish (B) DipsacEAE— [easel family Scabiosa atropurpurea L.—Mourning bride (B) EricaAcEAE—Heath family Rhododendron californicum Hook.—California rose bay (D) Rhododendron occidentale Gray—Western Azalea (B) EUPHORBIACEAE— Spurge family Euphorbia sp. (D) FAGACEAE—Oak family Quercus agrifolia Nee—Coast live oak (D) GARRYACEAE—Silk tassel family Garrya fremontiu Vorr.—Bear bush (C) GERANIACEAE—Geranium family Erodium circutarium L. ’Her.—Red-stem filaree (D) Geranium richardsonu F, and T.—Geranium (A) GRAMINEAE—Grass family Avena fatua L.—Wild oat (D) Bromus carinatus H. and A.—California brome grass (D) Bromus hordeaceus L.—Soft cheat (D) Bromus rigidus Roth.—‘“‘Ripgut grass” (C) Dactylus glomerata L.—Orchard grass (C) Danthonia californica Boland—Oat grass (?) (D) Elymus canadensis L-—Rye grass (D) Elymus glaucus Buckl—Western rye grass (D) Festuca myuros L.—Rat’s-tail fescue (D) Hordeum murinum L.—Wall barley (D) Hordeum nodosum L.—Meadow barley (D) Lolium multiforum Lam.—Australian or Italian rye grass (2) Poa annua L. (D) Poa pratensis .—Kentucky blue grass (D) Syntherisma sanguinalis (L. )—Crab ¢ grass (D) 157 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 TRIDACEAE—Iris family Sisyrinchiumbellum sp. Wats.—Blue-eyed grass (C) JuGLANDACEAE—Walnut family Juglans californica Wats.—Southern California black Walnut (D) LaspraAtaE—Mint family Stachys bullata—Benth.—Hedge nettle (D) LavuRACEAE—Laurel family Umbellularia californica Nutt—California laurel (D) LreGuMINosAE—Pea family Cercis occidentalis—Torr.—Western red-bud (C) Cytisus scoparius Link.—Scotch broom (B) Medicago hispida Gaertn.—Burr clover (D) Vicia exigua Nutt.—California vetch (A) LILIACEAE—Lily family Brodiaea hyacinthina (Lindl.). Baker—White Brodiaea (D) MatvAceaE—Mallow family Malva borealis Wallm.—Blue mallow (A) Malva parviflora L.—Cheese-weed (C) PAPAVERACEAE—Poppy family Eschscholtzia californica Cham.—California poppy (A) PINACEAE—Pine family Pinus radiata Don.—Monterey pine (D) PLANTAGINACEAE—Plantago family Plantago lanceolata L.—Ribwort, English plantain (C) PLATANACEAE—Plane family Platanus racemosa Nutt.—Western sycamore (C) PoLyGONACEAE—Buckwheat family Rumex acetosella L.—Sheep sorrel (D) Rumex crispus L.—Curly dock (D) Rumex occidentahs Wats.—Western dock (A) Rumex pulchera L.—Fiddle dock (B) PoRTULACACEAE—Purslane family Montia perfoliata (Donn.) Howell—Miners lettuce (A) PRIMULACEAE—Primrose family Dodecatheon hendersonu Gray vat. Mosquito Bills (C) 158 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 45, Part 3, 1946 SAPINDACEAE—Buckeye family Aesculus californica (Spach.)—Buckeye (D) SCROPHULARIACEAE—Figwort family Digitalis purpurea L.—Foxglove (B) Scrophularia californica Cham. (B) SOLANACEAE—Nightshade family Petunia parviflora Juss.—(B) Solanum xantiu Gray (C) STERCULIACEAE—Sterculia family Fremontia californica Vorr, var. mexicana Jepson n. comb.— Flannel bush (B) UMBELLIFERAE—Parsley family Sanicula menziesu H. and A. Gamble weed (C) VIOLACEAE— Violet family Viola beckwithu T. and G—Violet (C) BIBLIOGRAPHY BASINGER, A. J. 1923. A valuable snail poison. Journ. Econ. Ent., Vol. 16, pp. 456-468. 1931. The European brown snail. Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. 515. 1940. Brown snail infestations. Calif. Citrograph, Vol. 25, no. 7, p. 226. INGRAM, W. M. 1941. Daylight activity of land mollusks. Nautilus, Vol. 54, no. 3, pp. 87-90. 1942. Food habits of Haplotrema minimum Ancey and habits of as- sociated mollusks on the Mills College campus. Nautilus, Vol. 55, no. 3, pp. 98-102. Hanna, G. D. 1931. Exotic mollusca in California. Bull. Dept. Agriculture, State of California, Vol. 28, no. 5, pp. 298-321. JEPSON, W. L. 1925. A manual of the flowering plants of California. Associated Students Store, Univ. Calif., Berkeley, Calif. pp. 1-1238. Lane, W. H. Jr. and G. F. Mac Leop 1941. Metaldehyde and calcium arsenate in slug and snail baits. Jour. Econ. Ent., Vol. 34, no. 2, pp. 321-322. 159 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$2.00 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. JoHN A. Comstock Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September- October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1946, including volumes XXIV to XLV, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. 160 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES BULLETIN: To Members Complete set, Vols. 1 to 39, bound ............... (Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ WO 3 IN@s 06 Ee aip eae so oer sacs eae Ie $ .25 Bee emacs) eNO) () Opt 2 ic, favre at curate. ashe cians e cailgGuel chore Je avers teveltellexe 25 pee ONC LOL Or iemeversucicicoi sisllsi-ci sve ersusieseusnd enalere Avesethaive .25 etal primera LOO Si erolesrcis ral avere ga scevaiiel eg wconele Siorelaceicns 1.00 So Seeley WOOO) ee eh oe CRiscce Sia eo eth w ele seth mie eleiens 1.00 en retin IO () Sere eo Ail Agtee nderens: ti atare Gyaie io eie Rie 2.00 eee) ee rageines 2 Serell (Do aga ect sok Aree sn castle va veral o-cuaie Spa eteusse Sec 75 ppl eteesner lees OTM eae a. ctcis eccstuusis eres viele ho eset eve 1.00 ieee) ame eal ON i Aten ais. xe sree alae, cemtuie ciocaiesake ce creneeions 2.00 pe pmebacrece MOD ONS soe 5 ck one h tw veiel ey oi loters siisre Gdasiieve loins 1.00 pamalliey ee Nene spell OO ik Ws ialenc ecocaer ese time ate cisterns @s oiers 5) perdi (opamp ne OMS ev rece seis ai ie Sans Is are aa ae nea 1.50 WW Oe IPAS eae ea ark Seen 5 ieee 50 soreee LO) eee A eA i ce NS ae oe Miche efeue ener alee saitevese 50 pet egecmemer Oe MOD gs vce cher citene a eceve @ eieua ste Sre aL eidicrecec8 & 1.00 aor ene nn oe 4- 6. | 924 (each) eens cise 25 eA teem nedre = 1925: (COACH) i cies. atec crete eeiacle wets 25 ee een eNO Oe Sis sco ata gee cee ccsue GAs oes asaeucvase 25° cr Onemmemenl e ae O21: (CACI) aes cic ccsce ace wee eneeisdenetarece .25 epee tales ool O28 (COACH) yee.) occ ts eters ere erate ars .25 Stee per ge ol 290 (CACM) eetiaw cs aie sec cst eens .25 a), Saale 226, VIB R(CEY peat aa oe ooencbaoa 25 ol Reem ee te Se Oe CACH \iisratereaedavsiers ferele wretelons .25 Boo en lew2. os 1983 7CeACh) a5. siecle eters’ sie .25 ego Omi neo ll D345 (EACH) eepersie: co olere ecvereisloretevoie 25 Ga, A, as a IRS (Gayl) SeocaaanodosouooGd .25 Omen Zee tacl 9 3 OCs (CACM) cans arcus sre cr erekerersterere: of .25 Seesmic toe LO Brie | (CACIN) e aclerete cin sree feverers: ofa 25 Bila ale PARE TIE REE (GOI at oA Gaba doo noue .25 Oe aR, Po od, Ae IB (CHO) hehe A bean codon dood 25 tO mm os OA he vaca cienis cue g Sie adver ortisneveleievesbecsecoutes .25 OFA), Oe 5 iat) oeeviced BS alleen ((eY2 KO) 01) eigeety once ore cet RRC 25, peel temicn eed OAD 2 (CCA CIN) i iis arensys vovcovesensuentes svsienete .25 eee emcee Zeal AR. (SACI) aco ciee se ereccuelcereiete .25 fel eames NOAA (KCACHS) attics erties cisterns ¢ ekenee .25 Hi Aa CES AL ye Bye Ilias (GENO) sen cou ono ooo Ook 25 sae Sy ecamacm all ez haro-e O46 ea (CACTI) been ttecciancearseepereconenerenaie 25 For Sale at the Appended Prices (Continued on next page) 161 To Non- Members $115.00 80.00 -50 50 .50 2.00 2.00 4.00 1.50 2.00 4.00 2.00 1.50 3.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 -50 50 50 50 .50 -50 .50 .50 -50 -50 0 PUBLICATIONS (continued) MEMOIRS To To Non- Members Members ViolialsAl9 S8=—panperiCOvie nrc crorstersioierelacheseiohershorert $2.00 $4.00 Te rhe “s bound in black fabrikoid ..:........ 3.00 5.00 STD Vig ay aes printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00 he, went v printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00 Vol. 2, No. 1, 1989—paper cover .........-.ecece 1.25 2.50 Te RR Bea bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50 See Ob gee cat a sf printed on one side of page . Us 3.50 oe eh 21 G4. d—— na ner, COVED sic «terse cveisvecsettens who 1.50 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations lLorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES BYAVEVAV ET @ WZAUKGETS Reyes El rere ouenieteyoeeieleltchelewereneneiens bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .................. 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David- son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923................ 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami- lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, INew, Mexico; 9312 sh Re Mosbers a0 sees ene 5) Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non- TIT CTD CTS! cs, os. oxaye rare ante eceie 1s yakeliarartoy vite tore revisit eiesonduer cas het enR CMa None 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50 A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA, 32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M. 1h akc) 00 ene eaten ar eee Semen Oe Sta sn ik MONEE IMI acy oo o'6 O00 0 .D0 AppRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Care Dr. Joun A. CoMSTOCK) Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 162 The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are sguf- ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this program, the following forms are suggested: Form of Legacy To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of vaiue. I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....--........2.....eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, dispositions and benefits thereof forever. Form of Devise To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” OfstherCityaotelos: Anveles: (ee. ee ae ee ee here describe the property or ground rent..............-..------222-2--2-20eeeeeeee sooo 5 together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 163 Bulletin, Southern California Academy of. Sciences Vol. XLV, 1946 INDEX OF SUBJECTS A Few Pests of Sunflower in @ailiniiommiary see oe A New Mollusk of the Genus Solariella from Alaska............ 32 A Newly Mounted Skeleton of the Extinct Fire Wolf from the Pleistocene of Rancho la JERS ssc ac ee ee gee A Record of Dasypterus ega xanthinus from Palm Springs, California 107 Additional Notes on the Plio- cene Molluscan Fauna of Los Amgeles! (City 24062 ee 28 Agaricus Versus Psalliota .......... 148 Anacamptodes fragilaria ......... 17 An Annotated List of the Car- abinae Known to Occur in SINE Viet Cetera eee 8 a eee 133 Canis (Aenocyon) dirus Leidy.. 109 Canis lupus irremotus Goldman 108 Canthon praticolus vetustus ACT, © Cle ies oe te eg a ee 122 Canthon simplex antiquus TEMEIROS) a ee eee eee 120 Chlosyne lacinia Gey...........---....-- 143 Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum — Channel Islands Biological Survey ...... 94 Copris pristinus Pierce.................. 124 Dasypterus ega xanthinus ....------ 107 Description of a Sericine Beetle from the Tar Pits -....................- 131 Descriptions of the Dung Bee- tles (Scarabaeidae) of the Tar PS ia ee eee Ln eee 119 DIG OW oli. & sesh Ce ire een 108 Evidence of Termites in the Pleistocene Asphalt of Car- pinteria, California _........... 21 Exploring the Minute World of the California Asphalt Depo- Sil Stabe eae eee eeu aa oe ee 113 Fossil Arthropods of California SEE ew Seed ee Ae ees 21, 113 Helicoid Snails of California, A Check List of -...........---22.......- 61 Helix aspersa Miller _.................- 152 Mollusk Food of the Beetle, Seaphinotus interruptus —...... 34 New or Little-known Craneflies from California -........-............. AL Nomen Conservandum Proposal for the Genus Aromia in the WOM OST tA esses 37 Notes on the Life History of Anacamptodes fragilaria —..... 17 Onthophagus everestae Pierce.. 131 Palaeocopris Pierce .................--- Palaeocopris labreae Pierce...... Phliegethontius rustica Fabr. in California sae eee see aie etre 141 Scaphinotus interruptus (Men) 34 Serica kanakoffi Pierce -........-.. 132 Solariella lewisae Willett 32 Stibadium spumosum Grit -...----- 141 * wo r i” , i i . 7 te E #084 Dw. _ De] . £ 5,47 . aes Pee * +. ” © i Suleima baracana Kft .........----.-. 144 Tipula (Trichotipula) deser- : : ’ torum Alexander ...................... 6 Suleima helianthana Riley ........ 144 Tipula (Trichotipula) furialis Termites, Evidence of, in the Allexan den s2- 6s eee 7 Pleistocene Asphalt -................ 21 : : d Tipula ( Trichotipula) MAcro- The European Brown Snail in phallus (Dietz) —....--------- 8 Oakland, California -.............. 152 Tipula (Trichotipula) mayedai Tipula (Trichotipula) beatula ENNOINSS ce perececccomcrcneanrtcccsncess é Osten Sacken -.........-.---.------- 3° Tipula (Trichotipula) megalo- Tipula (Trichotipula) bituber- COREE) AVIS co ncccoseencees my culata Doane —.......--.-----. 3 Tipula (Trichotipula) repulsa Tipula (Trichotipula) cahuilla AUGER INGIOYE oop ctecersccacecsicccnom be Alexander 2-2 3 Tipula (Trichotipula_ saylori- Tipula (Trichotipula) capis- ana Alexander ue trano Alexander... 4 Tipula (Trichotipula) tricho- Tipula (Trichotipula) cazieri phora Mexand et 14 PNUD EAN TG KES ee eee 5) ATENEO ING) see eee 56 New varieties and species indicated in bold face type INDEX OF AUTHORS Alexander, Charles P................... ibe ING Aelia (Oly eer ee 108 ComstocisaJonn A 7, 94, 14" 145) Pierce; W. Dwight. UU, aay), alas Constantines 1: Gi: NOG — (Swoyelig, (CUUASWES 108 Dammers, Charles M. ................. Ae USI Wilh Gao cease etree eee een 56 Ingram, William Marcus....34, 61, 152 Templeton, Bonnie C. —........000... 37 ILAINGs, JOM 10) See es 21, 108 Wheeler, Louis Cutter __.......0.... 148 La Rivers, Ira Willett, George Se a a a REPRINTS: feu ubttors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., pf 415: East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor _ paying for all his reprints. P PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) App. 8pp. %I2pp. 1I6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies rae $3.75 $5.75 $8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 110 OPER eM ast ce Ory 50. 10V5) 1275 15:00)" 17.25" 20:25) 7721.50 Ome 52>). 925 1300 15.25 18.25 21.00 2450 » 26.00 erate G00 * 11.00 15.25. 17.75 2150 24.75. 28.75 , 3050 250),°." a Roriay i W295) Miv50, 20.25. 2475). 2850) 33.00) 35:0 300 ees n50 450 1971S 22715 528.00 (3225 37-25) 39.50 Rs Covers: 50. for ‘$2: 00—additional covers 1¥c each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Distinctive PRINTING ? Books @® Catalogs ® Broadsides Stationery and Office Forms ~McBRIDE PRINTING CO. PHONE: PRospect 2045 | 41S EAST. ELEVENT EG Si “Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif. ore a